BP AMOCO PLC
S-8 POS, 2000-04-10
PETROLEUM REFINING
Previous: BP AMOCO PLC, S-8 POS, 2000-04-10
Next: FLEETWOOD ENTERPRISES INC/DE/, SC 13G, 2000-04-10




<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 10, 2000

                                        Registration No. 333-9798


               SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                     Washington, D.C. 20549
                              _____
                 Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
                            FORM S-8
                     REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                              Under
                   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              _____

                         BP Amoco p.l.c.
     (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            England                            None
(State or other jurisdiction of  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)

                         Britannic House
                        1 Finsbury Circus
                    London EC2M 7BA, England
            (Address of principal executive offices)

                 BP Amoco Employee Savings Plan
             (formerly Amoco Employee Savings Plan)

      Management Incentive Program of BP Amoco Corporation
               and its Participating Subsidiaries

                    1991 Incentive Program of
     BP Amoco Corporation and its Participating Subsidiaries

                    Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
              Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan

                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                   Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan
                     (Full titles of plans)
                            --------
                        Daniel B. Pinkert
                       Corporate Secretary
                      BP Amoco Corporation
                      200 E. Randolph Drive
                        Chicago, Illinois
                          (312)856-6111

    (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
           including area code, of agent for service)

<PAGE>
                      EXPLANATORY STATEMENT


     BP Amoco p.l.c. ("BP Amoco") hereby amends its registration
statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-9798) by filing this
Post Effective Amendment No. 1 thereto to reflect the amendment
and restatement of one of the plans covered by this registration
statement.

     Effective April 7, 2000 the Amoco Employee Savings Plan is
renamed the BP Amoco Employee Savings Plan.  The amended and
restated plan text is filed herewith as Exhibit 4.1.  The new
Trust Agreement for the BP Amoco Employee Savings Plan is filed
herewith as Exhibit 4.2.

<PAGE>

                  SIGNATURES OF BP AMOCO P.L.C.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
BP Amoco p.l.c. certifies that it has reasonable grounds to
believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form
S-8 and has duly caused this Registration Statement, or amendment
thereto, to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of London, England, on the 7, day of
April, 2000.

                              BP AMOCO p.l.c.


                              By  /s/ Sir John Browne
                              Sir John Browne, Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
this Registration Statement, or amendment thereto, has been
signed by the following persons in the indicated capacities on
the 7th day of April, 2000.

             Name                             Title



/s/ Sir John Browne              Managing Director and Chief
                                 Executive Officer (Principal
                                 Executive Officer)
Sir John Browne

               *                 Managing Director
                                 (Principal Financial and
                                 Accounting Officer)
Dr. J.G.S. Buchanan

               *
                                 Co-Chairman
P.D. Sutherland

               *
                                 Executive Director
Rodney F. Chase

               *
                                 Executive Director
Dr. Christopher S. Gibson-Smith



               *
                                 Executive Director
Richard L. Olver

               *
                                 Executive Director
Bryan K. Sanderson

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Charles F. Knight

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
H. Michael P. Miles

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Sir Robin Nicholson

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Sir Ian Prosser

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Sir Robert Wilson

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
The Lord Wright of Richmond

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Ruth S. Block

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
John H. Bryan

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Erroll B. Davis, Jr.

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Richard J. Ferris

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Floris A. Maljers

               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Dr. Walter E. Massey


               *
                                 Non-Executive Director
Michael H. Wilson


*  By:  /s/ Sir John Browne      Attorney-in-fact
Sir John Browne

<PAGE>





           SIGNATURE OF BP AMOCO EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
the plan administrator has duly caused this registration
statement, or amendment thereto, to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Chicago, State of Illinois, on April 7, 2000.






                              By: /s/ John F. Campbell
                              Title: Senior Vice-President of Human
                                     Resources - BP Amoco Corporation

<PAGE>


  SIGNATURE OF AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY SALARIED 401(K)
                          SAVINGS PLAN

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
the plan administrator has duly caused this registration
statement, or amendment thereto, to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Chicago, State of Illinois, on April 7, 2000.





                              By:  /s/ John F. Campbell
                              Title:  Senior Vice President of
                                 Human Resources - BP Amoco Corporation

<PAGE>


   SIGNATURE OF AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY HOURLY 401(K)
                          SAVINGS PLAN


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
the plan administrator has duly caused this registration
statement, or amendment thereto, to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Chicago, State of Illinois, on April 7, 2000.




                              By: /s/ John F. Campbell
                              Title: Senior Vice-President of
                                 Human Resources - BP Amoco Corporation

<PAGE>

                          EXHIBIT INDEX


     Exhibit                Description

     4.1       BP Amoco Employee Savings Plan
               effective April 7, 2000.

     4.2       BP Amoco Master Trust for Employee
               Savings Plans effective April 6,
               2000.

     4.3       Management Incentive Program of BP
               Amoco Corporation and its
               Participating Subsidiaries effective
               January 4, 1999

     4.4       1991 Incentive Program of BP Amoco
               Corporation and its Participating
               Subsidiaries effective January 4,
               1999

     4.5       Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
               Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan

     4.6       Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
               Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan

     4.7       Declaration of Trust dated December
               14, 1995 by and between Amoco Fabric
               and Fibers Company and Bankers Trust
               Company

     23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young, chartered
               accountants, independent auditors,
               London, England.

     23.2      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP,
               independent auditors, Chicago,
               Illinois

     23.3      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
               LLP, independent accountants,
               Chicago, Illinois

     24        Powers of Attorney - included in
               signature page of Registration
               Statement No. 333-9798 (incorporated
               by reference)

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                      EXHIBIT 4.1





                             BP AMOCO
                      EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

<PAGE>

                   BP AMOCO EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN


BP Amoco Corporation (the "Company") maintains, effective April
7, 2000, the BP Amoco Employee Savings Plan (the "Plan") for the
benefit of eligible employees of the Company and its
participating affiliates.  The Plan is intended to constitute a
qualified profit sharing plan, as described in Section 401(a) of
the Code, which includes a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement, as described in Section 401(k) of the Code.

The Plan constitutes an amendment and restatement of the Amoco
Employee Savings Plan ("AESP"), and reflects the merger of the BP
America Capital Accumulation Plan ("BP CAP") into the Plan on or
after April 7, 2000 (concurrently with the transfer of certain
liabilities and assets of AESP and BP CAP to the BP Amoco
DirectSave Plan and to the BP Amoco Partnership Savings Plan on
or after April 7, 2000, as more fully described in Appendix
16.3).

The benefits, rights and features of an individual who
participated in AESP or BP CAP before April 7, 2000, but who does
not have an account balance under the Plan on such date, will be
determined under the applicable instruments in effect for the
AESP or BP CAP, whichever is applicable, on the earlier of:
(1) the day on which such individual's account was reduced to
zero; or (2) the day on which such individual's employment
terminated.  The terms of this Plan apply to any accounts created
for such individual hereunder on or after April 7, 2000.

<PAGE>
                            ARTICLE I

                           DEFINITIONS


     The following sections of this Article I provide basic
definitions of terms used throughout the Plan, and whenever used
herein in a capitalized form, except as otherwise expressly
provided, the terms will be deemed to have the following
meanings:

     I.1  "Accounting Period" means a period, not to exceed 1
year in duration, designated by the Administrator with respect to
each Investment Option.

     I.2  "Accounts" mean the record of a Participant's interest
in the Plan's assets represented by his:

          (a)  "After-Tax Account" which is composed of After-Tax
Contributions allocated to the Participant under the Plan, plus
all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses
and withdrawals charged to, such Account.

          (b)  "Before-Tax Account" which is composed of Before-
Tax Contributions allocated to the Participant under the Plan,
plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses,
expenses and withdrawals charged to, such Account.

          (c)  "Match Account" which is composed of Match
Contributions allocated to the Participant under the Plan, plus
all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses
and withdrawals charged to, such Account.  There are two types of
Match Accounts to which Match Contributions are allocated:  a
Heritage Amoco Match Account for Heritage Amoco Participants and
a BP Amoco Match Account for all other Participants.

          (d)  "Rollover Account" which is composed of Rollover
Contributions made by or allocated to the Participant under the
Plan, plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
losses, expenses and withdrawals charged to, such Account.

Immediately prior to the Effective Date, these Accounts were
referred to in AESP as the "Tax Deferred Savings Account," the
"After Tax Savings Account," the "Company Matching Contribution
Account" and the "Rollover Account," respectively, and the
amounts in such accounts as of the Effective Date have been
allocated and posted to the corresponding Accounts hereunder.  As
of the merger of BP CAP into this Plan, the accounts held under
BP CAP, have been allocated and posted to these Accounts in
accordance with Appendix 16.3.

With respect to an Alternate Payee or Beneficiary, references to
Accounts will be deemed to be references to all or that portion
of a Participant's After-Tax Account, Before-Tax Account, Match
Account and Rollover Account which, under the terms of the Plan,
has been allocated to an Account maintained for such Alternate
Payee or Beneficiary, plus all income and gains credited to, and
minus all losses, expenses and withdrawals charged to, such
Account.  References herein to Accounts will also be deemed to
include each of a Participant's Accounts and references herein to
an Account will be deemed to include any or each of the
Participant's Accounts.

     I.3  "Accrued Benefit" means the shares, units or other
Trust Fund assets allocated and posted to Accounts as of the
Valuation Time in accordance with the terms of this Plan,
including any applicable Administrative Services Agreement.

     I.4  "Active Participant" means a Participant who: (a) is an
Employee; or (b) solely with respect to his Before-Tax Account
(unless the context clearly requires otherwise), is a former
Employee who has not incurred a separation from service under
Section 401(k) of the Code for which a distribution of his Before-
Tax Account may be made.

     I.5  "Administrative Named Fiduciary" means a person or
entity who: (a) has the authority to control and manage the
operation and administration of the Plan or the Trust within the
meaning of Section 402(a)(1) of ERISA; (b) has the discretionary
authority or discretionary responsibility to administer the Plan
or the Trust within the meaning of Section 3(21)(A)(ii) of ERISA;
or (c) exercises discretionary authority or discretionary control
respecting management of the Plan or the Trust within the meaning
of Section 3(21)(A)(i) of ERISA (other than trustee
responsibilities within the meaning of Section 405(c)(3) of
ERISA), and includes the Administrator and any other person
(i) named in the Plan or the Trust; or (ii) identified by a
Designated Officer to be an Administrative Named Fiduciary.

     I.6  "Administrative Services Agreement" means an agreement
with a service provider to provide administrative services to the
Plan.

     I.7  "Administrator" means the Senior Vice President, or if
an Applicable Named Fiduciary has been identified with respect to
the authority involved in the provision of this Plan under
consideration, then reference to the Administrator in that
context refers to such Applicable Named Fiduciary.  References in
this Plan to the Administrator will be deemed to be a reference
to any person (other than a Fiduciary) to whom ministerial
responsibilities involved in the provisions of this Plan have
been delegated by the Administrator, including under an
Administrative Services Agreement.

     I.8  "AESP" means the Amoco Employee Savings Plan in effect
on the date prior to the Effective Date.

     I.9  "Alternate Payee" means an individual who is entitled
to all or a portion of a Participant's Account pursuant to a
QDRO.

     I.10 "American Depositary Share" means a security issued to
allow easier holding and trading of interests in foreign
corporations in the United States.

     I.11 "Appendix" means a written supplement attached to this
Plan and made a part hereof.

     I.12 "Applicable Named Fiduciary"  means, with respect to
any authority, control or discretion in the operation,
administration or management of the Plan or Trust, the
Administrative Named Fiduciary who is charged with, or who
exercises responsibility for, such matter.

     I.13 "Authorized Absence" means an absence from active
employment, with or without Compensation, authorized or
recognized by a Commonly Controlled Entity under its standard
personnel practices applicable to the Employee, including any
period of time during which such person is considered to be on a
leave of absence while covered by a disability plan of his
Employer.  The date that an Employee's Authorized Absence ends
will be determined in accordance with the personnel policies of
such Commonly Controlled Entity, which ending date will be no
earlier than the date that the Authorized Absence is scheduled to
end, unless the Employee communicates to such Commonly Controlled
Entity that he is to have a Severance from Service as of an
earlier date or such Commonly Controlled Entity causes the
Employee to have a Severance from Service as of an earlier date.

     I.14 "Beneficiary" means an individual entitled to receive
any benefits payable on the death of a Participant in accordance
with Sections 12.2 and 12.5.

     I.15 "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of
the Company as constituted from time to time.

     I.16 "BP CAP" means the BP America Capital Accumulation Plan
in effect on the date prior to the Effective Date.

     I.17 "Break in Service" means the period following a
Severance from Service and preceding a Reemployment Date.

     I.18 "Business Day" means any day on which the New York
Stock Exchange and the Trustee are open for business.

     I.19 "Claims Administrator" means the Administrator for
purposes of the initial review of any claim relating to a
person's eligibility to participate in the Plan.  For purposes of
the initial review of any claim relating to the amount of a
person's benefit under the Plan, the Administrator acts as the
Claims Administrator unless another Applicable Named Fiduciary
has been identified by a Designated Officer for this purpose, in
which case such other person or entity will be the Claims
Administrator for this purpose and will have the authority of the
Administrator with respect to such claim determination.  The
Administrator, in his sole discretion, determines whether a claim
relates to eligibility to participate in the Plan or relates to
the amount of benefit payable under the Plan.  For purposes of
the appeal of all claims, whether relating to eligibility or
amount of benefits, the Administrator is the Claims Administrator
unless another Applicable Named Fiduciary has been identified by
a Designated Officer for this purpose, in which case such other
person or entity will be the Claims Administrator for this
purpose.

     I.20 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.  References to any specific Section will include any
valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any statutory
provision amending, supplementing or superseding such Section.

     I.21 "Commonly Administered Plan" means a qualified plan
described in Section 401(a) of the Code which:  (a) is sponsored
or maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity; (b) has the same
recordkeeper as this Plan; and (c) has the same type of accounts
as the Accounts in this Plan.

     I.22 "Commonly Controlled Entity" means: (a) an Employer and
any corporation, trade or business, but only for so long as it
and the Employer are members of a controlled group of
corporations as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code or under
common control as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code;
provided, however, that solely for purposes of the limitations of
Section 415 of the Code, the standard of control under Sections
414(b) and 414(c) of the Code will be deemed to be "more than
50%" rather than "at least 80%"; (b) an Employer and an
organization, but only for so long as it and the Employer are
members of an affiliated service group as defined in Section
414(m) of the Code; (c) an Employer and an organization, but only
for so long as the employees of it and the Employer are required
to be aggregated under Section 414(o) of the Code; or (d) any
other organization designated as such by a Designated Officer.
An entity will not be considered a Commonly Controlled Entity
before it becomes a Commonly Controlled Entity pursuant to the
preceding sentence.

     I.23 "Company" means BP Amoco Corporation, an Indiana
corporation, or any successor corporation by merger,
consolidation, purchase, or otherwise, which elects to adopt the
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the context of any Plan
provision where Company refers to the issuer of Company Stock,
"Company" will mean BP Amoco p.l.c., or any successor thereto.

     I.24 "Company Stock" means ordinary shares of BP Amoco
p.l.c. in the form of American Depositary Shares.

     I.25 "Company Stock Fund" means the BP Amoco Stock Fund
Investment Option.

     I.26 "Compensation"

          (a)  Except to the extent otherwise provided in
subsection (b), below, "Compensation" means amounts that are paid
directly by an Employer for personal services and that:

               (1)  are paid to an Eligible Employee (except to
the extent otherwise provided in subsection (a)(2)(G), below);
and

               (2)  fall in one of the following categories:

                    (A)  basic salary or wages, including forms
of base pay delivered in alternative forms such as piecework,
payment by mileage for drivers, overtime, and shift and rate
differentials;

                    (B)  pay in lieu of vacation;

                    (C)  commissions;

                    (D)  bonus payments made under an annual
incentive plan at the business unit or stream level;

                    (E)  lump-sum performance awards awarded in
connection with annual salary administration;

                    (F)  Alaska worksite pay premiums, including
any North Slope bonus; or

                    (G)  amounts that:  (i) are contributed, at
the election of an Eligible Employee, on behalf of the Eligible
Employee to a cafeteria plan or a cash or deferred arrangement
and not included in the Eligible Employee's gross income for
federal income tax purposes by reason of Sections125 or 402(e)(3)
of the Code and (ii) would, were it not for the Eligible
Employee's election, (I) meet the requirement imposed by
subsection (a)(1), above, and (II) fall in one of the categories
listed in subparagraphs (A) through (F) of this subsection
(a)(2); and

               (3)  do not fall in any of the following
categories:

                    (A)  sign-on, retention, or ratification
payments;

                    (B)  severance or separation payments;

                    (C)  spot awards, reward and recognition
payments or any other comparable payments;

                    (D)  remuneration received attributable to
moving or educational expenses;

                    (E)  expense allowances, or premium pay based
on an Employee's worksite except for any Alaska worksite premium
payment (including the North Slope bonus);

                    (F)  tax reimbursements;

                    (G)  payments made pursuant to an employment
contract or bonus plan under which such payments are not intended
to be Compensation hereunder;

                    (H)  payments in excess of amounts paid
pursuant to subsection (a)(2)(A) above, made to compensate an
Employee for having to work during all or part of the 60-day
period following notice in connection with a severance or
separation program; or

                    (I)  awards under the 1998 Share Option Plan
(or any other income under any equity-based plan);

                    (J)  awards under the BP Amoco Long Term
Performance Plan; and

                    (K)  any other remuneration not described in
subparagraphs (A) through (G) of subsection (a)(2), above.

          (b)  For purposes of the definition of "Compensation"
hereunder:

               (1)  an amount included in an individual's final
paycheck for employment as an Eligible Employee will be treated
as if it were paid to an Eligible Employee, if it paid during a
Plan Year in which the individual is an Eligible Employee, even
though, on the date he receives the paycheck, the individual no
longer is an Eligible Employee;

               (2)  an amount that should have been paid in a
manner that met the requirements imposed by this Section 1.26 (as
modified by subsection (b)(1), above), but that was mistakenly
paid in a different manner, will be treated as meeting the
requirements imposed by this Section 1.26;

               (3)  all amounts paid in settlement (including,
but not limited to, amounts paid for front and back pay and
emotional distress) to an Eligible Employee will be excluded from
the definition of "Compensation" hereunder unless otherwise
ordered pursuant to the final decision of the presiding court,
arbitrator, or administrative agency after all available appeals
have been exhausted; and

               (4)  if it is not entirely clear whether an item
of remuneration meets the requirements of subsection (a)(2) or
(a)(3), above, the Administrator, in his sole discretion, will
determine whether the item meets the requirements of such
subsection (a)(2) or (a)(3), above.

          (c)  In addition to other applicable limitations that
may be set forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other
contrary provision of the Plan, annual Compensation taken into
account under the Plan for the purpose of calculating the
Contributions to the Plan by or in respect of a Participant for
any Plan Year will not exceed the applicable compensation limit
under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted.

     I.27 "Contractor Firm" mean a person or entity which is not
a Commonly Controlled Entity.

     I.28 "Contribution" means an amount contributed to the Plan
on behalf of a Participant, in one or more of the following
types:

          (a)  "After-Tax" which means an amount contributed by
the Employer on an after-tax basis in conjunction with a
Contribution Election, as described in Section 3.2.

          (b)   "Before-Tax" which means an amount contributed by
the Employer on a before-tax basis under Section 402(g) of the
Code in conjunction with a Contribution Election, as described in
Section 3.1.

          (c)  "Match" which means an amount contributed by the
Employer based upon the amount contributed by the Participant, as
described in Section 3.3.

          (d)  "Rollover" which means an amount contributed by a
Participant that constitutes all or part of an "eligible rollover
distribution" (within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A) of the
Code), as described in Section 3.4.

     I.29 "Contribution Dollar Limit" means the annual limit
imposed on each Participant pursuant to Section 402(g) of the
Code (as indexed pursuant to Sections 402(g)(5) and 415(d) of the
Code, provided that no such adjustment will be taken into account
hereunder before the Plan Year in which it becomes effective).

     I.30 "Contribution Election" or "Election" means the
election made by an Active Participant who is an Eligible
Employee to reduce the Compensation to be paid to him by an
amount equal to the product of his Contribution Percentage and
such Compensation subject to the Contribution Election.  Subject
to Section 3.1(b), such Contribution Election will specify the
portion of the Contribution that is a Before-Tax Contribution and
the portion that is an After-Tax Contribution.

     I.31 "Contribution Percentage" means the percentage of an
Eligible Employee's Compensation which is to be contributed to
the Plan by his Employer as a Contribution, or where the context
requires, as a Before-Tax Contribution or an After-Tax
Contribution.

     I.32 "Designated Officer" means the Senior Vice President
and any other officer of the Company, the Group Vice President,
Human Resources of BP Amoco p.l.c. and any other officer of BP
Amoco p.l.c., to whom (but only to the extent specifically
provided), authority to act on behalf of the Company has been
granted by the Board of Directors or one of its committees.

     I.33 "Direct Rollover" means a payment by the Plan to an
Eligible Retirement Plan specified by a Distributee.

     I.34 "Disability" or "Disabled" means the Participant is
disabled for purposes of the Employer's long term disability
plan.

     I.35 "Distributee" means a Participant, or a Participant's
surviving Spouse; or, and only with regard to the interest of an
Alternate Payee, a Participant's Spouse or former Spouse who is
the Alternate Payee.

     I.36 "Effective Date" means April 7, 2000, the date upon
which the provisions of this amended and restated document take
effect.

     I.37 "Eligible Employee" means an Employee of an Employer
whose Compensation is paid in U.S. currency, except that an
Eligible Employee does not include:

          (a)  an Employee who is represented by a union unless
the union and the Employer have entered into a collective
bargaining or other agreement that provides that the Employee may
participate in the Plan;

          (b)  an Employee who is a "nonresident alien" (within
the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and who
receives no "earned income" (within the meaning of
Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer that constitutes
income from sources within the United States (within the meaning
of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code);

          (c)  an individual employed pursuant to an agreement
providing that the individual is not eligible to participate in
the Plan;

          (d)  an individual who is not contemporaneously
classified as an Employee for purposes of the Employer's payroll
system.  In the event any such individual is reclassified as an
Employee for any purpose, including, without limitation, as a
common law or statutory employee, by any action of any third
party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or
as a result of any private lawsuit, action, or administrative
proceeding, such individual will, notwithstanding such
reclassification, remain ineligible for participation hereunder
and will not be considered an Eligible Employee.  In addition to
and not in derogation of the foregoing, the exclusive means for
an individual who is not contemporaneously classified as an
Employee of the Employer on the Employer's payroll system to
become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an
amendment to this Plan which specifically renders such individual
eligible for participation hereunder;

          (e)  an Employee whose basic compensation for services
on behalf of an Employer is not paid directly by an Employer;

          (f)  an at site Employee who is associated with
Employer-operated (direct operations) retail locations;

          (g)  an Employee who is making contributions to or
receiving an employer contribution under any other tax-qualified
defined contribution pension plan that is sponsored by any
Commonly Controlled Entity and that provides for before-tax or
after-tax contributions;

          (h)  an Employee of Solarex (other than an Employee at
its Fairfield, California facility); or

          (i)  an Employee covered by a classification which is
scheduled in an Appendix.

     I.38 "Eligible Retirement Plan" means an individual
retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an
individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the
Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or
a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code which
accepts a Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However,
in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a surviving
Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement
account or an individual retirement annuity.

     I.39 "Eligible Rollover Distribution" means any distribution
of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of a
Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does
not include any distribution that is one of a series of
substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
the Distributee and the Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or
for a specified period of 10 years or more; any distribution to
the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9)
of the Code; the portion of any distribution that is not
includable in gross income (determined without regard to the
exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
employer securities); or, any "hardship withdrawal" described in
Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(ii) that may not be
distributed to the Distributee without regard to hardship under
Section 401(k)(2)(B) of the Code.

     I.40 "Employee" means any person who either: (a) renders
services as a common law employee to a Commonly Controlled Entity
and is on the payroll of such Commonly Controlled Entity; or (b)
is on an Authorized Absence from employment with a Commonly
Controlled Entity.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
"Employee" does not include any individual retained by a Commonly
Controlled Entity directly or through an agency or other party to
perform services for a Commonly Controlled Entity (for either a
definite or indefinite duration) in the capacity of a fee-for-
service worker or independent contractor or any similar capacity
including, without limitation, any such individual employed by
temporary help firms, technical help firms, staffing firms,
employee leasing firms, professional employer organizations or
other staffing firms, whether or not deemed to be "common law"
employees or "leased employees" within the meaning of
Section 414(n) of the Code.

     I.41 "Employer" means the Company and each Commonly
Controlled Entity that maintained AESP or BP CAP immediately
prior to the Effective Date, and any Commonly Controlled Entity
that adopts the Plan in accordance with Article XV; provided,
that an entity will cease to be an Employer when it ceases to be
a Commonly Controlled Entity or it withdraws from the Plan.

     I.42 "Employment Date" means the day an Employee first earns
an Hour of Service.

     I.43 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended.  Reference to any specific Section
includes any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any
statutory provision amending, supplementing or superseding such
Section.

     I.44 "Exchange Election" means an election by a Participant
to change the investment of all or some specified portion of such
Participant's Accounts, as described in Section 6.2.

     I.45 "Fiduciary" means: (a) any individual or entity which a
Designated Officer identifies to be an Administrative Named
Fiduciary with respect to such individual's or entity's authority
to control and manage the operation and administration of the
Plan; (b) any individual or entity which an Administrative Named
Fiduciary, acting on behalf of the Plan, designates to be a
Fiduciary; or (c) any other individual or entity who performs a
fiduciary function under the Plan as defined in Section 3(21) of
ERISA.

     I.46 "Heritage Amoco Participant" means:  (a) a participant
with an account balance in AESP on the day prior to the Effective
Date; (b) an Eligible Employee on the payroll of the Plan Sponsor
or a participating employer in AESP on the day prior to the
Effective Date; or (c) a rehired former participant in AESP who
either (I) is credited with at least 2 years of Service under
AESP prior to the Effective Date, (II) who as of his rehire date
has not incurred a Break in Service of 7 consecutive years, or
(III) .

     I.47 "Heritage BP Beneficiary" means the Beneficiary of a
Heritage BP Participant who died prior to the Effective Date.

     I.48 "Heritage BP Participant" means a participant or former
participant in BP CAP prior to the Effective Date.

     I.49 "Highly Compensated Eligible Employee" or "HCE" means
an Eligible Employee who is a "highly compensated employee"
within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code (determined as
if the election described in Section 414(q)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code
has not been made), the provisions of which are incorporated
herein by reference.

     I.50 "Hour of Service" means an hour for which an Employee
is paid or entitled to be paid, with respect to the performance
of duties for any Commonly Controlled Entity either as regular
wages, salary, or commissions or pursuant to an award or
agreement requiring a Commonly Controlled Entity to pay back
wages.  The crediting of an Hour of Service will be made in
accordance with Department of Labor Regulation 2530.200b-2 and
3.

     I.51 "Income Fund" means the Investment Option designated as
the Income Fund Investment Option by the Administrator, or if
none, the Money Market Fund.

     I.52 "Inactive Participant" means a Participant who is not
an Active Participant.

     I.53 "Investment Committee" means the Investment Committee
designated by the Company for the Trust, or if none, the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company.

     I.54 "Investment Election" means an election by which a
Participant directs the investment of his Contributions or
amounts allocated to his Account, as described in Section 6.1.

     I.55 "Investment Option" means each of the Investment
Options available under the Plan as listed in Appendix 1.55.

     I.56 "Member" means a Participant, Alternate Payee or
Beneficiary.

     I.57 "Money Market Fund" means the Investment Option
designated as the Money Market Fund Investment Option by the
Administrator.

     I.58 "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" or "NHCE" means an
Eligible Employee who is not an HCE.

     I.59 "Normal Retirement Date" means the date on which a
Participant attains age 65.

     I.60 "Participant" means an individual who is participating
in the Plan after completing the Plan's requirements for
participation, but only for so long as such individual is
considered a Participant in accordance with Section 2.4.

     I.61 "Payment Date" means the date on or after the
Settlement Date on which an individual's Accrued Benefit is
withdrawn (or commences to be withdrawn), which date will be at
least the minimum number of days required by law, if any, after
the date the individual has received such notice as is required
by law, if any, before a withdrawal can be made (or commenced to
be made) as determined by the Administrator.

     I.62 "Plan" means the BP Amoco Employee Savings Plan, as set
forth herein and as hereafter may be amended.

     I.63 "Plan Sponsor" means BP Amoco Corporation.

     I.64 "Plan Year" means each calendar year.

     I.65 "Predecessor Company" means an entity or predecessor
thereof, prior, in either case, to its becoming a Commonly
Controlled Entity, or to its assets being acquired by a Commonly
Controlled Entity, as determined by the Company.

     I.66 "QDRO" means a domestic relations order which the
Administrator has determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code.

     I.67 "QJSA" means the qualified joint and survivor annuity
described in Article X.

     I.68 "Reemployment Date" means the first date on which an
Employee completes an Hour of Service by performing services as
an Employee after a Break in Service.

     I.69 "Senior Vice President" means the Senior Vice President
- - Human Resources of the Company or, upon the resignation or
removal of such Senior Vice President, any successor officer to
the Senior Vice President who performs substantially similar
duties with respect to administration of employee benefits
(whether assigned a different title by the Company or not), or,
in the absence of such a successor, the General Counsel of the
Company.

     I.70 "Service" means a Participant's service with any
Commonly Controlled Entity, measured in accordance with Article
II.

     I.71 "Settlement Date" means the date as of which a
financial transaction from a corresponding Trade Date is settled
in cash or in kind.

     I.72 "Sever from Service" means to incur a Severance from
Service.

     I.73 "Severance from Service" means the earlier of: (a) the
date an Employee terminates employment with any Commonly
Controlled Entity by reason of a resignation, discharge,
retirement, or death; or (b) the first anniversary of the date
the Employee is first absent (but not on an Authorized Absence)
from employment by any Commonly Controlled Entity for any other
reason.  An Employee who fails to return to employment with any
Commonly Controlled Entity at the expiration of an Authorized
Absence will be deemed to have Severed from Service on the first
to occur of the expiration of his Authorized Absence or the first
anniversary of the first day of his Authorized Absence.  An
Employee who transfers employment between Commonly Controlled
Entities will not be deemed to have Severed from Service.

     I.74 "Shareholder Rights" means any right to vote (or
refrain from voting) either in person or by general or limited
proxy with respect to Company Stock.

     I.75 "Spousal Consent" means the irrevocable written consent
given by a Spouse to a Participant's election (or waiver) of a
specified form of benefit or Beneficiary designation.  The
Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect on the Spouse of the
Participant's election, waiver or designation and be duly
witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public.  Spousal
Consent will be valid only with respect to the Spouse who signs
the Spousal Consent and only for the particular choice made by
the Participant which requires Spousal Consent.  A Participant
may revoke (without Spousal Consent) a prior election, waiver or
designation that required Spousal Consent at any time before the
Sweep Time associated with the Settlement Date upon which
payments will begin.  Spousal Consent will not be necessary to
the extent that there is a determination by the Administrator
that there is no Spouse, the Spouse cannot be located or such
other circumstances as may be established by applicable law.

     I.76 "Spouse" means a person who, as of the relevant time,
is married to the Participant under the laws of the State of the
Participant's residence as evidenced by a valid marriage
certificate or other proof acceptable to the Administrator.

     I.77 "Sweep Time" means the cutoff time established by the
Administrator to receive notification of a financial transaction
in order to process the transaction with respect to a Trade Date
designated by the Administrator.

     I.78 "Trade Date" means the Business Day as of which a
financial transaction is effected.

     I.79 "Trust" means the legal entity resulting from the Trust
Agreement, in which some or all of the assets of this Plan will
be received, held, invested and distributed to or for the benefit
of Participants and Beneficiaries.

     I.80 "Trust Agreement" means the agreement between the
Company and the Trustee establishing the Trust, and any
amendments thereto.

     I.81 "Trust Fund" means any property, real or personal,
received by and held by the Trustee, plus all income and gains
and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions
chargeable thereto.

     I.82 "Trustee" means any corporation, individual or
individuals designated in the Trust Agreement accepting the
appointment as Trustee to execute the duties of the Trustee as
set forth in the Trust Agreement.

     I.83 "Unit Value" means the value of a unit in an applicable
Investment Option, as determined in good faith by the Trustee or
the custodian of the Trust Fund, or, in the case of a mutual fund
shares, by the issuer of such mutual fund shares.

     I.84 "Valuation Time" means 4 p.m. (Eastern Time) or, if
earlier, the close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or
as otherwise determined by the Administrator.

     I.85 "Year of Participation" means each year of Service to
the extent earned during the period beginning on the date a
Participant begins making Before-Tax or After-Tax Contributions
to the Plan, AESP or BP CAP and continuing for so long as the
person remains a Participant.


                           ARTICLE II

                    PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

     II.1 Eligibility.

          (a)  Participant on Effective Date.  Each person who
was a participant with an accrued benefit in AESP or BP CAP
immediately before the Effective Date will continue as a
Participant as of the Effective Date, except as provided in
Supplements B and C of Appendix 16.3.

          (b)  Other Eligible Employee.  Each person who is an
Eligible Employee on the Effective Date will be eligible to
become a Participant on the Effective Date.  Each other Eligible
Employee will be eligible to become a Participant on his
Employment Date or Reemployment Date, or if later, the date such
person becomes an Eligible Employee.

     II.2 Participation upon Change of Job Status.  An Employee
who is not an Eligible Employee will be eligible to become a
Participant on the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.  If the
status of a Participant changes from Eligible Employee to
Employee, such Participant will cease to be eligible to make or
to have Contributions made on his behalf to the Plan, until such
time as such Participant is reemployed by an Employer as an
Eligible Employee.

     II.3 Enrollment.  An Eligible Employee who is eligible to
become a Participant may become a Participant by enrolling in the
Plan.

     II.4 Duration.  A person will cease to be a Participant on
the date that his entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit under the
Plan has been withdrawn, or upon his death, whichever occurs
first.

     II.5 Service.

          (a)  Except as otherwise provided in this Article II
and in Article XI, an Employee's Service will be the sum of the
Employee's years and fractions of a year (expressed in days) as
an Employee until he Severs from Service.  For periods prior to
the Effective Date, the determination of a Participant's Service
will be made pursuant to the records of AESP or BP CAP
immediately prior to the Effective Date.

          (b)  Solely for purposes of this Section 2.5, if an
Employee completes an Hour of Service before the first
anniversary of his Severance from Service, the Severance from
Service will be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of this
Section 2.5.

     II.6 Other Service-Crediting Provisions.

          (a)  To the extent determined by a resolution of a
Designated Officer, a Participant's Service will include his
service as an employee of a Predecessor Company if the
Participant was an employee of the Predecessor Company when it
became a Commonly Controlled Entity.

          (b)  Employment with a Commonly Controlled Entity
before the Effective Date will be disregarded in determining an
Employee's Service if such employment would have been disregarded
under the rules of AESP or BP CAP with regard to breaks in
service as such rules were in effect under AESP or BP CAP from
time to time before the Effective Date.

          (c)  Service as a "leased employee" within the meaning
of Section 414(n) or (o) of the Code will be credited for any
period during which Section 414 of the Code requires the person
to earn Service as a "leased employee."

     II.7 Authorized Absences.

          (a)  The period of an Authorized Absence will be
included in determining an Employee's Service according to the
rules prescribed by this Section 2.7, except to the extent
additional Service is required to be granted by applicable law.
Solely for purposes of determining the amount of Service that
will be credited in accordance with this Section 2.7, the period
of an Employee's Authorized Absence will be deemed to end no
later than the date on which the Employee's employment is
terminated.

          (b)  If an Employee is absent from employment on
account of a medical leave of absence approved by his Employer or
if the Employee is receiving benefits under his Employer's
Sickness and Disability Benefits policy, his Employer's
Occupational Illness and Injury policy, or his Employer's Long-
Term Disability Program (or any successors thereto), he will
receive Service for the period of his absence from employment not
to exceed a period of 24 months.

          (c)  If an Employee is absent from employment on
account of a family leave of absence approved by his Employer, he
will receive Service for the period of his absence from
employment up to a maximum period of 12 months.

          (d)  If an Employee is absent from employment for
military service with the armed forces of the United States and
returns to employment within the period required by the Uniformed
Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, or any
successor statute, he will receive Service for the period of his
absence from employment.  Notwithstanding any provision of the
Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit
with respect to qualified military service will be provided in
accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code. The Administrator may
reasonably request that a Participant demonstrate that he has
engaged in qualified military service within the meaning of
Section 414(u) of the Code.

          (e)  If an Employee is absent from employment on
account of any Authorized Absence (other than a leave described
in subsections (b), (c), or (d), above) approved by his Employer,
he will receive Service for the period of his absence from
employment up to a maximum period of 12 months, provided that he
performs at least 1 Hour of Service immediately following
termination of the Authorized Absence.

     II.8 Non-duplication.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Article II, a Participant will not receive
credit under the Plan for a single period of service more than
once for computing Service.

     II.9 Transfer of Accounts Upon Change of Job Status.

          (a)  If, upon a change of job status, an Employee who
is a participant in a Commonly Administered Plan (other than the
BP America Savings and Investment Plan) becomes an Eligible
Employee:

               (i)  such Eligible Employee will become a
Participant in the Plan as of the transfer date;

               (ii) his contribution elections and investment
election made under the Commonly Administered Plan will
automatically be treated as his Contribution Election and
Investment Election under this Plan; and

               (iii)     he can elect to have his accounts under
such Commonly Administered Plan transferred to the corresponding
Accounts to be established on his behalf under this Plan.

          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing election, the prior
investment election of such Participant will not continue in
effect in this Plan if Investment Options in this Plan and the
Commonly Administered Plan are different.  In that case, the
Investment Election will be deemed to be (until changed) the
Money Market Fund, and all amounts transferred to this Plan will
be invested initially in the Money Market Fund and then
reinvested pursuant to an Exchange Election made by the
Participant, or as otherwise directed by the Administrator.

          (c)  If the status of a Participant changes from
Eligible Employee to Employee and such Participant becomes
eligible to participate in a different Commonly Administered Plan
(other than the BP America Savings and Investment Plan), at his
election his Accounts (and the Investment Options in which those
Accounts are invested) under this Plan will be transferred to the
corresponding accounts (and investment options) to be established
on his behalf under such Commonly Administered Plan, subject to
the terms of such Commonly Administered Plan.

     II.10     Transfer of Accounts Upon Outsourcing.  If a
Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee because his job
function has been outsourced to a Contractor Firm, the
Administrator may provide for, or cause, the Accounts of such
Eligible Employee to be transferred to a plan of the Contractor
Firm that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the
Code in a transfer that complies with the requirements of
Sections 411(d)(6) and 414(l) of the Code.


                           ARTICLE III

                          CONTRIBUTIONS

     III.1     Before-Tax Contributions.

          (a)  Any Participant who is an Eligible Employee may
elect to have Before-Tax Contributions made to the Plan by his
Employer in an integral percentage of his Compensation of not
less than 1 percent nor more than 18 percent.  The Compensation
of such Participant will be reduced by the percentage elected
under the Contribution Election in effect for such Participant;
provided, however, that no Before-Tax Contributions made with
respect to a year on behalf of a Participant will exceed the
limitations set forth in Article IV.  With respect to each
applicable payroll period, the Employer will contribute as soon
as reasonably possible, an amount to the Trust equal to the
Participant's Before-Tax Contributions for such payroll period
and the Administrator will cause such amount to be allocated and
posted to the Participant's Before-Tax Account.

          (b)  If the Contribution Dollar Limit prevents the
Employer from making Before-Tax Contributions on behalf of a
Participant, the Participant will be deemed to have elected to
make an After-Tax Contribution pursuant to Section 3.2 with
respect to Before-Tax Contributions the Employer was prevented
from making; provided, however, that no such After-Tax
Contributions made with respect to a year on behalf of a
Participant may exceed the limitations set forth in Article IV.

     III.2     After-Tax Contributions.  Any Participant who is
an Eligible Employee may elect to make After-Tax Contributions to
the Plan by payroll deduction in an integral percentage of his
Compensation of not less than 1 percent nor more than 18 percent;
provided, however, that in no event may the percentage of the
After-Tax Contributions of a Participant, when added to the
percentage of Before-Tax Contributions, if any, made on his
behalf equal less than 1 percent or more than 18 percent of his
Compensation.  Any payroll deduction with respect to After-Tax
Contributions will be made from the Compensation of a Participant
by his Employer in accordance with the terms of the Contribution
Election in effect for such Participant; provided, however, that
no After-Tax Contributions made with respect to a year on behalf
of a Participant may exceed the limitations set forth in Article
IV.  With respect to each applicable payroll period, the Employer
will contribute as soon as reasonably possible, an amount to the
Trust equal to the Participant's After-Tax Contributions for such
payroll period and the Administrator will cause such amount to be
allocated and posted to the Participant's After-Tax Account.

     III.3     Match Contributions.  With respect to each
applicable payroll period, the Employer will contribute as soon
as reasonably possible to the Trust as a Match Contribution for
investment in the Company Stock Fund an amount that is equal to
100 percent of the sum of the After-Tax and Before-Tax
Contributions, not in excess of 7 percent of Compensation, made
on behalf of, or by, each Participant during such payroll period;
provided, however, that no Match Contributions made with respect
to a year on behalf of a Participant may exceed the limitations
set forth in Article IV.  Match Contributions made on behalf of a
Heritage Amoco Participant will be allocated and posted to such
Participant's Heritage Amoco Match Account and Match
Contributions made on behalf of any other Participant will be
allocated and posted to such Participant's BP Amoco Match
Account.  Company Match Contributions will be made in the sole
discretion of the Company in the form of cash or Company Stock.

     III.4     Rollover Contributions.

          (a)  Any Eligible Employee may elect to make a Rollover
Contribution to the Plan by delivering, or causing to be
delivered, to the Plan the assets in cash which constitute such
Rollover Contribution, provided that such Rollover Contribution
meets such conditions as the Administrator may establish.  Upon
receipt by the Trustee, such assets will be invested in the
Investment Options described in Article VI, in accordance with
the Participant's Investment Election with respect to such
Rollover Contributions.  The Trustee will then allocate and post
to the Rollover Account of such Participant the amount of such
Rollover Contribution.  No Rollover Contribution by an Eligible
Employee pursuant to this Section 3.4 will be deemed to be a
contribution of such Eligible Employee for purposes of Article
IV.

          (b)  If it is later determined that an amount
transferred pursuant to subsection (a), above, did not in fact
qualify as a Rollover Contribution, the balance allocated to the
Employee's Rollover Account will immediately be: (i) segregated
from all other Plan assets; (ii) treated as a non-qualified trust
established by and for the benefit of the Employee; and (iii)
distributed to the Employee, as adjusted for earnings and losses.
Any such nonqualifying rollover will be deemed never to have been
a part of the Plan.

          (c)  A Participant who is entitled to receive a lump
sum distribution from a qualified plan described in
Section 401(a) of the Code maintained by an Employer as the
result of separation of employment or retirement from a Commonly
Controlled Entity may elect to have such lump sum distribution
deposited into his Rollover Account under the Plan.  Such
Rollover Contribution must be made in accordance with procedures
that may be specified by the Administrator.

     III.5     Election Procedures.

          (a)  A Participant's election to make Before-Tax
Contributions and After-Tax Contributions will continue in effect
(with automatic adjustment for any change in his Compensation)
until changed or terminated pursuant to procedures established by
the Administrator, suspended under the terms of this Plan, or
until the Participant ceases to be paid as an Eligible Employee.

          (b)  In the event of a mistake by either the Employer
or the Administrator regarding the amount of a Participant's
Before-Tax Contributions or After-Tax Contributions during a Plan
Year, the Employer may permit, in its sole discretion,
contributions in excess of the 18 percent limit set forth in
Sections 3.1 and 3.2 to be made for 1 or more payroll periods
during such Plan Year, but only to the extent required for such
contributions for the Plan Year to equal what they would have
been in the absence of the mistake.


                           ARTICLE IV

                   LIMITATION ON CONTRIBUTIONS

     IV.1 Limit on Before-Tax Contributions. The aggregate
elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code)
made on behalf of each Participant under the Plan for any Plan
Year will not exceed:

          (a)  the Contribution Dollar Limit, reduced by:

          (b)  the sum of any of the following amounts that were
contributed on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year under
a plan, contract, or arrangement other than this Plan, including
BP CAP:

               (1)  any employer contribution under a qualified
cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Section 401(k) of the
Code) to the extent not includable in the Participant's gross
income for the taxable year under Section 402(e)(3) of the Code
(determined without regard to Section 402(g) of the Code);

               (2)  any employer contribution to the extent not
includable in the Participant's gross income for the taxable year
under Section 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code (determined without regard
to Section 402(g) of the Code);

               (3)  any employer contribution to purchase an
annuity contract under Section 403(b) of the Code under a salary
reduction agreement (within the meaning of Section 3121(a)(5)(D)
of the Code); and

               (4)  any elective employer contribution under
Section 408(p)(2)(A)(i) of the Code;

provided that no contribution described in this subsection (b)
will be taken into account for the purpose of reducing the dollar
limit in subsection (a), above, if the plan, contract, or
arrangement is not maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity
unless the Participant has filed a notice with the Administrator
not later than March 15 of the next Plan Year regarding such
contribution.

     IV.2 Actual Deferral Percentage Test.

          (a)  The Plan will satisfy the actual deferral
percentage test set forth in Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and
Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b), the provisions of which (and
any subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance issued
thereunder) are incorporated herein by reference, each as
modified by subsection (b), below.  In accordance with
Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-
1(b), as modified by subsection (b), below, the actual deferral
percentage for HCEs for any Plan Year will not exceed the greater
of:

               (1)  the actual deferral percentage for NHCEs for
the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25, or

               (2)  the lesser of (i) the actual deferral
percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 2
and (ii) the actual deferral percentage for NHCEs for the current
Plan Year plus 2%.

          (b)  In performing the actual deferral percentage test
described in subsection (a), above, the following special rules
will apply:

               (1)  the deferral percentages of Participants who
are covered by an agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to
be a collective bargaining agreement between employee
representatives and an Employer will be disaggregated from the
deferral percentages of other Participants and the provisions of
this Section 4.2 will be applied separately with respect to each
group.

               (2)  Employees who have not become eligible to
become Participants will be disregarded in applying this
Section 4.2.

               (3)  The Administrator may permissively aggregate
the Plan with other plans to the extent permitted under Treasury
Regulation 1.401(k)-1.

     IV.3 Actual Contribution Percentage Test.

          (a)  The Plan will satisfy the actual contribution
percentage test set forth in Section 401(m)(2) of the Code and
Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b), the provisions of which (and
any subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance issued
thereunder) are incorporated herein by reference, each as
modified by subsection (b), below. In accordance with
Section 401(m)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-
1(b), as modified by subsection (b), below, the actual
contribution percentage for HCEs for any Plan Year will not
exceed the greater of:

               (1)  the actual contribution percentage for NHCEs
for the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25, or

               (2)  the lesser of (i) the actual contribution
percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 2
and (ii) the actual contribution percentage for NHCEs for the
current Plan Year plus 2%.

     (b)  In performing the actual contribution percentage test
described in subsection (a), above, the following special rules
will apply:

               (1)  the limit imposed by the actual contribution
percentage test will apply only to HCEs and NHCEs who are not
covered by an agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a
collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives
and an Employer;

               (2)  Employees who have not become eligible to
become Participants will be disregarded in applying this
Section 4.3.

               (3)  The Administrator may permissively aggregate
the Plan with other plans to the extent permitted under Treasury
Regulation 1.401(m)-1.

     IV.4 Prohibition on Multiple Use. The Plan will not violate
the prohibition against multiple use of the alternative methods
of compliance with Sections 401(k) and (m) of the Code. The
prohibition is set forth in Section 401(m)(9) of the Code and
Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-2, the provisions of which (and any
subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder)
are incorporated herein by reference, and will be applied using
the current year testing method; provided that:

          (a)  the limit imposed by the multiple use test will
apply only to HCEs and NHCEs who are not covered by an agreement
that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining
agreement between employee representatives and an Employer;

          (b)  the multiple use test will be applied after taking
into account the modifications to the actual deferral percentage
test and the actual contribution percentage tests made by
Sections 4.2(b) and 4.3(b); and

          (c)  Employees who have not become eligible to become
Participants will be disregarded in applying this Section 4.4.

     IV.5 Maximum Contributions.

          (a)  In addition to any other limitation set forth in
the Plan and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in
no event will the annual additions allocated to a Participant's
Account under the Plan, together with the aggregate annual
additions allocated to the Participant's accounts under all other
defined contribution plans required to be aggregated with the
Plan under the provisions of Section 415 of the Code, exceed the
maximum amount permitted under Section 415 of the Code, the
provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

          (b)  If the limitations imposed by this Section 4.5
apply to a Participant who is entitled to annual additions under
one or more tax-qualified plans with which the Plan is aggregated
for purposes of Section 415 of the Code, the annual additions
under the Plan and such other plan or plans will be reduced in
the following order, to the extent necessary to prevent the
Participant's benefits and/or annual additions from exceeding the
limitations imposed by this Section:

               (1)  All other defined contribution plans in which
the Participant participated and with which the Plan is
aggregated for purposes of Section 415 of the Code, in an order
based on the reverse chronology of the annual additions to the
plans, beginning with the last annual addition and ending with
the first annual addition; and

               (2)  the Plan.

     IV.6 Imposition of Limitations. Notwithstanding anything
contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may, in
his sole discretion, limit the amount of a Participant's Before-
Tax Contributions and After-Tax Contributions during a Plan Year
to the extent that he determines that the imposition of such a
limit is necessary or appropriate to ensure that the Plan will
satisfy the requirements of this Article.  Any such limitation
may be imposed on a Participant at any time and without advance
notice to the Participant, and regardless of whether the
Participant is covered by a collective bargaining agreement
between employee representatives and an Employer.  The
Administrator can impose limitations beyond those that are
absolutely necessary to satisfy the requirements of this Article
and may, in his sole discretion, impose more restrictive
limitations that are designed to enable the Plan to satisfy those
requirements by a reasonable margin.  Notwithstanding anything
contained in the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the
Contributions to be allocated to a Participant for a particular
payroll period would cause the limitations of Section 4.5 to be
exceeded with respect to a Participant, the Match Contributions
which otherwise would be made with respect to such Participant
for such period will be first reduced or eliminated so that the
limitations of Section 4.5 are not exceeded.

     IV.7 Return of Excess Annual Additions, Deferrals, and
Contributions.

          (a)  If a Participant's Before-Tax Contributions or
After-Tax Contributions cause the annual additions allocated to a
Participant's Account to exceed the limit imposed by Section 4.5,
such excess contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses
thereon) will be returned to the Participant in the following
order: (i) After-Tax Contributions for which no Match
Contributions were made; (ii) Before-Tax Contributions for which
no Match Contributions were made; (iii) After-Tax Contributions
for which Match Contributions were made; and (iv) Before-Tax
Contributions for which Match Contributions were made.
Contributions returned pursuant to this subsection (a) will be
disregarded in applying the limits imposed by Sections 4.1
through 4.4.

          (b)  After any excess annual additions (plus or minus
any gains or losses thereon) with respect to a Plan Year have
been distributed as provided in subsection (a), above, if a
Participant's aggregate elective deferrals (as defined in
Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) with respect to a Plan Year exceed
the Contribution Dollar Limit, the following rules will apply to
such excess (the Participant's "excess deferrals"):

               (1)  Not later than the first January 31 following
the close of the Plan Year, the Participant may allocate to the
Plan all or any portion of the Participant's excess deferrals for
the Plan Year (provided that the amount of the excess deferrals
allocated to the Plan will not exceed the amount of the
Participant's Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan for the Plan
Year that have not been withdrawn or distributed) and will notify
the Administrator of any amount allocated to the Plan.

               (2)  If excess deferrals have been made to the
Plan on behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year, the Participant
will be deemed to have allocated such excess deferrals to the
Plan pursuant to subsection (b)(1), above, and the Plan will
distribute such excess deferrals pursuant to subsection (b)(3),
below.

               (3)  As soon as practicable, but in no event later
than the first April 15th following the close of the Plan Year,
the Plan will distribute to the Participant the amount allocated
or deemed allocated to the Plan under subsection (b)(1) or
(b)(2), above (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon). The
distribution described in this subsection (b)(3) will be made
notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan.

          (c)  After any excess annual additions (plus or minus
any gains or losses thereon) with respect to a Plan Year have
been distributed as provided in subsection (a), above, after any
excess deferrals (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with
respect to a Plan Year have been distributed as provided in
subsection (b), above, and after any action pursuant to Section
4.6 with respect to the Plan Year has been taken, if the actual
deferral percentage for the Plan Year of HCEs exceeds the limit
imposed by Section 4.2, the following rules apply:

               (1)  (A) The amount of the excess contributions
(determined in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code
and subparagraph (3), below), plus or minus any gains or losses
thereon (including, in the discretion of the Administrator, gains
or losses attributable to the "gap period" within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-1(f)(4)), will be distributed to
HCEs, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of
Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year in an amount required
to cause that HCE's Before-Tax Contributions to equal the dollar
amount of the Before-Tax Contributions of the HCE with the next
highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions (or in such
lesser amount that is equal to the total amount of excess
contributions). The process described in the preceding sentence
will continue until the reduction equals the total excess
contributions made to the Plan.

                    (B)  The distribution described in
subparagraph (A), above, will be made as soon as practicable, but
in no event later than the close of the Plan Year following the
close of the Plan Year with respect to which the excess
contributions were made.

                    (C)  The gains or losses on excess
contributions will be determined by multiplying the total annual
earnings (positive or negative) for the Plan Year in the
Participant's Before-Tax Account by the following fraction:

                         (i)  The numerator of the fraction will
be the amount of the excess contributions.

                         (ii) The denominator of the fraction
will be the value of the Participant's Before-Tax Account as of
the last day of the Plan Year (or at the end of the gap period,
if elected by the Company), reduced by any positive earnings (or
increased by any negative earnings) credited to the Participant's
Before-Tax Account for the Plan Year (and for the gap period, if
elected by the Company).

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph
(C), in the discretion of the Administrator, the gains and losses
on excess contributions will be determined in accordance with any
method permitted under the Code and the applicable Treasury
Regulations.

               (2)  In accordance with Treasury Regulations, the
Administrator may elect, in his sole discretion, to treat as an
After-Tax Contribution the amount of the excess contributions
attributable to a Participant who is an HCE, except to the extent
that such After-Tax Contribution would cause the Plan to exceed
(or to continue to exceed) the contribution percentage limit
imposed by Section 4.3 or to violate (or to continue to violate)
the prohibition against multiple use imposed by Section 4.4.

               (3)  The excess contributions to the Plan will be
determined in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code by
performing the hypothetical calculation described in this
subparagraph (3). The actual deferral percentage of the HCE with
the highest individual actual deferral percentage will be reduced
to the extent necessary to cause his actual deferral percentage
to equal the actual deferral percentage of the HCE with the
second highest individual actual deferral percentage (or, if it
would result in a lesser reduction, to the extent necessary to
cause the Plan to satisfy the actual deferral percentage test
under Section 4.2). The excess contribution to the Plan is the
amount by which the Before-Tax Contributions of the HCE with the
highest individual actual deferral percentage would have been
reduced after the hypothetical reduction in actual deferral
percentage described in the preceding sentence. This process will
continue until no excess contributions remain.

The distribution described in subparagraph (1), above, will be
made notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan. The amount
distributed pursuant to subparagraph (1), above, or
recharacterized pursuant to subparagraph (2), above, for a Plan
Year with respect to a Participant will be reduced by any excess
deferral previously distributed from the Plan to such Participant
for the Participant's taxable year ending with or within such
Plan Year.

          (d)  If a Participant's Before-Tax Contributions or
After-Tax Contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses
thereon) are returned to him pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 4.7, any Match Contributions (plus or minus any gains or
losses thereon) with respect to such returned Before-Tax
Contributions or After-Tax Contributions will be immediately
forfeited. Any such forfeitures will be applied to reduce the
Company's obligation to make Match Contributions pursuant to
Article III.

          (e)  After any excess deferrals (plus or minus any
gains or losses thereon), and any excess contributions (plus or
minus any gains or losses thereon), with respect to a Plan Year
have been distributed and/or re-characterized, in accordance with
subsections (a), (b), (c), and (d), above, and after any action
pursuant to Section 4.6 with respect to the Plan Year has been
taken, if the contribution percentage for the Plan Year of HCEs
exceeds the actual contribution percentage limit imposed by
Section 4.3, the following rules will apply:

               (1)  (A)  The amount of the excess aggregate
contributions for the Plan Year (determined in accordance with
Section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code and subparagraph (3), below),
plus or minus any gains or losses thereon (including, in the
discretion of the Company, gains or losses attributable to the
"gap period" within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-
1(e)(3)), will be distributed (or, if forfeitable, will be
forfeited) as soon as practicable and in any event before the
close of the Plan Year following the close of the Plan Year with
respect to which the excess aggregate contributions were made.

                    (B)  The gains or losses on excess aggregate
contributions will be determined by multiplying the total annual
earnings (positive or negative) for the Plan Year in the
Participant's After-Tax and Match Accounts by the following
fraction:

                         (i)  The numerator of the fraction will
be the amount of the excess aggregate contributions.

                         (ii) The denominator of the fraction
will be the value of the Participant's After-Tax and Match
Accounts as of the last day of the Plan Year (or at the end of
the gap period, if elected by the Company), reduced by any
positive earnings (or increased by any negative earnings)
credited to the Participant's After-Tax and Match Accounts for
the Plan Year (and for the gap period, if elected by the
Company).

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph
(B), in the discretion of the Administrator, the gains and losses
on excess contributions will be determined in accordance with any
method permitted under the Code and the applicable Treasury
Regulations.

                    (2)  Any distribution in accordance with
subparagraph (1), above, will be made to HCEs, beginning with the
HCE with the highest dollar amount of After-Tax Contributions and
Match Contributions for the Plan Year in an amount required to
cause that HCE's After-Tax Contributions and Match Contributions
to equal the dollar amount of the After-Tax Contributions and
Match Contributions of the HCE with the next highest dollar
amount of After-Tax Contributions and Match Contributions (or in
such lesser amount that is equal to the total amount of excess
aggregate contributions). This process will continue until the
reduction equals the total excess aggregate contributions made to
the Plan. Such distributions will be made notwithstanding any
other provision of the Plan.

                    (3)  The excess aggregate contributions to
the Plan will be determined in accordance with
Section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code by performing the hypothetical
calculation described in this subparagraph (3). The actual
contribution percentage of the HCE with the highest individual
actual contribution percentage will be reduced to the extent
necessary to cause his actual contribution percentage to equal
the actual contribution percentage of the HCE with the second
highest individual actual contribution percentage (or, if it
would result in a lesser reduction, to the extent necessary to
cause the Plan to satisfy the actual contribution percentage
under Section 4.3). The excess aggregate contribution to the Plan
is the amount by which the After-Tax Contributions and Match
Contributions on behalf of the HCE with the highest individual
actual contribution percentage would have been reduced after the
hypothetical reduction in actual contribution percentage
described in the preceding sentence. This process will continue
until no excess aggregate contributions remain.

The determination of the excess aggregate contributions under
this subsection (e) for any Plan Year will be made after taking
the measures called for by the preceding subsections of this
Section 4.7.

          (f)  If, after all the actions required or permitted by
Section 4.6 and the preceding provisions of this Section 4.7 have
been taken, the Before-Tax Contributions, After-Tax
Contributions, and Match Contributions of HCEs cause the Plan to
violate the prohibition against multiple use imposed by Section
4.4, the contribution percentage of such HCEs will be reduced to
the extent necessary to cause the Plan to comply with that
prohibition, and the excess aggregate contributions will be
distributed (or, if forfeitable, will be forfeited) in the manner
described in subsection (e), above.

     IV.8 Incorporation by Reference.  Each incorporation by
reference in this Article IV of the provisions of
Sections 401(k)(3), (m)(2), (m)(9) and 415, and the specific
underlying regulations thereunder, includes this incorporation by
reference to any subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance
issued thereunder.

                            ARTICLE V

                  ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS'
               ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT OPTIONS

     V.1  Individual Participant Accounting.

          (a)  Account Maintenance.  The Administrator will cause
the Accounts for each Participant to reflect transactions
involving Contributions and other allocations thereto, loans,
earnings, losses, withdrawals, distributions and expenses to be
allocated and posted to the Accounts in accordance with the terms
of this Plan.  Financial transactions during or with respect to
an Accounting Period will be accounted for at the individual
Account level by allocating and posting each transaction to the
Account as of a Trade Date.  At any point in time, the value of a
Participant's Accrued Benefit will be equal to the sum of the
aggregate of the following amounts determined under (1), (2) and
(3) with regard to each Investment Option:

               (1)  the (A) Unit Values for the portion of his
Accounts invested in each Investment Options under 5.2(a)
multiplied by (B) the number of full and fractional units for
each such Investment Option posted to his Accounts.

               (2)  the (A) fair market value for the shares for
the portion of his Accounts invested in each Investment Option
under 5.2(b) multiplied by (B) the number of full and fractional
shares for each such Investment Option posted to his Accounts,
and

               (3)  the fair market value of any other assets of
the Trust Fund (exclusive of assets described in (1) and (2)) in
which a portion of his Accounts is invested or held.

          (b)  Trade Date Accounting and Investment Cycle.  For
any transaction to be processed as of a Trade Date, the
Administrator must receive instructions by the Sweep Time and
such instructions will apply only to amounts held in and posted
to the Accounts as of the Trade Date.  Except as otherwise
provided herein, all transactions will be effected on the Trade
Date relating to the Sweep Time (or as soon thereafter as is
administratively possible).

          (c)  Suspension of Transactions.  Whenever the
Administrator considers such action to be in the best interest of
the Participants, the Administrator in its discretion may suspend
from time to time the Trade Date or reset the Sweep Time.

          (d)  How Fees and Expenses are Charged to Accounts.
Account maintenance fees will be charged to Accounts (to the
extent such fees are not paid by the Employer), provided that no
fee will reduce an Account balance below zero.  Transaction type
fees (such as loan set-up fees, etc.) will be charged to the
Accounts involved in the transaction as determined pursuant to
procedures adopted by the Administrator.  Fees and expenses
incurred for the management and maintenance of Investment Options
will be charged at the Investment Option level and reflected in
the net gain or loss of each Investment Option to the extent not
paid by the Employer.

          (e)  Error Correction.  The Administrator may correct
any errors or omissions in the administration of the Plan by
crediting or charging any Account with the amount that would have
been allocated, credited or charged to the Account had no error
or omission been made.  Funds necessary for any such crediting
will be provided through payment made by the Administrator, or,
if the Administrator was not responsible for such error or
omission, through payment by the Employer.

     V.2  Accounting for Investment Options.

          (a)  Unit Accounting.  The investments in each
Investment Option designated by the Administrator as subject to
unit accounting will be maintained in full and fractional units.
The Administrator is responsible for determining the number of
full and fractional units of each such Investment Option.

          (b)  Share Accounting.  The investments in each
Investment Option designated by the Administrator as subject to
share accounting will be maintained in full and fractional
shares.  The Administrator is responsible for determining the
number of full and fractional shares of each such Investment
Option.

     V.3  Accounts for Alternate Payees.  A separate Account will
be established for an Alternate Payee as of the date and in
accordance with the directions specified in the QDRO.  Such
Account will be valued and accounted for in the same manner as
any other Account.  An Alternate Payee will be treated as a
Participant to the extent provided as follows:

          (a)  Exchange Election.  An Alternate Payee may direct
or exchange the investment of such Account in the same manner as
a Participant.

          (b)  Withdrawals and Forms of Payment.  An Alternate
Payee will receive payment of the amount specified in the QDRO as
soon as administratively possible, regardless of whether the
Participant is an Employee, unless the QDRO specifically provides
that payment be delayed, including at the election of the
Alternate Payee.  Payment may be made in the same forms as are
available to the Participant with respect to whom the QDRO has
been obtained, to the extent provided in the QDRO.

          (c)  Participant Loans.  An Alternate Payee will not be
entitled to borrow from his Account.  If a QDRO specifies that
the Alternate Payee is entitled to any portion of the Account of
a Participant who has an outstanding loan balance, all
outstanding loans will continue to be held in the Participant's
Account and will not be divided between the Participant's and
Alternate Payee's Accounts.

          (d)  Beneficiary.  An Alternate Payee may designate a
Beneficiary in the same manner as a Participant, to the extent
provided for in the QDRO.

     V.4  Accounts for Heritage BP Beneficiaries.  A separate
Account will be established for a Heritage BP Beneficiary
entitled to any portion of a deceased Heritage BP Participant's
Accounts.  Such Account will be valued and accounted for in the
same manner as any other Account.  A Heritage BP Beneficiary will
be treated as a Participant to the extent provided as follows:

          (a)  Exchange Election.  A Heritage BP Beneficiary may
direct or exchange the investment of such Account in the same
manner as a Participant.

          (b)  Withdrawals and Forms of Payment.  Payment to a
Heritage BP Beneficiary may be made in the same forms as are
available to a Heritage BP Participant.

          (c)  Participant Loans.  A Heritage BP Beneficiary will
not be entitled to borrow from his Account.

          (d)  Beneficiary.  A Heritage BP Beneficiary may
designate a Beneficiary in the same manner as a Participant.

     V.5  Transition Rules.  The Administrator may adopt such
procedures, including imposing "transition" periods, as are
necessary to accommodate any plan mergers, Investment Option or
accounting changes or events, or similar events as it determines
are necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.

                           ARTICLE VI

                INVESTMENT OPTIONS AND ELECTIONS

     VI.1 Investment of Contributions.

          (a)  Investment Election.  Each Participant may direct
the Administrator, by submission to the Administrator of an
Investment Election, to invest Contributions (and loan
repayments) posted to his Accounts and other amounts allocated
and posted to the Participant's Account in one or more Investment
Options; provided, however, that a separate Investment Election
is required for Rollover Contributions.  Notwithstanding the
above, Match Contributions will be invested directly in the
Company Stock Fund.  In the absence of an Investment Election,
Before-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions and Rollover
Contributions (and loan repayments) will be invested in the Money
Market Fund.

          (b)  Effective Date of Investment Election; Change of
Investment Election.  A Participant's initial Investment Election
will be effective with respect to an Investment Option on the
Trade Date which relates to the Sweep Time on which or prior to
which the Investment Election is received and not revoked
pursuant to procedures specified by the Administrator.  A
Participant's Investment Election will continue in effect,
notwithstanding any change in his Compensation or his
Contribution Percentage, until the earliest of: (1) the effective
date of a new Investment Election; or (2) the date he ceases to
be a Participant.  A change in Investment Election will be
effective with respect to an Investment Option as soon as
administratively possible after the date the Administrator
receives the Participant's new Investment Election.

     VI.2 Investment of Accounts.

          (a)  Exchange Election.  Notwithstanding a
Participant's Investment Election, a Participant may direct the
Administrator, by submission of an Exchange Election to the
Administrator, to change the investment of his Accounts between 2
or more Investment Options, on a pro rata basis with respect to
each of the Participant's Accounts (exclusive of the
Participant's loans).

          (b)  Effective Date of Exchange Election.  An Exchange
Election to change a Participant's investment of his Accounts in
one Investment Option to another Investment Option will be
effective with respect to such Investment Options on the Trade
Date(s) which relates to the Sweep Time on which or prior to
which the Exchange Election is received and not revoked pursuant
to procedures specified by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, and except as provided in Section 12.1 below, an
Exchange Election made with respect to the Account balance of a
Participant who dies on or after the Effective Date will not be
valid if it is made after such time that is established by the
Administrator following the date the Administrator is notified of
such Participant's death.

          (c)  Delayed Effective Date.  Notwithstanding any
provision of this Section 6.2 to the contrary, if the sell
portion of an Exchange Election can not be processed due to a
problem in the market, a liquidity shortage in an Investment
Option or disruption of other sell or buy orders in another
Investment Option, the buy portion of the Exchange Election will
not be processed on a Trade Date until the sell transaction can
be processed.

     VI.3 Investment Options.  The Plan's Investment Options are
indicated in Appendix 1.55.  In addition, a Designated Officer
may, from time to time, as directed by the Investment Committee:

          (a)  limit or freeze investments in, or transfers from,
an Investment Option;

          (b)  add funding vehicles thereunder;

          (c)  liquidate, consolidate or otherwise reorganize an
existing Investment Option; or

          (d)  add new Investment Options to, or delete
Investment Options from, Appendix 1.55.

     VI.4 Transition Rules.  Effective as of the date designated
by the Designated Officer on which any Investment Option is
addressed under Section 6.3, each Participant will have the
opportunity to make new Investment Elections and Exchange
Elections to the Administrator no later than the applicable Sweep
Time.  The Administrator may take such action as the
Administrator deems appropriate, including, but not limited to:

          (a)  using any reasonable accounting methods in
performing his duties during the period of transition;

          (b)  designating into which Investment Option a
Participant's Accounts or Contributions will be invested;

          (c)  establishing the method for allocating net
investment gains or losses and the extent, if any, to which
amounts received by and distributions paid from the Trust during
this period share in such allocation;

          (d)  investing all or a portion of the Trust's assets
in a short-term, interest-bearing Investment Option during such
transition period;

          (e)  delaying any Trade Date during a designated
transition period or changing any Sweep Time or Valuation Time
during such transition period; or

          (f)  designating how and to what extent a Participant's
Investment Election Exchange Election will apply to Investment
Options.

     VI.5 Restricted Investment Options.  Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary: (a) a Participant may
not direct investment of future Contributions or loan repayments
in, or direct transfer of any portion of his Account balance
into, the U.S. Savings Bond Investment Option or the Income Fund;
(b) purchases and sales in the Company Stock Fund will be
restricted for Participants subject to applicable statutory,
stock exchange or Company trading restrictions; and (c) amounts
invested hereunder will be subject to such restrictions as may be
imposed by (i) the issuer of securities to an Investment Option,
or (ii) the investment manager or advisor of such Investment
Option.

     VI.6 Risk of Loss.  Neither the Plan nor the Company
guarantees that the fair market value of the Investment Options,
or of any particular Investment Option, will be equal to or
greater than the amounts invested therein.  Neither the Plan nor
the Company guarantees that the value of the Accounts will be
equal to or greater than the Contributions allocated thereto.
Except as required pursuant to ERISA, each Participant will have
sole responsibility for the investment of his Accounts and for
transfers among the available Investment Options, and no
fiduciary, or other person will have any liability for any loss
or diminution in value resulting from any Participants' exercise
of, or failure to exercise,  such investment responsibility.
Each Member assumes all risk of any decrease in the value of the
Investment Options and the Accounts.  The Plan is intended to
constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of ERISA.

     VI.7 Interests in the Investment Options.  No Member will
have any claim, right, title, or interest in or to any specific
assets of any Investment Option until distribution of such assets
is made to such Member.  No Member will have any claim, right,
title, or interest in or to the Investment Option, except as and
to the extent expressly provided herein.

     VI.8 Sole Source of Benefits.  Members may only seek payment
of benefits under the Plan from the Trust, and except as
otherwise required by law, the Employer assumes no responsibility
or liability therefor.

     VI.9 Alternate Payees and Heritage BP Beneficiaries.  See
Sections 5.3 and 5.4 for the treatment of Alternate Payees and
Heritage BP Beneficiaries as Participants for purposes of this
Article VI.

                           ARTICLE VII

                     VESTING AND FORFEITURES

     VII.1     Vesting in Match Account.  Except as provided in
Section 7.2, an Active Participant will be 100 percent vested in
his Match Account if:

          (a)  he is credited with at least 5 years of Service;

          (b)  he attains age 65;

          (c)  he is declared mentally incompetent or becomes
permanently and totally disabled;

          (d)  he dies;

          (e)  his employment with each Commonly Controlled
Entity is terminated:

               (1)  and such termination is involuntary and
results from the sale or other disposition of all or part of an
Employer to a person or entity which is not a Commonly Controlled
Entity;

               (2)  under the terms of (A) a written voluntary or
involuntary severance plan of general application is duly adopted
by the Company or (B) a separation agreement between the
Participant and an Employer; or

               (3)  and the Participant's job function has been
outsourced to a Contractor Firm pursuant to a contract between
the Contractor Firm and an Employer; or

          (f)  in the case of a Heritage BP Participant who was
hired prior to July 1, 1991, such Participant is credited with at
least 4 Years of Participation.

     VII.2     Vesting in Heritage Amoco Match Account.

          (a)  A Participant with a Heritage Amoco Match Account
who does not have a nonforfeitable interest in such Account in
accordance with Section 7.1, above, will have a nonforfeitable
interest in a portion of such Account as determined in accordance
with the following schedule:

Years of Service              Nonforfeitable Percentage
Less than 2                        0%
2 but less than 3                  25%
3 but less than 4                  50%
4 but less than 5                  75%
5 or more                         100%

; provided that if a Participant has not made a withdrawal from
his Heritage Amoco Match Account, such Participant's
nonforfeitable interest in such Account will not be less than:

               (i)  the amount in such Account, minus

               (ii) the sum of all of the Match Contributions
credited to such Account, multiplied by;

               (iii)     the applicable percentage determined in
accordance with the following schedule:

Years of Service              Applicable Percentage
Less than 2                        100%
2 but less than 3                  75%
3 but less than 4                  50%
4 but less than 5                  25%
5 or more                           0%

          (b)  If a withdrawal from a Participant's Heritage
Amoco Match Account has been made to him at a time when he is
less than 100 percent vested in such Account balance, the first
vesting schedule in Section 7.2(a) will thereafter apply as
follows:  At any relevant time prior to a forfeiture of any
portion thereof under Section 7.4, a Participant's vested
interest in his Heritage Amoco Match Account will be equal to
P(AB+W)-W, where P is the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage
at the relevant time; AB is the Heritage Amoco Match Account
balance; and W is the sum of all prior withdrawals.

     VII.3     Vesting in Before-Tax, After-Tax, and Rollover
Accounts.  A Participant is always 100 percent vested in his
Before-Tax, After-Tax and Rollover Accounts.

     VII.4     Forfeitures.

          (a)  If any portion of an Inactive Participant's Match
Account is not vested after the Effective Date, such portion will
be forfeited as follows:

               (i)  If the Inactive Participant receives a
withdrawal of his entire vested interest in his Account, the non-
vested portion of such Account will be forfeited upon the
complete withdrawal of such vested interest, subject to the
possibility of reinstatement as provided in Section 11.2.  For
purposes of this subsection, if the value of the Inactive
Participant's vested interest in such Account balance is zero,
the Inactive Participant will be deemed to have received a
withdrawal of his vested interest immediately following his
Severance from Service.

               (ii) The non-vested portion of an Inactive
Participant's Match Account will be forfeited after the
Participant has incurred a Break in Service of 7 consecutive 12-
month periods.  The remaining vested portion of the Participant's
Match Account will be nonforfeitable and segregated from the
Participant's Match Account for so long as the Match Account is
not fully vested and such aggregated, vested portion of the Match
Account will no longer be subject to this Article if the Inactive
Participant subsequently becomes an Active Participant.

          (b)  Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article VII
to the contrary, Match Contributions (plus or minus any gains or
losses thereon) may be forfeited pursuant to the provisions of
Article IV.

          (c)  Forfeitures may be applied to reduce the
Employer's obligation to make Contributions hereunder or to pay
reasonable Plan expenses.

     VII.5     Election of Former Vesting Schedule.  In the event
of an amendment to the Plan that directly or indirectly affects
the computation of a Participant's nonforfeitable interest in his
Match Account, any Participant who is a Participant on the
effective date of such amendment or who is credited with 3 or
more years of Service will have a right to irrevocably elect to
have his nonforfeitable interest in such Match Account continue
to be determined under the vesting schedule in effect prior to
such amendment rather than under the new vesting schedule, unless
the nonforfeitable interest of such Participant in such Match
Account under the Plan, as amended, at any time is not less than
such interest determined without regard to such amendment.  Such
election will be made during the period beginning on the date the
amendment is adopted and ending no later than the date which is
60 days after the latest of the following dates:  (a) the date
the amendment is adopted; (b) the date the amendment becomes
effective; or (c) the date on which the Participant is issued
written notice of the amendment by the Administrator.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.5, the
vested interest of each Participant on the effective date of such
amendment will not be less than his vested interest under the
Plan as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such
amendment.

                          ARTICLE VIII

                        PARTICIPANT LOANS

     VIII.1    Participant Loans Permitted.  An Active
Participant will be eligible for a loan with respect to all of
his Accounts pursuant to this Article VIII only to the extent:
(a) the Participant will not be in default on the loan under
Section 8.9 immediately after the loan is made; and (b) in the
case of a Participant who has previously defaulted on a loan
(other than a Participant whose outstanding loan balance was
repaid in full in accordance with Section 8.10(c) or who received
the defaulted loan in an actual (not deemed) distribution), the
defaulted loan has been repaid in full.  All loan limits are
determined as of the Trade Date as of which the loan is funded.
The funds will be disbursed to the Participant as soon as is
administratively possible after the next following Settlement
Date.

     VIII.2    Loan Funding Limits.  The loan amount must be
within the following limits:

          (a)  Plan Maximum Limit.  Subject to the legal limit
described in (b) below, the maximum a Participant may borrow,
including the outstanding balance of existing Plan loans, is 50
percent of his following Accounts which are fully vested;
disregarding any amount subject to a QDRO:

            Before-Tax Account
            Rollover Account
            Match Account
            After-Tax Account

          (b)  Legal Maximum Limit.  The maximum a Participant
may borrow, including the outstanding balance of existing loans,
is based upon the value of his vested interest in this Plan and
all other qualified plans maintained by a Commonly Controlled
Entity (the "Vested Interest").  The maximum amount is equal to
50 percent of his Vested Interest, not to exceed $50,000.
However, the $50,000 amount is reduced by the Participant's
highest outstanding balance of all loans from any Commonly
Controlled Entity's qualified plans during the 12-month period
ending on the day before the Trade Date on which the loan is
made.

          (c)  Loan Minimum Limit.  The minimum amount a
Participant can borrow at any time is $1,000.

     VIII.3    Maximum Number of Loans.  A Participant may have
only 2 loans outstanding from the Plan at any time.

     VIII.4    Source of Loan Funding.  A loan to a Participant
will be made solely from the assets of his own Accounts as
determined by the Administrator in his discretion.  The available
assets will be determined first by Contribution Account.  The
hierarchy for loan funding by type of Contribution Account will
be the order listed in Section 8.2(a).  Within each Account used
for funding, amounts will be taken by Investment Option in direct
proportion to the market value of the Participant's interest in
each Investment Option as of the Trade Date on which the loan is
made, unless the Participant elects otherwise.

     VIII.5    Interest Rate.  The interest rate charged on
Participant loans will be fixed throughout the term of the loan
and will equal one plus the prime rate, as published in The Wall
Street Journal, in effect on the last Business Day of the
calendar quarter immediately preceding the calendar quarter in
which the loan request is received by the Administrator.

     VIII.6    Repayment.  Substantially level amortization will
be required of each loan with payments made at least monthly.
Loans may be prepaid in full at any time.  The loan repayment
period will be as mutually agreed upon by the Participant and the
Administrator, not to exceed 5 years.

     VIII.7    Repayment Hierarchy.  Loan principal repayments
will be allocated and posted to the Participant's Contribution
Accounts in the order that was used to fund the loan.  Loan
interest will be allocated and posted to the Contribution
Accounts in direct proportion to the principal repayment.  Loan
payments will be invested in Investment Options based upon the
Participant's current Investment Election for that Account except
that the current Investment Election in effect for Before-Tax and
After-Tax Contributions will also be applied for amounts posted
to the Participant's Match and Rollover Accounts.

VIII.8    Loan Application, Note and Security.  A Participant
must apply for any loan in accordance with the procedures
established by the Administrator.  The Administrator will
administer Participant loans and will specify the time frame for
approving loan applications.  All loans will be evidenced by a
promissory note and security agreement and secured only by up to
50 percent of a Participant's vested Account balance determined
immediately after the origination of the loan.  The Plan will
have a lien on such portion of a Participant's Account to the
extent of any outstanding loan balance.  Each such note will
constitute an asset of each of the Accounts from which the source
of the loan originated.  Likewise, each security agreement will
represent a liability of each of the Accounts, but only to the
extent that the note constitutes an asset of such Account.

     VIII.9    Default.

          (a)  A Participant will default on a loan if any of the
following events occurs:

               (1)  the Participant's death;

               (2)  The Participant's failure to make the
equivalent of one month's payment of principal and interest on
the loan;
               (3)  the Participant misses less than one month's
repayment but the loan's term cannot be extended to recover these
repayments without extending its term beyond 5 years;

               (4)  the Participant's failure to perform or
observe any covenant, duty, or agreement under the promissory
note evidencing the loan;

               (5)  receipt by the Plan of an opinion of counsel
to the effect that (A) the Plan will, or could, lose its status
as a tax-qualified Plan unless the loan is repaid or (B) the loan
violates, or might violate, any provision of ERISA;

               (6)  any portion of the Participant's Account that
secures the loan becomes payable to the Participant, his
surviving Spouse or Beneficiary, an Alternate Payee, or any other
person; or

               (7)  the termination of the Plan.

     VIII.10   Foreclosure.

          (a)  If a default on a loan occurs, the Participant,
the Participant's estate, or any other person will have 90 days
from the date of the default to pay the entire outstanding
balance of the loan  to the Plan or may elect to make one partial
payment to the Plan to reduce the outstanding balance of the
loan.  Upon the death of the Participant, payment may only be
made by certified check or such other means acceptable to the
Administrator.

          (b)  If full repayment does not happen under Section
8.10(a), the Participant's nonforfeitable interest in his Account
securing the loan will be applied immediately, to the extent
lawful, when and to the extent the Participant's Account is then
available for withdrawal in accordance with the applicable
provisions of the Plan, to pay the entire outstanding balance of
the loan (together with accrued and unpaid interest).

          (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no portion of the
Participant's Before-Tax Account, or other Accounts which are not
available to be withdrawn, will be withdrawn or applied to pay an
outstanding loan before the date on which it is otherwise
withdrawable under the Plan.  In the event of a default and
failure to repay under Section 8.10(a), the Administrator will
direct the Trustee to report the unpaid balance of the loan (less
amounts withdrawn under Section 8.10(b)) as a taxable
distribution.  To the extent that the Participant's
nonforfeitable interest in his Account securing the loan has not
been applied under Section 8.10(b) to pay the entire outstanding
balance of the loan (together with accrued and unpaid interest),
(i) the loan may be repaid, (ii) no interest will accrue on such
loan, (iii) the loan will be considered outstanding for purposes
of Section 8.3 and (iv) any repayment will be allocated and
posted to the Participant's After-Tax Account and treated as an
After-Tax Contribution (other than for purposes of Article IV).

          (d)  Any failure by the Administrator to enforce the
Plan's rights with respect to a default on a loan will not
constitute a waiver of such rights either with respect to that
default or any other default.

     VIII.11   Spousal Consent.  Spousal Consent will not be
required for any loan except to the extent required by Section
10.10(e).

                           ARTICLE IX

                           WITHDRAWALS

     IX.1 Withdrawal from After-Tax Account.  By applying to the
Administrator in the form and manner prescribed by the
Administrator, an Active Participant may elect to withdraw any
portion up to the entire value of his After-Tax Account.  The
withdrawal will be taken first from any After-Tax Contributions
made prior to 1987.  After pre-1987 After-Tax Contributions are
exhausted, such withdrawal will be taken from the balance of the
After-Tax Account with a portion of each withdrawal representing
a return of After-Tax Contributions in an amount equal to the
product of (a) the total withdrawal multiplied by (b) a fraction,
the numerator of which is the Participant's total After-Tax
Contributions remaining in the After-Tax Account prior to the
withdrawal and the denominator of which is the value of the
balance of the After-Tax Account.

     IX.2 Withdrawal from Rollover Account.  By applying to the
Administrator in the form and manner prescribed by the
Administrator, an Active Participant may elect to withdraw any
portion, up to the entire value of his Rollover Account.

     IX.3 Withdrawal from Match Account.

          (a)  By applying to the Administrator in the form and
manner prescribed by the Administrator, an Active Participant who
is fully vested pursuant to Section 7.1 may elect to withdraw any
portion, up to the entire value of his Match Account; provided
that a fully vested Active Participant who has not participated
in the Plan for at least 5 Years of Participation may only
withdraw Match Contributions that have been in the Plan for at
least 2 years.  For purposes of determining Years of
Participation in the Plan and the amount of time that Match
Contributions have been in the Plan, periods of participation and
accumulation under another plan may be considered, pursuant to
procedures established by the Administrator, in the case of a
transfer of assets and liabilities from such plan to the Plan.

     (b)  By applying to the Administrator in the form and manner
prescribed by the Administrator, an Active Participant may elect
to withdraw any portion, up to the value of his Heritage Amoco
Match Account, minus the greater of:

               (i)  the sum of all Match Contributions made with
respect to the Participant during the 24-month period preceding
the date of the withdrawal, or

               (ii) the sum of all Match Contributions made with
respect to the Participant in which the Participant would not
have a nonforfeitable interest under Article VII if the
Participant Severed from Service on the date of the withdrawal.

     IX.4 Withdrawal from Before-Tax Account for Hardship.

          (a)  Subject to the provisions of this Section 9.4, an
Active Participant may apply to the Administrator in the form and
manner prescribed by the Administrator, for a withdrawal from his
Before-Tax Account excluding any earnings posted to his Before-
Tax Account after December 31, 1988; provided that he has first
withdrawn the total value of his After-Tax Account, the total
value of his Rollover Account, and, to the extent the Participant
is vested, the total value of his Match Account pursuant to
Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3.

          (b)  A withdrawal under this Section 9.4 will be
permitted only if the Administrator determines that such
withdrawal is (1) on account of a Participant's "Deemed Financial
Need" and (2) "Deemed Necessary" to satisfy the financial need.

     A "Deemed Financial Need" will be limited to financial
commitments relating to:

          (i)  costs directly related to the purchase or
construction (excluding mortgage payments or balloon payments) of
a Participant's principal residence;

          (ii) the payment of expenses for medical care described
in Section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred by the
Participant, the Participant's Spouse, or any dependents of the
Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) or necessary
for those persons to obtain medical care described in Section
213(d) of the Code;

          (iii)     payment of tuition and related educational
fees and room and board expenses for the next 12 months of
post-secondary education for the Participant, his Spouse,
children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code);

          (iv) necessary payments to prevent the eviction of the
Participant from his principal residence or the foreclosure on
the mortgage of the Participant's principal residence; or

          (v)  the payment of funeral or burial expenses for the
Participant's Spouse or any dependents of the Participant (as
defined in Section 152 of the Code).

A withdrawal is "Deemed Necessary" to satisfy the financial need
only if all of these conditions are met:

          (i)  the withdrawal may not exceed the dollar amount
needed to satisfy the Participant's documented financial
hardship, plus an amount necessary to pay federal, state, or
local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result
from such withdrawal;

          (ii) the Participant must have obtained all
distributions, other than financial hardship distributions, and
all nontaxable loans under all plans maintained by any Commonly
Controlled Entity;

          (iii)     the Participant will be suspended from making
Before-Tax Contributions and After-Tax Contributions (or similar
contributions under any other qualified or nonqualified plan of
deferred compensation maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity)
for at least 12 months from the date the withdrawal is received;
and

          (iv) the Contribution Dollar Limit for the taxable year
immediately following the taxable year in which the financial
hardship withdrawal is received will be reduced by the Before-Tax
Contributions for the taxable year in which the financial
hardship withdrawal is received.

     IX.5 Withdrawals from Before-Tax Account for Other Reasons.
By applying to the Administrator in the form and manner
prescribed by the Administrator, an Active Participant who (a)
has attained age 59-1/2, or (b) becomes Disabled, may elect to
withdraw any portion, up to the entire value of his Before-Tax
Account.

     IX.6 Partial Withdrawals.  By applying to the Administrator
in the form and manner prescribed by the Administrator, an
Inactive Participant may make a pro rata withdrawal from all
Accounts of any amount up to the entire vested portion of the
value of those Accounts.

     IX.7 Withdrawal Processing Rules.

          (a)  Minimum Amount.  There is no minimum amount for
any type of withdrawal.

          (b)  Permitted Frequency.  There is no maximum number
of withdrawals permitted in any Plan Year.

          (c)  Application by Participant.  A Participant must
submit a withdrawal request in accordance with procedures
established by the Administrator.  A Participant who is not an
Employee may make a withdrawal request, even if the Participant
is receiving amounts pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan
under Article X.

          (d)  Approval by Administrator.  The Administrator is
responsible for determining that a withdrawal request conforms to
the requirements described in this Section.

          (e)  Time of Processing.  Except as otherwise provided
herein, the Administrator will process all withdrawal requests
which it receives by the Sweep Time that relates to the Payment
Date, based on the value as of the Trade Date to which it
relates, and fund them on the next Settlement Date.  The
Administrator will then make payment to the Participant as soon
thereafter as is administratively possible.

          (f)  Medium and Form of Payment.  The medium of payment
for withdrawals is all cash; provided however, a withdrawal may
be paid, as directed by the Participant, all in kind to the
extent the withdrawal is funded from the Company Stock Fund.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Heritage BP Participant (or
Heritage BP Beneficiary) may direct payment all in kind to the
extent the withdrawal is funded from the following Investment
Options:

       INVESCO Total Return Fund
       Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund
       Vanguard Wellesley Income Fund
       Vanguard Growth and Income Portfolio
       Vanguard Windsor Fund

    The form of payment for all withdrawals will be a single
installment.

          (g)  Investment Option Sources.  Within each Account
used for funding a withdrawal, amounts will be taken by
Investment Option in direct proportion to the market value of the
Participant's interest in each Investment Option (which excludes
the Participant's loans) as of the Trade Date on which the
withdrawal is made, unless the Participant elects a withdrawal
from specific Investment Option(s).

          (h)  Direct Rollover.  With respect to any cash payment
hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a
Distributee may direct the Administrator to have such payment
paid to an Eligible Retirement Plan.

          (i)  Outstanding Loan.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Article IX, the portion of a Participant's
Account that secures a loan to such Participant under Article
VIII may not be taken as a withdrawal.

          (j)  Spousal Consent.  Spousal Consent will not be
required for any withdrawal except with respect to a Heritage BP
Participant who has elected an annuity form of distribution
pursuant to Section 10.10.

          (k)  Required Withdrawals.  Notwithstanding any
provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Payment Date of the
Accrued Benefit of a Participant who is a 5-percent owner (as
defined in Section 416 of the Code), will not be later than
April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant
attains age 70-1/2 (with required withdrawals to be made by each
December 31 thereafter) and will comply with the requirements of
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations
promulgated thereunder.

          (l)  Hierarchy.  Except in the case of a withdrawal
from a specific Account pursuant to and only to the extent
permitted by Sections 9.1, 9.2, 9.3 or 9.4, the funds used to
finance a withdrawal described in Section 9.5 or 9.6 will be
derived from the Participant's Accounts (exclusive of the
Participant's loans) in the following order (to the extent
necessary to finance the withdrawal):

       After-Tax Account
       Rollover Account
       Match Account (to the extent vested)
       Before-Tax Account (but only for a withdrawal under Section 9.5
       or for an Inactive Participant making a withdrawal under
       Section 9.6)

     IX.8 Alternate Payees and Heritage BP Beneficiaries.  See
Sections 5.3 and 5.4 for the application of the provisions of
this Article IX to Alternate Payees and Heritage BP
Beneficiaries.

                            ARTICLE X

              ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL FORMS OF BENEFIT
                   FOR AN INACTIVE PARTICIPANT

     X.1  Request for Withdrawal of Benefits.

          (a)  Request for Withdrawal.  Subject to the other
requirements of this Article, an Inactive Participant may elect
to have all of his vested Accrued Benefit paid to him beginning
upon any Settlement Date following his Severance from Service
(and prior to a Reemployment Date) in a form of payment allowed
hereunder.

          (b)  Failure to Request Withdrawal.  If an Inactive
Participant fails to submit a withdrawal request in accordance
with procedures established by the Administrator by the last
Payment Date permitted under this Article, his vested Accrued
Benefit will be valued as of the Valuation Date which immediately
precedes such latest date of withdrawal (the "Default Valuation
Date") and a notice of such withdrawal will be issued to his last
known address as soon as administratively possible.  If the
Participant does not respond to the notice or cannot be located,
his vested Accrued Benefit determined on the Default Valuation
Date will be treated as a forfeiture.  If the Participant
subsequently files a claim, the amount forfeited (unadjusted for
gains and losses) will be reinstated to his Accounts and
distributed as soon as administratively possible, and such
payment will be accounted for by charging it against the
forfeiture account or, to the extent the forfeiture account is
insufficient, by a contribution from the Employer of the affected
Inactive Participant.

     X.2  Deadline for Withdrawal.

          (a)  Required Commencement at Retirement.  A
Participant must make a request for payment before payment must
commence under this Section 10.2(a).  In addition to any other
Plan requirements and unless the Inactive Participant elects
otherwise, or cannot be located, but subject to the preceding
sentence, the Payment Date of an Inactive Participant's vested
Accrued Benefit will be not later than 60 days after the latest
of the close of the Plan Year in which: (i) the Participant
attains the earlier of age 65 or his Normal Retirement Date; (ii)
occurs the tenth anniversary of the Plan Year in which the
Inactive Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
(iii) the Participant had a Severance from Service.  However, if
the amount of the payment or the location of the Inactive
Participant (after a reasonable search) cannot be ascertained by
that deadline, payment will be made no later than 60 days after
the earliest date on which such amount or location is
ascertained.

     (b)  Minimum Required Distributions.  In any case, the
Payment Date of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant (i) who is
not an Employee, or (ii) who is an Employee and who is a 5-
percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code), will not
be later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70-1/2 (with required distributions to be
made by each December 31 thereafter) and will comply with the
requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury
Regulations promulgated thereunder.

     X.3  Payment Form and Medium.

          (a)  General.  An Inactive Participant's vested Accrued
Benefit may be paid:

               (1)  in the form of a single sum, or

               (2)  under a systematic withdrawal plan
(installments) permitted under the Plan.

Within each Account used for funding a withdrawal, amounts will
be taken by Investment Option in direct proportion to the market
value of the Participant's interest in each Investment Option at
the Trade Date for which the distribution is made, unless the
Participant elects a withdrawal from specific Investment
Option(s).

          (b)  Medium of Payment.  Payments will be made in cash;
alternatively, to the extent the withdrawal is funded from the
Company Stock Fund, the Inactive Participant can elect to receive
payment in whole shares of Company Stock or a combination of
whole shares and cash.  A Heritage BP Participant who is an
Inactive Participant (or Heritage BP Beneficiary) who elects a
single sum withdrawal may also elect to receive a payment in kind
to the extent the withdrawal is funded from the following funds:

       INVESCO Total Return Fund
       Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund
       Vanguard Wellesley Income Fund
       Vanguard Growth and Income Portfolio
       Vanguard Windsor Fund

          (c)  All withdrawals pursuant to Section 10.3(a)(2)
will be made exclusively in cash in accordance with the following
rules:

               (1)  The funds used to finance the withdrawal will
be derived from the Inactive Participant's Account (exclusive of
the Participant's loans) in the following order (to the extent
necessary to obtain the amount necessary to finance the
distribution):

      After-Tax Account (unmatched first)
      Rollover Account
      Match Account (to the extent vested)
      Before-Tax Account (unmatched first)

               (2)  Within each Account used for funding a
withdrawal, amounts will be taken in direct proportion to the
market value of the Participant's interest in each Investment
Option at the Trade Date on which the withdrawal is made.

          (d)  An Inactive Participant who is receiving
withdrawals pursuant to Section 10.3(a)(2) may elect to
accelerate payments, receive a lump-sum distribution of the
remainder of his Accounts or to receive a withdrawal under
Article IX.

          (e)  If an Inactive Participant who elects to receive
installment payments pursuant to this Section 10.3 dies after his
initial Payment Date but before his nonforfeitable interest in
his Account has been fully distributed, the Inactive
Participant's Beneficiary will receive the remainder of the
Participant's nonforfeitable interest in his Account (determined
as of the Trade Date on which the distribution is made) in a lump-
sum payment as of a Valuation Time that occurs as soon as
practicable following the Inactive Participant's death and the
Administrator's receipt of all information and documentation that
it requires before making the distribution.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a Heritage BP Beneficiary may receive distributions
pursuant to the terms of BP CAP as in effect immediately prior to
the Effective Date.

     X.4  Small Amounts Paid Immediately.  If an Inactive
Participant's vested Accrued Benefit is $5,000 or less (or such
larger amount as may be specified in Section 411(a)(11) of the
Code) at any time, including after withdrawals have commenced,
the Inactive Participant's Accrued Benefit will be paid as a
single sum as soon as administratively possible, pursuant to such
procedures as may be established by the Administrator.

     X.5  Payment Within Life Expectancy.  An Inactive
Participant's payment election must be consistent with the
requirement of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code that all payments
are to be completed within a period not to exceed the lives or
the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Inactive
Participant and his Beneficiary.  The life expectancies of an
Inactive Participant and his Beneficiary may be recalculated
annually.  If the Inactive Participant does not properly notify
the Administrator regarding whether life expectancies will be
recalculated annually, they will not be.  A single life
expectancy will be used if the Inactive Participant does not
properly notify the Administrator regarding the period to be
used.  The elections regarding the life expectancy or
expectancies to be used with respect to an Inactive Participant's
payment election and the extent to which recalculation will apply
will be irrevocable.

     X.6  Incidental Benefit Rule.  The Participant's payment
election must be consistent with the requirement that, if the
Participant's Spouse is not his sole primary Beneficiary, the
minimum annual distribution for each calendar year, beginning
with the year in which he attains age 70-1/2, will not be less
than the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the Inactive
Participant's vested Accrued Benefit as of the last Trade Date of
the preceding year by (b) the applicable divisor as determined
under the incidental benefit requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of
the Code.

     X.7  Continued Payment of Amounts in Payment Status on
Effective Date.  Any person who became an Inactive Participant on
the Effective Date only because he had an Accrued Benefit and who
had commenced to receive payments prior to the Effective Date
will continue to receive such payments in the same form and
payment schedule under this Plan.

     X.8  Direct Rollover.  With respect to any cash payment
hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a
Distributee may direct the Administrator to have such payment
paid to an Eligible Retirement Plan.

     X.9  Delay.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Plan, a payment will not be considered to be made after the
applicable Payment Date merely because actual payment is
reasonably delayed for the calculation and/or distribution of the
benefit amount, or to ascertain the location of the payee, if all
payments due are actually made.

     X.10 Grandfather Provisions.  If Section 10.4 is not
applicable, a Heritage BP Participant who is an Inactive
Participant may elect to receive the value of his Accounts in the
form of an immediate or deferred nontransferable annuity contract
that complies with the requirements of this Plan and
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and is purchased on behalf of the
Participant in accordance with procedures established by the
Administrator.  The following information and election rules will
apply to any Heritage BP Participant who elects an annuity option
under this Section 10.10 or under BP CAP:

          (a)  "QJSA".  A qualified joint and survivor annuity,
meaning a form of benefit payment which is the actuarial
equivalent of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit at the
Payment Date, payable to the Participant in monthly payments for
life and providing that, if the Participant's Spouse survives
him, monthly payments equal to not less than 50 percent (and not
greater than 100 percent) of the amount payable to the
Participant during his lifetime will be paid to the Spouse for
the remainder of his lifetime.

          (b)  "QPSA".  A qualified pre-retirement survivor
annuity, meaning that upon the death of a Participant before the
Payment Date of his vested Accrued Benefit, such benefit will
become payable to the surviving Spouse as an annuity, unless
Spousal Consent has been given to a different Beneficiary or the
surviving Spouse chooses a different form of payment.

          (c)  QJSA Information to a Participant.  No more than
90 days before the Payment Date, each Participant who has a
Spouse and requests an annuity form of payment will be given a
written explanation of (1) the terms and conditions of the QJSA;
(2) the right to make an election to waive this form of payment
and choose an optional form of payment and the effect of this
election; (3) the right to revoke this election and the effect of
this revocation; (4) the need for Spousal Consent; and (5) the
right of the Participant to consider, for at least 30 days,
whether to waive the QJSA.

          (d)  QJSA Election.  A Participant may elect (and such
election will include Spousal Consent if married), at any time
within the 90 day period ending on the Payment Date, to (1) waive
the right to receive the QJSA and elect an optional form of
payment; or (2) revoke or change any such election.

          (e)  QJSA Spousal Consent to Participant Loans.
Spousal Consent must be obtained for any Participant loan which
is funded from any amount to which the election in paragraph (d)
above applies within the 90 day period ending on the date such
loan is secured.

          (f)  QJSA Spousal Consent to Withdrawals.  Spousal
Consent must be obtained for any Participant withdrawal which is
funded from any portion of an Account to which the election in
paragraph (d) above applies within the 90 day period ending on
the date of such withdrawal.

          (g)  QPSA Beneficiary Information to Participant.  Each
married Participant who has requested an annuity form of payment
will be given written information stating that (1) his death
benefit is payable to his surviving Spouse; (2) his ability to
choose that the benefit be paid to a different Beneficiary;
(3) the right to revoke or change a prior designation and the
effects of such revocation or change; and (4) the need for
Spousal Consent.  Such information will be provided during
whichever of the following periods ends later:

               (i)  the period that begins 1 year before the date
on which the Participant requests an annuity form of payment and
that ends 1 year after such date; and

               (ii) the period that begins with the first day of
the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and that
ends with the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant
attains age 35.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant incurs a
Severance from Service after requesting an annuity form of
payment, but before attaining age 35, the information described
in the first sentence of this subsection will be provided during
the period that begins 1 year before the date of the
Participant's Severance from Service and that ends 1 year after
such date.

          (h)  QPSA Beneficiary Designation by Participant.  A
married Participant may designate (with Spousal Consent) a
non-spouse Beneficiary at any time after the Participant has been
given the information described in paragraph (g) above and upon
the earlier of (1) the date the Participant incurs a Severance
from Service, or (2) the beginning of the Plan Year in which that
Participant attains age 35.

     X.11 Alternate Payees and Heritage BP Beneficiaries.  See
Sections 5.3 and 5.4 for the application of the provisions of
this Article X to Alternate Payees and Heritage BP Beneficiaries.

                           ARTICLE XI

                          REEMPLOYMENT

     XI.1 Break in Service Rules.

          (a)  Subject to subsection (b), a Participant who is at
least partially vested in his Match Account will always have all
periods of Service recognized under the Plan, regardless of the
length of any Break in Service.

          (b)  (1)  If an Inactive Participant returns to
employment as an Employee at a time after he has incurred a Break
in Service of at least 7 consecutive 12-month periods, upon his
Reemployment Date with any Commonly Controlled Entity, his
Service earned after such Break in Service will be disregarded
for  purposes of determining the Participant's vested interest in
his Match Account attributable to employment before such Break in
Service.

               (2)  If a Heritage Amoco Participant who Severed
from Service while under AESP prior to the Effective Date and has
a Break in Service of at least 5 consecutive years prior to the
Effective Date (determined under the terms of AESP as in effect
immediately prior to the Effective Date), upon his Reemployment
Date with any Commonly Controlled Entity, his Service earned
after such Break in Service will be disregarded for purposes of
determining the Participant's vested interest in his Match
Account attributable to employment before such Break in Service.

          (c)  If an Inactive Participant who is not at least
partially vested in his Match Account returns to employment as an
Employee at a time after he has incurred a Break in Service of at
least one 12-month period, but less than 7 consecutive 12-month
periods, the period of such Break in Service will be excluded in
determining such Employee's Service.

          (d)  If an Inactive Participant who is not at least
partially vested in his Match Account returns to employment as an
Employee at a time after he has incurred a Break in Service of at
least 7 consecutive 12-month periods, upon his Reemployment Date
his Service earned prior to such Break in Service will be
disregarded for all purposes.

     XI.2 Restoration of Forfeited Amounts.

          (a)  If a Participant forfeits any portion of his
Account under Section 7.4(a) because of the withdrawal of his
complete vested interest in his Accounts after the Effective
Date, but again becomes an Employee before the date he incurs a
Break in Service of at least 7 consecutive 12-month periods, then
the amount so forfeited, without any adjustment for the earnings,
expenses, losses, or gains of the assets credited to his Accounts
since the date forfeited, will be recredited to his Accounts,
The amount to be recredited pursuant to this paragraph will be
accounted for by charging it against the forfeiture account or,
to the extent the forfeiture account is insufficient, by a
contribution from the Employer of the affected Participant.

          (b)  A Heritage BP Participant who Severed from Service
while under BP CAP prior to the Effective Date and who
subsequently has a Reemployment Date after the Effective Date
within 7 years of such Severance from Service will have any
forfeited amount restored to his Match Account, adjusted as
though such amounts had been invested in the Income Fund since
the date forfeited and invested in accordance with the
Participant's new Investment Election for Before-Tax and After-
Tax Contributions.  However, if such a Participant had received a
distribution of part or all of his Accounts, he must repay, in
cash, the full amount of such distribution on or before his final
repayment date before any such forfeited amount will be restored
to his Accounts and invested in accordance with the Participant's
Investment Election for Before-Tax and After-Tax Contributions.
In this case, no interest will be accrued on such forfeited
amount from the time of the distribution until the time the
distribution is repaid.  For purposes of repaying the
distribution amounts the "final repayment date" will be 5 years
after his Reemployment Date.  Amounts previously forfeited after
a Break in Service of at least 7 consecutive 12-month periods
will not be restored.

          (c)  A Heritage Amoco Participant who Severed from
Service while under AESP prior to the Effective Date and
subsequently has a Reemployment Date after the Effective Date
within 7 years of such Severance from Service will have any
forfeited amount, without any adjustment for the earnings,
expenses, losses, or gains of the assets allocated to his
Accounts since the date forfeited, restored to his Match Account
and invested in accordance with the Participant's new Investment
Election for Before-Tax and After-Tax Contributions.  Amounts
previously forfeited after a Break in Service of at least 7
consecutive 12-month periods will not be restored.

          (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (c), a
Heritage Amoco participant who Severed from Service while under
AESP prior to the Effective Date and had a Break in Service of at
least 5 consecutive years prior to the Effective Date (determined
under the terms of AESP as in effect immediately prior to the
Effective Date) will not have any forfeited amount restored to
his Match Account.

                           ARTICLE XII

            DISTRIBUTION OF ACCRUED BENEFITS ON DEATH

     XII.1     Payment to Beneficiary.  On the death of a
Participant, his vested Accrued Benefit will be invested in the
Money Market Fund and will be paid to the Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a single sum as
soon as practicable following the Participant's death, in
accordance with procedures established by the Administrator.  The
Administrator may establish procedures to allow for such
Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to elect:  (a) to accelerate the
time at which the Accrued Benefit is to be invested in the Money
Market Fund following the Participant's death, and (b) that all
or a portion of the Accrued Benefit invested in the Company Stock
Fund be distributed in kind.

     XII.2     Beneficiary Designation.

          (a)  Each Participant may designate the Beneficiary who
is to receive the Participant's remaining Plan interest at his
death.  The Participant may change his designation of Beneficiary
by filing a new designation with the Administrator.
Notwithstanding any designation to the contrary, the
Participant's Beneficiary will be the Participant's surviving
Spouse, unless such designation includes Spousal Consent.  In the
absence of Spousal Consent, a Participant will be deemed to have
designated his surviving Spouse as his Beneficiary unless and to
the extent that such designation is inconsistent with a QDRO.  If
the Participant dies leaving no Spouse and either (1) the
Participant failed to file a valid Beneficiary designation, or
(2) all persons designated as Beneficiary have predeceased the
Participant, the Administrator will have the Trustee distribute
such Participant's Accrued Benefit in a single sum to his estate
as soon as practicable following the Participant's death.

          (b)  Subject to the provisions of this Section, a
Participant may designate a Beneficiary under the Plan at any
time by making the designation in the form and manner and at the
time determined by the Administrator.  No such designation will
be effective until and unless it is received by the
Administrator.

          (c)  Subject to the provisions of this Section, a
Participant may revoke a prior designation of a Beneficiary at
any time by making the revocation in the form and manner and at
the time determined by the Administrator.  No such revocation
will be effective until and unless it is received by the
Administrator.

          (d)  Subject to the provisions of this Section, if a
Participant designates his Spouse as his Beneficiary, except to
the extent required by applicable law, that designation will not
be revoked or otherwise altered or affected by any:

               (i)  change in the marital status of the
Participant and such Spouse,

               (ii) agreement between the Participant and such
Spouse.

          (e)  If a Participant designates his Spouse as his
Beneficiary, and the Administrator receives a QDRO with respect
to the marriage, separation or divorce of the Participant and
such Spouse, such Spouse will cease to be the Participant's
Beneficiary unless and until the Participant again designates his
Spouse as his Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of
this Section, except to the extent otherwise provided in the
QDRO.

          (f)  Except with respect to a Heritage BP Beneficiary,
after a Participant's death, the Participant's Beneficiary will
not have the rights and options otherwise available under the
Plan to Participants.  For example, a Beneficiary will not have
the right to exchange an Account among the Investment Options.
The Beneficiary's sole right under the Plan will be to receive a
distribution in accordance with Section 12.1.  Payment will be
made prior to such time as is required under Section 401(a)(9) of
the Code and the regulations thereunder.

          (g)  A Participant's Beneficiary may not be changed
following the Participant's death, including, but not limited to,
by a disclaimer otherwise valid under applicable law.

     XII.3     Direct Rollover.  With respect to any cash payment
hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a
Distributee may direct the Administrator to have such payment
paid to an Eligible Retirement Plan.

     XII.4     Grandfather Provisions.

          (a)  In the case of a Heritage BP Participant who died
prior to the Effective Date, unless a valid election of an
annuity contract under Section 10.10 is effective, and death
occurs before the Participant's "required beginning date" (as
defined in Section 401(a)(9) of the Code), distribution of the
Participant's vested Accounts will be made in accordance with
procedures established by the Administrator, and subject to an
applicable election, as follows:

               (i)  No Beneficiary Designated.  The entire
account must be distributed by December 31 of the year in which
the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death occurs.

               (ii) Spouse Beneficiary Designated.  The entire
account must be distributed over a period not exceeding the
Beneficiary's life expectancy.  Payments must begin by the later
of (A) December 31 of the year following the year of the
Participant's death, or (B) December 31 of the year the
Participant would have attained age 70-1/2.

               (iii)     Non-Spouse Beneficiary Designated.  The
entire account must be distributed over a period not exceeding
the Beneficiary's life expectancy. Payments must begin by
December 31 of the year following the year of the Participant's
death, or as soon as administratively possible thereafter.

               (iv) Distribution Exception.  In cases in which a
Beneficiary does not wish to receive a distribution over his life
expectancy under (ii) or (iii) above (as applicable), either the
Participant or, following the Participant's death the
Beneficiary, may elect to have the distribution paid out under
(i) above. Such an election must be made by, and may not be
revoked following, the earlier of (A) December 31 of the year the
distribution is required to commence under (ii) or (iii) above,
or (B) December 31 of the year in which the fifth anniversary of
the Participant's death occurs.

     In the absence of any specific election by the Participant or
Beneficiary as to the form of the distribution, the distribution
will be paid out under (ii) or (iii) as applicable.

          (b)  In the case of a Heritage BP Participant who died
prior to the Effective Date, unless a valid election of an
annuity contract under Section 10.10 is effective, and death
occurs after the Participant's "required beginning date" (as
defined in Section 401(a)(9) of the Code) distribution of the
remaining portion of a Participant's vested Account will be made
in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator,
and subject to an applicable election, as follows:

               (i)  No Beneficiary Designated.  The entire
account must be distributed immediately.

               (ii) Beneficiary Designated.

                    (A)  Payments made over the Participant's
life expectancy only.  If no election to recalculate life
expectancy was made, the remaining account must be distributed to
the Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method of
distribution in effect at the Participant's death. The life
expectancy schedule for a deceased Participant would continue to
be used, with the Beneficiary having the option to increase the
payments. If an election to recalculate life expectancy was made,
the remaining account must be paid out to the Beneficiary by
December 31 of the year following the year of the Participant's
death.

                    (B)  Payments being made over the joint life
expectancy of the Participant and Beneficiary.  If no election to
recalculate life expectancy was made, the Beneficiary will
continue to receive distributions based on the joint life
expectancy factors already in effect (as if no death had
occurred), with the Beneficiary having the option to increase the
amount of the payments. If an election is made by the Participant
to have his life expectancy recalculated and either (1) no
election is made to have his designated Beneficiary's life
expectancy recalculated, or (2) the designated Beneficiary is not
the Participant's Spouse, the Beneficiary will receive the
regularly scheduled payment in the year of the Participant's
death, and the remaining account will be distributed over the
Beneficiary's single life expectancy with no recalculation. The
Beneficiary has the option to increase the amount of the
payments. If an election to recalculate the Participant's and the
spousal Beneficiary's life expectancies was made, the Beneficiary
will receive the regularly scheduled payment in the year of the
Participant's death, and the remaining account will be
distributed over the Beneficiary's single life expectancy with
recalculation. The Beneficiary has the option to increase the
amount of the payments.  Any distributions, other than annuity
contracts or installment payments, may be made in cash or in kind
(to the extent provided under Section 9.7(f)), or both, in
accordance with the election of the Beneficiary.

          (c)  The following information and election rules will
apply to any Beneficiary of a Participant who dies prior to his
Payment Date under Article X after having elected an annuity
option under Section 10.10.

               (i)  Form of Payment.  The Participant's vested
Accrued Benefit will be paid in the form of a QPSA.

               (ii) QPSA Information to a Surviving Spouse.  Each
surviving Spouse who requests an annuity form of payment will be
given a written explanation of (A) the terms and conditions of
being paid his vested Accrued Benefit in the form of a single
life annuity, (B) the right to make an election to waive this
form of payment and choose an optional form of payment and the
effect of making this election, and (C) the right to revoke this
election and the effect of this revocation.

               (iii)     QPSA Election by Surviving Spouse.  A
surviving Spouse may elect, at any time up to the Sweep Time
associated with the Settlement Date upon which payments will
begin, to (1) waive the single life annuity and elect an optional
form of payment, or (2) revoke or change any such election.

          (d)  Small Amounts Paid Immediately.  If a
Beneficiary's vested Accrued Benefit is $5,000 or less (or such
larger amount as may be specified in Section 411(a)(11) of the
Code) at any time, including after payments hereunder have
commenced, the Beneficiary's Accrued Benefit will be paid as a
single sum as soon as administratively possible, pursuant to such
procedures as may be established by the Administrator.

     XII.5     Alternate Payees and Heritage BP Beneficiaries.
See Sections 5.3 and 5.4 for the application of the provisions of
this Article XII to Alternate Payees and Heritage BP
Beneficiaries.

                          ARTICLE XIII

                        TRUST ARRANGEMENT


     XIII.1    Trust Agreement.  A Designated Officer may enter
into one or more Trust Agreements to provide for the holding,
investment and payment of Plan assets.  All Trust Agreements, as
from time to time amended, will continue in force and will be
deemed to form a part of the Plan.  Subject to the requirements
of the Code and ERISA, the Administrator may cause assets of the
Plan which are securities to be held in the name of a nominee or
in street name provided such securities are held on behalf of the
Plan by:

          (a)  a bank or trust company that is subject to
supervision by the United States or a State, or a nominee of such
bank or trust company;

          (b)  a broker or dealer registered under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer; or

          (c)  a "clearing agency" as defined in Section 3(a)(23)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or its nominee.

     XIII.2    Separate Entity.  The Trust Fund under this Plan
from its inception will be a separate entity aside and apart from
the Employers or their assets, and the corpus and income thereof
will in no event and in no manner whatsoever be subject to the
rights or claims of any creditor of any Employer.

     XIII.3    Plan Asset Valuation.  As of the Valuation Time
each Business Day, the value of the Plan's assets held or posted
to an Investment Option will be determined.

     XIII.4    Right of Employers to Plan Assets.  The Employers
will have no right or claim of any nature in or to the assets of
the Plan except the right to require the Trustee to hold, use,
apply, and pay such assets in its possession in accordance with
the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their
Beneficiaries and for defraying the reasonable expenses of
administering the Plan; provided, that:

          (a)  if the Plan receives an adverse determination with
respect to its initial qualification under Sections 401(a),
401(k) and 401(m) of the Code, Contributions conditioned upon the
qualification of the Plan will be returned to the appropriate
Employer within 1 year of such denial of qualification; provided,
that the application for determination of initial qualification
is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the respective
Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is
adopted, or by such later date as is prescribed by the Secretary
of the Treasury under Section 403(c)(2)(B) of ERISA;

          (b)  if, and to the extent that, deduction for a
Contribution under Section 404 of the Code is disallowed,
Contributions conditioned upon deductibility will be returned to
the appropriate Employer within 1 year after the disallowance of
the deduction;

          (c)  if, and to the extent that, a Contribution is made
through mistake of fact, such Contribution will be returned to
the appropriate Employer within 1 year of the payment of the
Contribution; and

          (d)  any amounts held suspended pursuant to the
limitations of Section 415 of the Code will be returned to the
Employers upon termination of the Plan.

All Contributions made hereunder are hereby expressly conditioned
upon the Plan being qualified under Sections 401(a), 401(k) and
401(m) of the Code and a deduction being allowed for such
contributions under Section 404 of the Code.  Before-Tax
Contributions returned to an Employer pursuant to this Section
will be paid to the Participant for whom contributed as soon as
administratively convenient.  If these provisions result in the
return of Contributions after such amounts have been allocated to
Accounts, such Accounts will be reduced by the amount of the
allocation attributable to such amount, adjusted for any losses
or expenses.


                           ARTICLE XIV

                         ADMINISTRATION

     XIV.1     General.

          (a)  Designated Officer and Administrator.  The
Company, through its by-laws and the authority vested in the
Board of Directors, hereby:

               (1)  enables a Designated Officer to have the
power and authority to act, to the extent provided herein, on
behalf of the Company, with respect to matters which relate to
the Plan, but not on behalf of the Plan; and

               (2)  establishes the Administrator and enables the
Administrator to have the power and authority to act, to the
extent provided herein, on behalf of the Plan, but not on behalf
of an Employer or the Company.

          (b)  Designated Officer Acting on Behalf of the
Company.  Each Designated Officer will have the following
authority and control, and such other authority and control as
will be granted to it, from time to time, by the Board of
Directors or one of its committees, to act on behalf of the
Company but subject to any limitations imposed on such authority
and control by the Board of Directors or one of its committees:

               (1)  to identify (and remove) any person as an
Administrative Named Fiduciary with respect to certain authority
to control and manage the administration and operation of the
Plan, in the manner provided herein;

               (2)  to consult with legal counsel, independent
consulting or evaluation firms, accountants, actuaries, or other
advisors, as necessary, to perform its functions;

               (3)  to determine what expenses, if any, related
to the operation and administration of the Plan will be paid from
Employer assets, subject to applicable law;

               (4)  to establish such policies and, through the
use of such method of taking action as will be selected by a
Designated Officer, to make such delegations or designations as
may be necessary or incidental to a Designated Officer's
authority and control over the Plan to such officers or
executives as have functional responsibility in the respective
areas;

               (5)  to amend, in part or completely, the Plan
document;

               (6)  to add a corporation or business entity as a
participating Employer or to remove such corporation or entity as
a participating Employer on such terms and in such manner as a
Designated Officer, in its discretion, will determine; and

               (7)  to take all other actions allocated to a
Designated Officer in this Plan or which a Designated Officer
determines in good faith to be necessary or desirable to fulfill
its duties and obligations under the Plan.

          (c)  Administrator as an Applicable Named Fiduciary.
The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and subject to
the last sentence of this Section 14.1(c), will be an Applicable
Named Fiduciary with respect to the authority to manage and
control the administration and operation of the Plan, including
without limitation, the following:

               (1)  to appoint and compensate from the Trust Fund
such specialists (including attorneys, actuaries, consultants and
accountants) to aid it in the operation and administration of the
Plan, and arrange for such other services, as the Administrator
considers necessary or appropriate in carrying out the provisions
of the Plan;

               (2)  to appoint and compensate from the Trust Fund
an independent outside accountant to conduct such audits of the
financial statements of the Plan as the Administrator considers
necessary or appropriate;

               (3)  to execute on behalf of the Plan, or to cause
the Trustee to execute on behalf of the Plan, Administrative
Services Agreements or other contracts which are legally
enforceable and binding on the Plan, subject to ERISA;

               (4)  to authorize a person who may, but need not,
be an officer or Employee of an Employer to be this Plan's agent
for service of legal process and to execute documents on behalf
of the Administrator, including any instructions to the Trustee;

               (5)  to authorize a settlement or compromise any
litigation resulting in a final liability to the Plan and Trust;
and

               (6)  to delegate its authority and control over
management and operation of the Plan to a Fiduciary pursuant to
the procedures herein or to empower certain entities to act as
its agent with respect to such authority and control;

               (7)  to make a claim determination, based upon (i)
the information known to the Administrator, (ii) determinations
made by an Employer, (iii) such other information presented to
the Administrator in a manner consistent with its rules and
procedures for presenting evidence, and (iv) such final
determinations as may be made by each other Applicable Named
Fiduciary within the scope of its authority and control, all as
are determined to be relevant by the Administrator, as to any
matter or issue presented to him through the Plan's appeals
procedure;

               (8)  maintain participant records;

               (9)  administer QDROs; and

               (10) to determine eligibility for participation
and benefits under this Plan, including, without limitation, the
determination of those individuals who are deemed to be an
Employee of any Commonly Controlled Entity.

A Designated Officer will not be an Applicable Named Fiduciary
whenever it acts on behalf of the Company rather than as, for
example, Administrator and, notwithstanding any other term or
provision of the Plan, the Administrator will cease to be an
Applicable Named Fiduciary with respect to any specified portion
of the operation and administration of the Plan, to the extent
that another Applicable Named Fiduciary is designated pursuant to
the procedure in the Plan to severally have authority to manage
and control such portion of the operation and administration of
the Plan.

          (d)  Procedures for Identification of an Administrative
Named Fiduciary.  A Designated Officer, acting on behalf of the
Company, may from time to time, identify (or revoke such
identification of) a person to be an Administrative Named
Fiduciary with respect to some portion of the authority to manage
and control operation and administration of the Plan.  Such
identification will either (i) involve the designation of the
person by name or title in the Plan or Trust document and
specification in the Plan or Trust document of the management and
control authority with respect to which the person will be an
Administrative Named Fiduciary; or (ii) refer to an
Administrative Services Agreement with such person to provide
services to or on behalf of the Plan or Trust and use such
Administrative Services Agreement as a means for specifying the
management and control authority with respect to which such
person will be an Administrative Named Fiduciary.  A Designated
Officer may make such identification by use of such method of
taking action as such Designated Officer may select.  The Board
of Directors, by resolution, may also identify (or revoke such
identification of) a person to be an Administrative Named
Fiduciary with respect to some portion of the authority to manage
and control the operation and administration of the Plan.  No
person who is identified as an Administrative Named Fiduciary
hereunder must consent to such identification nor will it be
necessary for a Designated Officer to seek such person's
acquiescence; however, where such person has not signed an
Administrative Services Agreement, he must be given notification
of the services to be performed and perform such services.  The
authority to manage and control, which any person who is
identified to be an Administrative Named Fiduciary hereunder may
have, will be several and not joint with the Administrator and
will result in the Administrator no longer being an
Administrative Named Fiduciary with respect to, nor having any
longer, such authority to manage and control.  On and after the
designation of a person as an Administrative Named Fiduciary, the
Company, the Employer, each Designated Officer, the
Administrator, and any other Administrative Named Fiduciary with
respect to the Plan, will have no liability for the acts (or
failure to act) of any such Administrative Named Fiduciary except
to the extent of its co-fiduciary duty under ERISA.

          (e)  Discretionary Authority of Administrative Named
Fiduciary.  Each Administrative Named Fiduciary on behalf of the
Plan will enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms.  Each
Administrative Named Fiduciary will have full and complete
authority to control and manage that portion of the
administration and operation of the Plan allocated to such
Administrative Named Fiduciary, including, but not limited to,
the authority and discretion to:

               (1)  Formulate, adopt, issue and apply procedures
and rules and change, alter or amend such procedures and rules in
accordance with law and as may be consistent with the terms of
the Plan;

               (2)  Exercise such discretion as may be required
to construe and apply the provisions of the Plan, subject only to
the terms and conditions of the Plan; and

               (3)  To take all other actions already described
in this Plan or which the Administrative Named Fiduciary
determines in good faith to be necessary or desirable to fulfill
its duties and obligations under the Plan.

          (f)  Allocations and Delegations of Responsibility.

               (1)  Delegations.  Each Administrative Named
Fiduciary may designate persons (other than an Administrative
Named Fiduciary) to carry out Fiduciary responsibilities it may
have with respect to the Plan and make a change of delegated
responsibilities; provided, however, trustee responsibilities may
only be delegated to an investment manager as described in ERISA.
Such delegation will either: (A) specify the delegated person by
name or position and specify the discretionary authority with
respect to which the person will be a Fiduciary; or (B) refer to
an Administrative Services Agreement with such person to provide
services to the Plan on behalf of the delegating Administrative
Named Fiduciary as a means of specifying the discretionary
authority with respect to which such person will be a Fiduciary.
The Administrative Named Fiduciary may make such delegations by
use of such method of taking action which it may select.  No
person (other than an investment manager (as defined in
Section 3(38) of ERISA)) to whom Fiduciary responsibility has
been delegated must consent to being a Fiduciary nor will it be
necessary for the delegating Administrative Named Fiduciary to
seek such person's acquiescence; however, where such person has
not signed an Administrative Services Agreement, he must be given
notification of the services to be performed and perform such
services.  The discretionary authority any person who is
delegated Fiduciary responsibilities hereunder may have will be
several and not joint with the delegating Administrative Named
Fiduciary.   A delegation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person
which is not implemented in the manner set forth herein will not
be void; however, whether the delegating Administrative Named
Fiduciary will have joint liability for acts of such person will
be determined by applicable law.

               (2)  Allocations.  A Designated Officer, acting on
behalf of the Company, may allocate Fiduciary responsibilities
(other than trustee responsibilities described in
Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) among named fiduciaries when it
identifies an Administrative Named Fiduciary in the manner
described in paragraph (d) hereof, or may reallocate Fiduciary
responsibilities among existing named fiduciaries by action of a
Designated Officer in accordance with paragraph (d) hereof.  An
allocation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person which is not
implemented in the manner set forth herein will not be void,
however, such person may not be an Administrative Named Fiduciary
with respect to the Plan.

               (3)  Limit on Liability.  Fiduciary duties and
responsibilities which have been allocated or delegated pursuant
to the terms of the Plan are intended to limit the liability, if
any, of the Company, an Employer and the members of the Board of
Directors, the Administrator, each Designated Officer and each
Administrative Named Fiduciary, as appropriate, in accordance
with the provisions of Section 405(c) of ERISA.

          (g)  Fiduciary Capacity.  Any person or group of
persons may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity with
respect to the Plan.  The Administrator's status as an employee
of the Company will not disqualify such individual from taking
any action hereunder or render such individual accountable for
any distribution or other material advantage such individual may
receive under the Plan.

          (h)  Applicable Named Fiduciary Decisions Final.  The
decision of the Administrator or another Applicable Named
Fiduciary in matters within its jurisdiction will be final,
binding, and conclusive upon Company, the Employer, the Trustee,
each Employee, Participant, Spouse and Beneficiary, and every
other person or party interested or concerned.

          (i)  No Agency.  Each Administrative Named Fiduciary
will perform (or fail to perform) its responsibilities and duties
or discretionary authority with respect to the Plan as an
independent contractor and not as an agent of the Plan, the
Company, any Employer, or the Administrator.  No agency is
intended to be created nor is any Designated Officer empowered to
create an agency relationship with an Administrative Named
Fiduciary.

          (j)  Employer's Agent.  The Company and each Designated
Officer will act as agent for each Employer when acting
hereunder.

     XIV.2     Claims Procedure.

          (a)  Initial Review of Claim.  If any individual
believes that he has improperly been excluded from participation
in the Plan, or if a Member believes he is entitled to benefits
in an amount greater than those which he is receiving or has
received, he may file a claim with the Claims Administrator.
Such a claim will be in writing and state the nature of the
claim, the facts supporting the claim, the amount claimed, and
the address of the claimant.  The Claims Administrator will
review the claim and, unless special circumstances require an
extension of time, within 90 days after receipt of the claim,
mail written notice by registered or certified mail to the
claimant of the decision with respect to the claim.  If special
circumstances require an extension of time, the claimant will be
so advised in writing mailed within the initial 90-day period and
in no event will such an extension exceed 90 days.  The notice of
the decision with respect to the claim will be written in a
manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and, if the
claim is wholly or partially denied, set forth the specific
reasons for the denial, specific references to the pertinent Plan
provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any
additional material or information necessary for the claimant to
perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary, and an explanation of the claim review
procedure under the Plan, including a notice that (i) the
claimant or his duly authorized representative may request a
review of the denial in accordance with the procedures set forth
in subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) the claimant may have
reasonable access to pertinent documents, and (iii) the claimant
may submit comments in writing to the Claims Administrator.

     (b)  Appeal of Claim.  Within 60 days after notice of the
denial has been received by the claimant, the claimant or his
duly authorized representative may request a review of the denial
by the Claims Administrator by filing with the Claims
Administrator, a written request for such review.  If a request
is so filed, review of the denial will be made by the Claims
Administrator within 60 days after receipt of such request,
unless special circumstances require an extension of time, and
the claimant will be given written notice of the resulting final
decision.  If special circumstances require an extension of time,
the claimant will be so advised in writing mailed within the
initial 60-day period and in no event will an extension exceed 60
days.  The notice of the Claims Administrator's final decision
will include specific reasons for the decision and specific
references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision
is based and will be written in a manner calculated to be
understood by the claimant.

     XIV.3     Notices to Participants, Etc.  Any notice, report
or statement given, made, delivered or transmitted to a
Participant or any other person entitled to or claiming benefits
under the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given, made or
transmitted when sent via messenger, delivery service, facsimile
or mailed by first class mail with postage prepaid and addressed
to the Participant or such person at the address last appearing
on the records of the Administrator or the Applicable Named
Fiduciary, whichever is applicable.  A Participant or other
person may record any change of his address from time to time by
following the procedures established by the Administrator.

     XIV.4     Notices to Claims Administrator.  Any written
direction, notice or other communication from Participants or any
other person entitled to or claiming benefits under the Plan to
the Claims Administrator will be deemed to have been duly given,
made or transmitted either when delivered to such location as
will be specified upon the forms prescribed by the Claims
Administrator for the giving of such direction, notice or other
communication or when otherwise received by the Claims
Administrator.

     XIV.5     Actions by the Company.  Whenever the Company or
an Employer have the authority to take action under this Plan,
the following person or persons will have the authority to act on
behalf of the Company or Employer:

          (a)  action(s) may be taken by resolution of the Board
of Directors;

          (b)  the Designated Officer, unless such authority has
been expressly limited by the terms of this Plan or the enabling
resolutions of the Board of Directors or one of its committees.


                           ARTICLE XV

                ADOPTION AND WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN

     XV.1 Adoption by Other Employers.

          (a)  With the consent of a Designated Officer, any
Commonly Controlled Entity may adopt this Plan and participate
herein (for purposes of this Article XVI, a "Participating
Employer"), effective as of the date specified in such adoption,
by filing with the Designated Officer a certified copy of a
resolution of its board of directors or other governing authority
to that effect, and such other instruments as the Designated
Officer may require, and, if the resolution involves a change in
the Trust Agreement, the Designated Officer's filing with the
Trustee a copy of such resolution, together with a certified copy
of the consent of the Designated Officer approving such adoption.

          (b)  The adoption resolution may contain such specific
changes and variations in the terms of the Plan or Trust
Agreement that apply to such Participating Employer and its
Employees as may be acceptable to the Designated Officer and if
the resolution involves a change in the Trust Agreement, the
Trustee.  However, the sole, exclusive right to amend the Plan or
the Trust Agreement in any other respect is reserved in
accordance with Section 16.1, and any such amendment will be
binding upon the Participating Employer; provided that no
amendment without the consent of a Participating Employer may
alter specific changes and variations in the Plan or Trust
Agreement terms adopted by the Participating Employer in its
adoption resolution.  The adoption resolution will become, as to
such Participating Employer and its Employees, a part of this
Plan and the Trust Agreement.  It will not be necessary for the
Participating Employer to sign or execute the Plan, the Trust
Agreement, or any amendment thereof. The coverage date of the
Plan for any Participating Employer will be the date stated in
the adoption resolution, and from and after such effective date,
such Participating Employer will assume all the rights,
obligations and liabilities of an individual Employer entity
under the Plan and the Trust Agreement.  The administrative
powers and control of the Company and any Designated Officer, as
provided in the Plan and the Trust Agreement, including the
exclusive right to amend the Plan and the Trust Agreement, and
the administrative powers of the Company to appoint and remove
the Trustee, and its successors, will not be diminished by reason
of the participation of any Participating Employer in the Plan.

     XV.2 Withdrawal from the Plan.  With the consent of a
Designated Officer, a Participating Employer may discontinue or
revoke its participation in the Plan on at least 90 days' notice
by filing a properly executed document with the Designated
Officer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participating Employer
will be deemed to have terminated its participation in the Plan
when it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity.

     XV.3 Employee Transfers Within Participating Group.  It is
anticipated that an Employee may be transferred between
Participating Employers.  No such transfer will be deemed a
Severance from Service.

     XV.4 Designation of Agent.   Each Participating Employer
will be deemed a part of the Company; provided that, with respect
to its relations with the Trustee and the Administrator in
connection with the Plan, each Participating Employer will be
deemed to have irrevocably designated the Company and each
Designated Officer as its agent.

     XV.5 Designated Officers.   Only the Senior Vice President
or the Group Vice President of BP Amoco p.l.c. can act as a
Designated Officer under this Article XV unless the Board of
Directors has specifically granted authority outside of this Plan
to another Designated Officer to act under this Article XV, and
then only to the extent so granted.


                           ARTICLE XVI

                AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER

     XVI.1     Amendments.

          (a)  Power to Amend. The Company may at any time and
from time to time amend, suspend or modify the Plan, in whole or
in part, by written instrument duly adopted by: (i) the Board of
Directors; or (ii) any Designated Officer, if the Board of
Directors has delegated to such Designated Officer the authority
to execute such amendments.  Any such amendment, suspension or
modification will become effective on such date as the Board of
Directors or such Designated Officer, as the case may be, will
determine, and may apply retroactively or prospectively to
Members at the time thereof, as well as to future Members;
provided, however, that no amendment will:

               (1)  increase the duties or liabilities of the
Trustee or the Administrator without its written consent;

               (2)  have the effect of vesting in any Employer
any interest in any funds, securities or other property, subject
to the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement;

               (3)  authorize or permit at any time any part of
the corpus or income of the Plan's assets to be used or diverted
to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Members;

               (4)  except to the extent permissible under ERISA
and the Code, make it possible for any portion of the Trust
assets to revert to an Employer to be used for, or diverted to,
any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of Members
entitled to Plan benefits and to defray reasonable expenses of
administering the Plan;

               (5)  permit an Employee to be paid the balance of
his Before-Tax Account unless the payment would otherwise be
permitted under Section 401(k) of the Code; and

               (6)  have any retroactive effect as to deprive any
such person of any benefit already accrued, except that no
amendment made in order to conform the Plan as a plan described
in Section 401(a) of the Code of which amendments are permitted
by the Code or are required or permitted by any other statute
relating to employees' trusts, or any official regulations or
ruling issued pursuant thereto, will be considered prejudicial to
the rights of any such person.

          (b)  Restriction on Amendment.  No amendment to the
Plan will deprive a Participant of his nonforfeitable rights to
benefits accrued to the date of the amendment.  In addition to
the foregoing, the Plan will not be amended so as to eliminate an
optional form of payment of an Accrued Benefit attributable to
employment prior to the date of the amendment.  The foregoing
limitations do not apply to benefit accruals occurring after the
date of the amendment.

          (c)  A Designated Officer.  The Senior Vice President
or the Group Vice President of BP Amoco p.l.c. acting as a
Designated Officer on behalf of the Company, may amend, modify,
change or revise the Plan or any Appendix, in whole or in part,
or with respect to all persons or a designated group of persons
unless the Board of Directors has specifically granted authority
outside of this Plan to another Designated Officer to act under
this Article XVI, and then only to the extent so granted;
provided however (1) no such action may be taken if it could not
have been adopted under this Section by the Board of Directors;
and (2) no such action may amend Articles XIV and XVI.

     XVI.2     Plan Termination.  It is the expectation of the
Company that it will continue the Plan and the payment of
Contributions hereunder indefinitely, but the continuation of the
Plan and the payment of Contributions hereunder is not assumed as
a contractual obligation of the Company or any other Employer.
The Company reserves the right, at any time, to terminate the
Plan, or to reduce, suspend or discontinue its or any other
Employer's Contributions hereunder, provided, however, that the
Contributions for any Plan Year accrued or determined prior to
the end of such year will not after the end of such year be
retroactively reduced, suspended or discontinued except as may be
permitted by law.  Upon termination of the Plan or complete
discontinuance of Contributions hereunder (other than for the
reason that the Employer has had no net profits or accumulated
net profits), each Participant's Accrued Benefit will be fully
vested.  Upon termination of the Plan or a complete
discontinuance of Contributions, unclaimed amounts will be
applied as forfeitures and any unallocated amounts will be
allocated to Participants who are Eligible Employees as of the
date of such termination or discontinuance on the basis of
Compensation for the Plan Year (or short Plan Year).  Upon a
partial termination of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of each
affected Participant will be fully vested.  In the event of
termination of the Plan, the Administrator will direct the
Trustee to distribute to each Participant the entire amount of
his Accrued Benefit as soon as administratively possible, but not
earlier than would be permitted in order to retain the Plan's
qualified status under Sections 401(a), (k) and (m) of the Code,
as if all Participants who are Employees had incurred a Severance
from Service on the Plan's termination date.  Should a
Participant or a Beneficiary not elect immediate payment of a
nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in excess of $5,000, the
Administrator will direct the Trustee to continue the Plan and
Trust Agreement for the sole purpose of paying to such
Participant his Accrued Benefit or death benefit, respectively,
unless in the opinion of the Administrator, to make immediate
single sum payments to such Participant or Beneficiary would not
adversely affect the tax qualified status of the Plan upon
termination and would not impose additional liability upon any
Employer or the Trustee.

     XVI.3     Plan Merger and Spinoff.

          (a)  General.  The Plan will not merge or consolidate
with, or transfer any assets or liabilities to any other plan,
unless each person entitled to benefits would receive a benefit
immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the
Plan were then terminated) which is equal to or greater than the
benefit he would have been entitled to immediately before the
merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then
terminated).  The Designated Officer will amend or take such
other action as is necessary to amend the Plan in order to
satisfy the requirements applicable to any merger, consolidation
or transfer of assets and liabilities.

          (b)  Appendix.  Appendix 16.3 sets forth special
provisions which apply to the merger of BP CAP into the Plan and
which reflect the transfer of certain liabilities and assets to
the BP Amoco Partnership Savings Plan and the BP Amoco DirectSave
Plan, both effective as of the Effective Date, and may set forth
such special provisions as may apply to any subsequent merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets and liabilities.

     XVI.4     Design Decisions.  Decisions regarding the design
of the Plan (including any decision to amend or terminate, or to
not amend or terminate the Plan) will be made in a settlor
capacity and will not be governed by the fiduciary responsibility
provisions of ERISA.


                          ARTICLE XVII

                     SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

     XVII.1    Application of Article XVII.  This Article XVII
will apply only if the Plan is Top-Heavy, as defined below.  If,
as of any Top-Heavy Determination Date, as defined below, the
Plan is Top-Heavy, the provisions of Section 17.04 will take
effect as of the first day of the Plan Year next following the
Top-Heavy Determination Date and will continue to be in effect
until the first day of any subsequent Plan Year following a Top-
Heavy Determination Date as of which it is determined that the
Plan is no longer Top-Heavy.

     XVII.2    Definitions Concerning Top-Heavy Status.  In
addition to the definitions set forth in Article I, the following
definitions will apply for purposes of this Article XVII, and
will be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section
416 of the Code:

          (a)  Aggregation Group - a group of Company Plans
consisting of each Company Plan in the Required Aggregation Group
and each other Company Plan selected by the Company for inclusion
in the Aggregation Group that would not, by its inclusion,
prevent the group of Company Plans included in the Aggregation
Group from continuing to meet the requirements of Section
401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

          (b)  Annual Compensation - compensation for a calendar
year within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.415-
2(d)(11)(ii) to the extent that such compensation does not exceed
the annual compensation limit in effect for the calendar year
under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

          (c)  Company Plan - any plan of any Commonly Controlled
Entity that is, or that has been determined by the Internal
Revenue Service to be, qualified under Section 401(a) or 403(a)
of the Code.

          (d)  Key Employee - any employee of any Commonly
Controlled Entity who satisfies the criteria set forth in
Section 416(i)(1) of the Code.

          (e)  Required Aggregation Group - one or more Company
Plans comprising each Company Plan in which a Key Employee is a
participant and each Company Plan that enables any Company Plan
in which a Key Employee is a participant to meet the requirements
of Section 401 (a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

          (f)  Top-Heavy - the Plan is included in an Aggregation
Group under which, as of the Top-Heavy Determination Date, the
sum of the actuarial present value of the cumulative accrued
benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans in the
Aggregation Group and the aggregate of the accounts of Key
Employees under all defined contribution plans in the Aggregation
Group exceeds 60 percent of the analogous sum determined for all
employees.  The determination of whether the Plan is Top-Heavy
will be made in accordance with Section 416(g)(2)(B) of the Code.

          (g)  Top-Heavy Determination Date - the December 31
immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the determination
is made.

          (h)  Top-Heavy Ratio - the percentage calculated in
accordance with subparagraph (f), above, and Section 416(g)(2) of
the Code.

          (i)  Top-Heavy Year - a Plan Year for which the Plan is
Top-Heavy.

     XVII.3    Calculation of Top-Heavy Ratio.  The Top-Heavy
Ratio with respect to any Plan Year will be determined in
accordance with the following rules:

          (a)  Determination of Accrued Benefits:  The accrued
benefit of any current Participant will be calculated, as of the
most recent valuation date that is within a 12-month period
ending on the Top-Heavy Determination Date, as if the Participant
had voluntarily terminated employment as of such valuation date.
Such valuation date will be the same valuation date used for
computing plan costs for purposes of the minimum funding
provisions of Section 412 of the Code.  Unless, as of the
valuation date, the Plan provides for a nonproportional subsidy,
the actuarial present value of the accrued benefit will reflect a
retirement income commencing at age 65 (or attained age, if
later).  If, as of the valuation date, the Plan provides for a
nonproportional subsidy, the benefit will be assumed to commence
at the age at which the benefit is most valuable.

          (b)  Aggregation.  The Plan will be aggregated with all
Company Plans included in the Aggregation Group.

     XVII.4    Effect of Top-Heavy Status.

          (a)  Minimum Contribution.  Notwithstanding Article
III, as of the last day of each Top-Heavy Year, the Employer will
make, for each Participant, (i) the contributions it otherwise
would have made under the Plan for such Top-Heavy Year, or if
greater, (ii) contributions for such Top-Heavy Year that, when
added to the contributions made by the Employer for such
Participant (and any forfeitures allocated to his Accounts) for
such Top-Heavy Year under all other defined contribution plans of
any Commonly Controlled Entity, aggregate three percent of his
Annual Compensation; provided that the Plan will meet the
requirements of this subsection (a) without taking into account
Before-Tax Contributions or other employer contributions
attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement.

          (b)  Inapplicability to Union Employees.  The preceding
provisions of this Section 17.4 will not apply with respect to
any employee included in a unit of employees covered by an
agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective
bargaining agreement between employee representatives and the
Employer, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the
subject of good faith bargaining between such employee
representatives and the Employer.

     XVII.5    Effect of Discontinuance of Top-Heavy Status.  If,
for any Plan Year after a Top-Heavy Year, the Plan is no longer
Top-Heavy, the provisions of Section 17.4 will not apply with
respect to such Plan Year.

     XVII.6    Intent of Article XVII.  This Article XVII is
intended to satisfy the requirements imposed by Section 416 of
the Code and will be construed in a manner that will effectuate
this intent.  This Article XVII will not be construed in a manner
that would impose requirements on the Plan that are more
stringent than those imposed by Section 416 of the Code.


                          ARTICLE XVIII

                    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     XVIII.1   Assignment and Alienation.  As provided by
Section 401(a)(13) of the Code and to the extent not otherwise
required by law, no benefit provided by the Plan may be
anticipated, assigned or alienated, except:

          (a)  to create, assign or recognize a right to any
benefit with respect to a Participant pursuant to a QDRO, or

          (b)  to use a Participant's vested Account balance as
security for a loan from the Plan which is permitted pursuant to
Section 4975 of the Code.

     XVIII.2   Protected Benefits.  All benefits which are
protected by the terms of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and
Section 204(g) of ERISA, which cannot be eliminated without
adversely affecting the qualified status of the Plan on and after
the Effective Date, will be provided under this Plan to
Participants for whom such benefits are protected.  The
Administrator will cause such benefits to be determined and the
terms and provisions of BP CAP and AESP immediately prior to the
Effective Date, are incorporated herein by reference and made a
part hereof, but only to the extent such terms and provisions are
so protected.  Otherwise, they will operate within the terms and
provisions of this Plan, as determined by the Administrator.

     XVIII.3   Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights.  The Plan
does not provide any employment rights to any Employee.  The
Employer expressly reserves the right to discharge an Employee at
any time, with or without cause, without regard to the effect
such discharge would have upon the Employee's interest in the
Plan.

     XVIII.4   Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable.  The
Trustee will deduct from the amount to be distributed such amount
as the Administrator, in his sole discretion, deems proper to
protect the Trustee and the Plan's assets held under the Trust
Agreement against liability for the payment of death, succession,
inheritance, income, or other taxes, and out of money so
deducted, the Trustee may discharge any such liability and pay
the amount remaining to the Participant, the Beneficiary or the
deceased Participant's estate, as the case may be.

     XVIII.5   Facility of Payment.  If a Member is declared an
incompetent or is a minor and a conservator, guardian, or other
person legally charged with his care has been appointed, any
benefits to which such Member is entitled will be payable to such
conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his
care.  The decision of the Administrator in such matters will be
final, binding, and conclusive upon the Employer and the Trustee
and upon each Member, and every other person or party interested
or concerned.  An Employer, the Trustee and the Administrator
will not be under any duty to see to the proper application of
such payments.

     XVIII.6   Source of Benefits.  All benefits payable under
the Plan will be paid or provided for solely from the Plan's
assets held under the Trust Agreement and the Employers assume no
liability or responsibility therefor.

     XVIII.7   Reduction for Overpayment.  The Administrator
will, whenever it determines that a person has received benefit
payments under this Plan in excess of the amount to which the
person is entitled under the terms of the Plan, make a reasonable
attempt to collect such overpayment from the person.  The amount
of any overpayment may be set off against further amounts payable
to or on account of the person who received the overpayment.

     XVIII.8   Company Merger.  In the event any successor
corporation to the Company, by merger, consolidation, purchase or
otherwise, will elect to adopt the Plan, such successor
corporation will be substituted hereunder for the Company upon
filing in writing with the Trustee its election so to do.

     XVIII.9   Employees' Trust.  The Plan and Trust Agreement
are created for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to
the Members of the Plan and defraying reasonable expenses of
administering the Plan.  The Plan and Trust Agreement will be
interpreted and operated in a manner consistent with their being,
respectively, a Plan described in Sections 401(a), 401(k) and
401(m) of the Code and Trust Agreements exempt under
Section 501(a) of the Code.  The Designated Officer and the
Administrator are authorized to the fullest extent allowed by
law, to take whatever action may be required to correct any such
interpretational or operational violation which would result in
the Plan being a Plan described in Sections 401(a), 401(k) and
401(m) of the Code and Trust Agreements exempt under
Section 401(a) of the Code.  At no time will the assets of the
Plan be diverted from the above purpose.

     XVIII.10  Construction.  Unless the contrary is plainly
required by the context, wherever any words are used herein in
the masculine gender, they will be construed as though they were
also used in the feminine gender, and vice versa; wherever any
words are used herein in the singular form, they will be
construed as though they were also used in the plural form, and
vice versa; and wherever the words "herein," "hereof,"
"hereunder," and words of similar import are used, they will be
construed to refer to the Plan in its entirety and not only to
the portion of the Plan in which they appear.  Any election,
direction, notice or designation (or similar action) to be made
by a Member hereunder will be made in such manner as is provided
for by, and acceptable to, the Administrator.  No such election,
direction, notice or designation (or similar action) will be
deemed to have been given to the Administrator unless it is
properly completed and delivered to the Administrator in
accordance with the procedures established by such Administrator
for such purpose, and will take effect at such time as is
established by the Administrator, which in any event shall not be
earlier than is administratively possible.

     XVIII.11  Invalidity of Certain Provisions.  If any
provision of this Plan will be held invalid or unenforceable,
such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other
provisions hereof and the Plan will be construed and enforced as
if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had
not been included.

     XVIII.12  Headings.  The headings or articles are included
solely for convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict
between such headings and the text of this Plan, the text will
control.

     XVIII.13  Governing Law.  The Plan will be construed,
administered and regulated in accordance with the provisions of
ERISA and, to the extent not preempted thereby, in accordance
with the laws of the State of Illinois, determined without regard
to its choice of law rules.

     XVIII.14  Notice and Information Requirements.  Except as
otherwise provided in this Plan or in the Trust Agreement, the
Employer will have no duty or obligation to affirmatively
disclose to any Member, nor will any Member have any right to be
advised of, any material information regarding the Employer, at
any time prior to, upon or in connection with the Employer's
purchase, or any other distribution or transfer (or decision to
defer any such distribution) of any Company Stock or any other
stock held under the Plan.

     XVIII.15  Abandoned ESOP Accounts.  Effective November 30,
1989, the abandoned accounts and related assets under the Amoco
Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") were
transferred to the Plan. To the extent that valid claims had not
been made for them on December 31, 1990, the accounts transferred
from the ESOP were forfeited on January 1, 1991. If the
Administrator determines that an individual has made a valid
claim for benefits under the ESOP, such benefits will be paid
from the Plan. Such distribution will be made from any available
forfeitures under the Plan and then from additional employer
contributions if necessary.  The benefit distributed with respect
to an abandoned ESOP account will be equal to the value of the
applicable account on January 1, 1991.

     XVIII.16  Reliance on Information Provided to Plan.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if an
individual is provided a statement in confirmation of any
election or information provided to the Plan by such individual
hereunder, the election or information reflected on such
confirmation statement will be deemed to be accurate and may be
conclusively relied upon for all purposes hereunder unless the
individual timely demonstrates to the Administrator, in the form
and manner established by the Administrator, that the election or
information reflected on the confirmation statement is not what
the individual had originally delivered to the Administrator.

Executed this ____ day of ___________________, 2000.


BP AMOCO CORPORATION


By:________________________________

Title:_______________________________



                       APPENDIX 16.3
                           TO
               BP AMOCO EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN


SUPPLEMENT A

     16.3(a)  Purpose.  The purpose of this Supplement A is to
set forth the special provisions (not otherwise set forth in the
Plan) which apply to the participants in BP CAP (other than those
described in Supplement B and C) immediately prior to the
Effective Date, and including Alternate Payees and eligible
Beneficiaries of such persons, collectively, (the "BP
Participants"), notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan
to the contrary.

          (b)  Accounts.  As of the Effective Date, each BP
Participant will have allocated and posted to the Accounts under
the Plan the amounts credited to such Participants' accounts
under BP CAP as of the Effective Date, in accordance with the
following Schedule:


        BP CAP Account           Plan Account


        After-Tax Account        After-Tax Account

        Before-Tax Account       Before-Tax Account

        Matching Contributions   Match Account
        Account

        Rollover Account         Rollover Account

SUPPLEMENT B

     16.3(a)  Purpose.  The purpose of this Supplement B is to
set forth the special provisions (not otherwise set forth in the
Plan) which apply to each participant in the AESP immediately
prior to the Effective Date who is a retail at site manager (a
"Retail Participant"), and Alternate Payees and Beneficiaries of
such persons.

          (b)  Spinoff.  As of the Effective Date, the assets and
liabilities of each Retail Participant under the Plan will be
transferred (in cash or in kind as determined by the Company) to
or for the benefit of the BP Amoco Partnership Savings Plan.

          (c)  Termination of Participation.  As of the Effective
Date, each person for whom assets and liabilities have been
transferred to the BP Amoco Partnership Savings Plan will:  (i)
cease to be a participant in the Plan, (ii) not become a
Participant in this Plan on the Effective Date, (iii) have no
Accrued Benefit or Service under this Plan, and (iv) have no
right to any benefits from the Plan.



SUPPLEMENT C

     16.3(a)  Purpose.  The purpose of this Supplement C is to
set forth the special provisions (not otherwise set forth in the
Plan) which apply to each participant in AESP and BP CAP
immediately prior to the Effective Date who is a retail at site
hourly employee (a "DirectSave Participant"), and Alternate
Payees and Beneficiaries of such persons.

          (b)  Spinoff.  As of the Effective Date, the assets and
liabilities of each DirectSave Participant under the Plan will be
transferred (in cash or in kind as determined by the Company) to
or for the benefit of the BP Amoco DirectSave Plan.

          (c)  Termination of Participation.  As of the Closing
Date, each person for whom assets and liabilities have been
transferred to the BP Amoco DirectSave Plan will: (i) cease to be
a Participant in the Plan, (ii) not become a participant in this
Plan on the Effective Date, (iii) have no Accrued Benefit or
Service under this Plan, and (iv) have no right to any benefits
from the Plan.

<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                                                       EXHIBIT 4.2







                      BP AMOCO MASTER TRUST
                   FOR EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLANS

     (As Amended and Restated Effective as of April 6, 2000)

<PAGE>
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                            PAGE

1. DEFINITIONS                                                 2
     1.1 Administrative Named Fiduciary                        2
     1.2 Administrative Services Agreement                     2
     1.3 Administrator                                         2
     1.4 Applicable Named Fiduciary                            2
     1.5 Business Day                                          3
     1.6 Chief Financial Officer                               3
     1.7 Code                                                  3
     1.8 Company                                               3
     1.9 Company Managed Account                               3
     1.10 Designated Officer                                   3
     1.11 Effective Date                                       3
     1.12 Employer                                             3
     1.13 ERISA                                                3
     1.14 Fiduciary                                            4
     1.15 Investment Committee or Committee                    4
     1.16 Investment Account                                   4
     1.17 Investment Fund                                      4
     1.18 Investment Manager                                   4
     1.19 Mutual Fund Window                                   4
     1.20 NAV                                                  4
     1.21 Operating Agreement                                  4
     1.22 Participant                                          4
     1.23 Plan Sponsor                                         4
     1.24 Plan or Plans                                        5
     1.25 Recordkeeper                                         5
     1.26 Senior Vice President                                5
     1.27 Trust                                                5
     1.28 Trust Fund                                           5

2. TRUST FUND                                                  5
     2.1 Receipt of Assets                                     5
     2.2 Accounting for a Plan's Undivided Interest in the Trust
          Fund                                                 6
     2.3 Engagement of Recordkeeper                            6

3. DISBURSEMENTS FROM THE TRUST FUND                           7

4. INVESTMENT FUNDS                                            8
     4.1 In General                                            8
     4.2 Participant Directed Brokerage Accounts               9
     4.3 Company Managed Accounts                             10
     4.4 Trustee Investment Responsibilities.                 10
     4.5 Investment Accounts                                  11

5. VALUATION OF TRUST FUND                                    12
     5.1 Valuation of Trust Fund                              12
     5.2 Duties of the Trustee with Respect to Valuation.     12
     5.3 Calculation of the NAV for an Investment Fund        14
     5.4 Suspension of Valuations                             14

6. POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE                                      15
     6.1 Investment Powers of the Trustee                     15
     6.2 Discretionary Administrative Powers of the Trustee   24

7. LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION                              25
     7.1 Standard of Care by Trustee.                         25
     7.2 No Trustee Duty Regarding Contributions              26
     7.3 Indemnification                                      26

8. SECURITIES OR OTHER PROPERTY                               27

9. SECURITY CODES                                             28

10. TAXES AND TRUSTEE COMPENSATION                            28
     10.1 Taxes Imposed on Trust Fund                         28
     10.2 Trustee Compensation and Other Expenses             28

11. ACCOUNTS OF THE TRUSTEE                                   29

12. RELIANCE ON COMMUNICATIONS                                31

13. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE                        32

14. ADDITIONAL TRUSTEE                                        33

15. ACTIONS BY THE COMPANY                                    33

16. TRUST GOVERNANCE                                          34
     16.1 Authority of Applicable Named Fiduciary.            34
     16.2 Authority of Investment Committee and Chief Financial
          Officer.                                            34
     16.3 Fiduciary to Direct Trustee.                        34
     16.4 Company to Direct Trustee.                          34

17. AMENDMENT                                                 35

18. TERMINATION                                               35

19. PARTICIPATION OF OTHER EMPLOYERS                          35
     19.1 Adoption by Other Employers; Withdrawals            35
     19.2 Powers and Authorities of Other Employers to be
          Exercised Exclusively by Company                    37

20. MISCELLANEOUS                                             38
     20.1 Governing Law                                       38
     20.2 Status of Plans                                     38
     20.3 No Reversion to Employer                            39
     20.4 Non-Alienation of Benefits                          40
     20.5 Duration of Trust                                   40
     20.6 No Guarantees                                       40
     20.7 Duty to Furnish Information                         40
     20.8 Withholding                                         41
     20.9 Parties Bound                                       41
     20.10 Necessary Parties to Disputes                      41
     20.11 Unclaimed Benefit Payments                         41
     20.12 Severability                                       42
     20.13 References                                         42
     20.14 Headings                                           42
     20.15 No Liability for Acts of Predecessor and Successor
          Trustees                                            42
     20.16 Construction                                       42
     20.17 Notices.                                           43
     20.18 Counterparts                                       43

EXHIBIT A                                                     44

EXHIBIT B                                                     45

EXHIBIT C                                                     53

<PAGE>

                      BP AMOCO MASTER TRUST
                   FOR EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLANS

     This  Agreement  is  effective the 6th day  of  April,  2000
between  BP AMOCO CORPORATION, a Corporation organized under  the
laws  of  Indiana (the "Company"), and STATE STREET BANK &  TRUST
COMPANY,  a  Trust  Company  organized  under  the  laws  of  the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the "Trustee").

                            RECITALS:
     WHEREAS,  the  Company sponsors a number  of  savings  plans
qualified  under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue  Code  of
1986,  as amended, for the benefit of its eligible employees  and
the  eligible  employees  of  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  and
affiliates;
     WHEREAS,  effective  as of November  1,  1990,  the  Company
established the Amoco Employee Savings Plan Trust Agreement  (the
"Trust")  to  serve  as  a  funding  vehicle  for  one   of   the
aforementioned savings plans;
     WHEREAS, the Trust is a U.S. domestic trust;
     WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  the  Trustee  now  consider  it
desirable  to  amend  and  restate the  Trust  in  its  entirety,
effective April 6, 2000;
     WHEREAS,  effective as of the close of business on April  6,
2000,  the  Trustee  is appointed Successor Trustee  to  a  trust
agreement, effective February 1, 1999 (the "BP America Trust") by
and  between  BP  America  Inc.  and  Fidelity  Management  Trust
Company; and
     WHEREAS,  effective April 6, 2000, the BP America  Trust  is
merged  into the Trust, and the Trust is amended and restated  as
set forth below.

                         AGREEMENT:
     NOW,  THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED by the Company and  the
Trustee that, in consideration of their mutual undertakings,  the
Trust and the BP America Trust are hereby amended and restated in
the  form  of  this Agreement effective April  6,  2000.   It  is
further agreed as follows:

1.   DEFINITIONS
     1.1   "Administrative Named Fiduciary"  means  a  person  or
entity,  who:  (a)  has  authority  to  control  and  manage  the
operation and administration of the Plan or the Trust, within the
meaning  of  Section  402(a)(1) of ERISA; (b)  has  discretionary
authority or discretionary responsibility to administer the  Plan
or  the  Trust,  within  the meaning of Section  3(21)(A)(ii)  of
ERISA; or (c) exercises  discretionary authority or discretionary
control respecting management of the Plan or the Trust within the
meaning  of  Section  3(21)(A)(i) of ERISA  (other  than  trustee
responsibilities  within  the meaning  of  Section  405(c)(3)  of
ERISA),  and   includes the Administrator and  any  other  person
(A) named in any of the Plans or the Trust, or (B) identified  by
a   Designated  Officer  to  be  such  an  Administrative   Named
Fiduciary.
     1.2   "Administrative Services Agreement" means an agreement
with a service provider  to provide services to the Plan.
     1.3  "Administrator" means the Senior Vice President, or  if
an Applicable Named Fiduciary has been identified with respect to
the  authority  involved  in  the provision  of  the  Plan  under
consideration,  then  reference  to  the  Administrator  in  that
context refers to such Applicable Named Fiduciary. References  in
this Trust to the Administrator will be deemed a reference to any
person   (other   than   a   Fiduciary)   to   whom   ministerial
responsibilities involved in the provisions of the Plan have been
delegated by the Administrator, including the Recordkeeper.
     1.4  "Applicable Named Fiduciary" means: (a) with respect to
any   authority,   control  or  discretion  in   the   operation,
administration  or  management of the  Plan  or  the  Trust,  the
Administrator  or  the  Administrative  Named  Fiduciary  who  is
charged  with, or who exercises responsibility for, such  matter;
or  (b)  with  respect  to the authority  or  control  respecting
management  or  disposition of the Trust Fund (including  trustee
responsibilities  within  the meaning  of  Section  405(c)(3)  of
ERISA),  (1)  the  Investment Committee, (2) the Chief  Financial
Officer  but  only with respect to (i) managing  Plan  and  Trust
receipts and disbursements, (ii) preparing Plan and Trust reports
and  returns,  and (iii) managing the investment of  the  Managed
Account  pursuant to the guidelines of the Investment  Committee;
and (c) any other person (1) named in the Trust or (2) identified
by  a Designated Officer to be an Applicable Named Fiduciary with
respect to specified authority or control.
     1.5   "Business  Day" means a day when the  New  York  Stock
Exchange is open for business.
     1.6   "Chief  Financial Officer" means the  Chief  Financial
Officer  of  the Company or, upon the resignation or  removal  of
such  Chief Financial Officer, any successor officer to the Chief
Financial Officer who performs substantially similar duties  with
respect  to administration of employee benefits (whether assigned
a  different title by the Company or not), or, in the absence  of
such a successor, the person to whom such Chief Financial Officer
would report.
     1.7   "Code"   means the Internal Revenue Code of  1986,  as
amended and any regulations issued thereunder.
     1.8  "Company"  means BP Amoco Corporation.
     1.9   "Company  Managed Account"  means  a  Company  Managed
Account as described pursuant to Section 4.3.
     1.10  "Designated Officer" means the Senior Vice  President,
and  any  other  officer  of  the Company,  and  the  Group  Vice
President,  Human  Resources of BP Amoco  p.l.c.  and  any  other
officer  of  BP  Amoco p.l.c. to whom (but  only  to  the  extent
specifically provided) authority to act on behalf of the  Company
has  been granted by the Board of Directors of the Company or one
of its committees.
     1.11  "Effective Date"  means April 6, 2000,  the  date  the
amendment and restatement of this Trust Agreement is effective.
     1.12  "Employer"  means the Company or any  corporation  (or
other  trade or business) which is a member of a controlled group
of  corporations of which the Company is a member  as  determined
under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, and which corporation is
a  participating  employer  as  of  the  Effective  Date,  or  as
thereafter  may be changed in accordance with the  provisions  of
Section 19.1.
     1.13  "ERISA"  means the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended and any regulations issued thereunder.
     1.14 "Fiduciary" means: (a) any individual or entity which a
Designated  Officer  identifies to  be  an  Administrative  Named
Fiduciary with respect to such individual's or entity's authority
to  control  and manage the operation and administration  of  the
Plan;  (b) any individual or entity which an Administrative Named
Fiduciary,  acting  on behalf of the Plan,  designates  to  be  a
Fiduciary;  or (c) any other individual or entity who performs  a
fiduciary function under the Plan as defined in Section 3(21)  of
ERISA.
     1.15   "Investment  Committee"  or  "Committee"  means   the
Investment Committee designated by the Company for the Trust,  or
if none, the Chief Financial Officer.
     1.16  "Investment  Account"  means an account  described  in
Section 4.5.
     1.17  "Investment Fund" means a separate account established
and  maintained in the Trust Fund for an investment  option  made
available under a Plan.
     1.18  "Investment  Manager"   means  an  investment  manager
appointed  by  the  Applicable Named Fiduciary to  manage  assets
under  the  Plan  (within  the  meaning  of  Sections  3(38)  and
402(c)(3)  of  ERISA. If any Investment Manager has authority  to
invest  in assets which will be held outside the jurisdiction  of
the  district courts of the United States, it must be  an  entity
described in 29 C.F.R. 2550.404b-1(a)(2)(ii).
     1.19 "Mutual Fund Window" means an arrangement sponsored and
maintained  by  the  Recordkeeper pursuant to  an  Administrative
Services Agreement between the Recordkeeper and the Administrator
to  provide for the purchase, sale and holding as a part  of  the
Trust  Fund,  of shares of investment companies registered  under
the Investment Company Act of 1940.
     1.20 "NAV" means the net asset value of an Investment Fund.
     1.21  "Operating Agreement"  means an agreement between  the
Trustee,  the  Company and the Recordkeeper, as may  be  amended,
pursuant to which certain Plan and Trust administrative functions
and duties are governed.
     1.22  "Participant"   means  any  individual,  including  an
alternate payee under a "qualified domestic relations order" or a
beneficiary in whose name an account is held under a Plan.
     1.23 "Plan Sponsor"  means BP Amoco Corporation.
     1.24  "Plan" or "Plans" means individually and collectively,
the  tax-qualified employee benefit plan or plans of the  Company
or  the  tax-qualified  employee benefit plan  or  plans  of  any
Employer using the trust as the funding vehicle for such plan  or
plans  as the case may be. Each Plan which is funded through  the
Trust is listed in Exhibit A.
     1.25   "Recordkeeper"   means  the  entity  which   provides
recordkeeping and administrative services to a Plan  pursuant  to
an Administrative Services Agreement.
     1.26 "Senior Vice President" means the Senior Vice President
- -  Human  Resources  of the Company or, upon the  resignation  or
removal  of such Senior Vice President, any successor officer  to
the  Senior  Vice  President who performs  substantially  similar
duties  with  respect  to  administration  of  employee  benefits
(whether  assigned a different title by the Company or not),  or,
in  the  absence of such a successor, the General Counsel of  the
Company.
     1.27  "Trust"  means the BP Amoco Master Trust for  Employee
Savings Plans.
     1.28 "Trust Fund"  means all Plan assets held by the Trustee
in the Trust pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Agreement.

2.   TRUST FUND
     2.1   Receipt of Assets. The Trustee will receive and accept
for the purposes hereof all sums of money and other property paid
to it or merged into the Trust (and all related Plan liabilities,
payables  and  receivables),  by, or  at  the  direction  of  the
Company,  or,  pursuant  to Article 19  herein,  by,  or  at  the
direction of, the Company or any Employer and will hold,  invest,
reinvest, manage, administer and distribute such monies and other
property  and  the  increments,  proceeds,  earnings  and  income
thereof   (and   all  related  Plan  liabilities,  payables   and
receivables)  pursuant to the terms of this Trust  Agreement  and
for  the exclusive benefit of Participants. The Trustee need  not
inquire  into the source of any money or property transferred  to
it  nor  into  the authority or right of the transferor  of  such
money  or  property  to transfer such money or  property  to  the
Trustee.
     2.2  Accounting for a Plan's Undivided Interest in the Trust
Fund.  All transfers to, withdrawals from, and other transactions
regarding the Trust Fund must be conducted in such a way that the
proportionate  interest in the Trust Fund of each  Plan  and  the
fair market value of that interest may be determined at any time.
Whenever the assets of more than one Plan are commingled  in  the
Trust  Fund  or  in  any Investment Fund, the undivided  interest
therein of that Plan will be debited or credited (as the case may
be): (a) for the entire amount of every contribution received  on
behalf  of  that  Plan, every benefit payment, or  other  expense
attributable  solely  to that Plan, and every  other  transaction
relating  only to that Plan; and (b) for its proportionate  share
of  every item of collected or accrued income, gain or loss,  and
general expense; and other transactions attributable to the Trust
Fund or that Investment Fund as a whole. As of each date when the
fair market value of the investments held in the Trust Fund or an
Investment Fund are determined as provided for in Article 5,  the
Trustee will adjust the value of each Plan's interest therein  to
reflect  the  net increase or decrease in such values  since  the
last such date. For all of the foregoing purposes, fractions of a
cent may be disregarded.
     2.3   Engagement  of  Recordkeeper.  The  Administrator  has
engaged  the  Recordkeeper, on behalf of  the  Plan,  to  perform
certain   services  set  forth  in  the  Administrative  Services
Agreement, the Operating Agreement, and including but not limited
to, maintaining Participant accounts for all contributions, loans
and  loan repayments, rollovers, and other deposits made for  the
purpose of determining how such deposits are to be allocated to a
Plan's  investment  options,  for  determining  requirements  for
disbursements  from  or  transfers among  investment  options  in
accordance   with   the  terms  of  the  Plan,  for   maintaining
Participant records for the purpose of voting or tendering shares
in  an investment option as described in Section 4.1 herein,  for
distributing  information about the investment  options  provided
for  under  the Plan, and for distributing Participant statements
at periodic intervals.

3.   DISBURSEMENTS FROM THE TRUST FUND
     Subject to the terms of the Operating Agreement, the Trustee
will  from  time  to time on the directions of the  Administrator
make  payments  out of the Trust Fund to such persons,   in  such
manner,  in  such  amounts  and for  such  purposes,  as  may  be
specified  by  the  Administrator. Such  directions  may  require
payment  from the Trust assets of any administration expenses  of
the  Plan, including expenses and obligations (i) associated with
the  administration  and operation of the  Plan  and  the  Trust,
(ii)  arising under an Administrative Services Agreement or  this
Trust  Agreement,  and  (iii)  arising  in  connection  with  the
management and investment of Plan assets.  The Administrator  may
direct  the  Trustee to reimburse the Company for any noninterest
bearing  amounts advanced by the Company on behalf of a Plan  and
the   Trustee   may  rely  that  any  amount  directed   by   the
Administrator to be paid as a reimbursement to the  Company  does
not include interest.
     The  Administrator  is  responsible for  insuring  that  any
payment directed under this Article conforms to the provisions of
the  Plans,  this Trust Agreement, and the provisions  of  ERISA.
Each  direction  of  the Administrator is to be  in  writing  (or
electronically  as  may  be  permitted  in  the  Funds   Transfer
Operating Agreement ("FTOP") and Operating Agreement) and will be
deemed  to  include  a certification that any  payment  or  other
distribution  directed thereby is one which the Administrator  is
authorized  to direct. Payments by the Trustee not  made  by  the
Recordkeeper as payment agent may be made by the Trustee  by  its
check  to the order of the payee. Payments or other distributions
hereunder  may  be  mailed  to the  payee  at  the  address  last
furnished to the Trustee by the Recordkeeper or Administrator  or
if no such address has been so furnished, to the payee in care of
the  Recordkeeper. The Trustee will not incur  any  liability  or
other  damage  on account of any payments or other  distributions
made  by  it  in  accordance  with  a  proper  direction  of  the
Administrator unless it would be unreasonable for the Trustee  to
not question such direction.

4.   INVESTMENT FUNDS
     4.1  In General.
          (a)  The  Investment Committee, from time to time,  may
               direct  the  Trustee  to  establish  one  or  more
               Investment Funds within the Trust Fund for a Plan,
               which may be invested in:
               (1)  shares  of  investment  companies  registered
                    under  the  Investment Company  Act  of  1940
                    through a Mutual Fund Window;
               (2)  collective  funds maintained  by  a  bank  or
                    trust company;
               (3)  securities   which   constitute   "qualifying
                    employer  securities" or "qualifying employer
                    real  property" within the meaning of Section
                    407  of  ERISA,  to  the extent  specifically
                    authorized  by a Plan and to the extent  that
                    the  Trustee (other than solely as a directed
                    trustee)  and  Investment  Manager,   or   an
                    Applicable  Named  Fiduciary,  whichever   is
                    applicable,   has   determined   that    such
                    investment is not prohibited by Sections  406
                    or 407 of ERISA;
               (4)  Participant Directed Brokerage Accounts;
               (5)  pools of insurance contracts;
               (6)  funds  managed  by  a  registered  investment
                    manager, bank or insurance company;
               (7)  accounts  managed  by  an  Applicable   Named
                    Fiduciary for the Plan; or
               (8)  other investment options available from  time
                    to  time under a Plan or such other funds  as
                    may   be   described  by  the  Company.   The
                    Investment  Funds of the Trust Agreement  are
                    described  on  Exhibit  "B",  which  may   be
                    amended.
          (b)  The Trustee is not responsible for any loss of any
               kind  which may result by reason of the manner  of
               division of the Trust Fund into Investment  Funds,
               or   for   the  investment  management  of   these
               accounts,  except as provided for in  Section  4.4
               respecting  a Trustee Managed Investment  Account,
               if  any.  The Trustee will transfer to  each  such
               Investment Fund such portion of the assets of  the
               Trust  Fund  as the Investment Committee  directs.
               The  Trustee is not responsible for any  liability
               arising  on account of its following any direction
               of the Investment Committee and the Trustee has no
               duty  to  review investment guidelines, objectives
               and  restrictions  established by  the  Investment
               Committee on behalf of the Plans.
          (c)  All  interest, dividends and other income received
               with  respect  to, and any proceeds received  from
               the  sale  or other disposition of, securities  or
               other property held in an Investment Fund is to be
               credited  to  and  reinvested in  such  Investment
               Fund.  All  expenses of the Trust Fund  which  are
               allocable to a particular Investment Fund will  be
               so   allocated   and  charged.  Subject   to   the
               provisions of the Plans, the Investment  Committee
               may  direct the Trustee to eliminate an Investment
               Fund  or  Funds,  and the Trustee  will  thereupon
               dispose of the assets of such Investment Fund  and
               reinvest  the proceeds thereof in accordance  with
               the directions of the Investment Committee.
     4.2   Participant Directed Brokerage Accounts.  The  Trustee
will, if so directed by the Applicable Named Fiduciary, segregate
all  or  a portion of the Trust Fund held by it into one or  more
separate  investment accounts to be known as Participant Directed
Brokerage  Accounts.  Whenever  a Participant  is  directing  the
investment  and reinvestment of a Participant Directed  Brokerage
Account, the Participant will have the powers and duties which an
Investment  Manager would have under this Trust Agreement  if  an
Investment  Manager  were then serving and the  Trustee  will  be
protected to the same extent as it would be protected under  this
Trust Agreement as to directions or the absence of directions  of
an  Investment  Manager. A Participant will be entitled  to  give
orders  directly  to  the broker for the purchases  and  sale  of
securities. The broker will provide confirmation of each order to
the Administrator which will maintain records in such form as  to
satisfy reporting requirements of the Plan.
     4.3  Company Managed Accounts.
          (a)  The Trustee will, if so directed in writing by the
               Applicable  Named Fiduciary, segregate  all  or  a
               portion of the Trust Fund held by it into  one  or
               more  separate investment accounts to be known  as
               Company    Managed   Investment   Accounts.    The
               Applicable Named Fiduciary, by written  notice  to
               the Trustee, may at any time relinquish its powers
               under  this Section 4.3 and direct that a  Company
               Managed   Investment   Account   no   longer    be
               maintained.   Whenever   the   Applicable    Named
               Fiduciary   is   directing  the   investment   and
               reinvestment of an Investment Account or a Company
               Managed  Investment Account, the Applicable  Named
               Fiduciary will have the powers and duties which an
               Investment  Manager would have  under  this  Trust
               Agreement  if  an  Investment  Manager  were  then
               serving and the Trustee will be protected  to  the
               same  extent as it would be protected  under  this
               Trust Agreement as to directions or the absence of
               directions of an Investment Manager.
          (b)  During  any  time  when  there  is  no  Investment
               Manager  with respect to an Investment Fund  (such
               as before an investment management agreement takes
               effect  or  after it terminates),  the  Applicable
               Named  Fiduciary shall direct the  investment  and
               reinvestment of such Investment Account.
     4.4  Trustee Investment Responsibilities.
          (a)  The  Trustee  has  no  duty or  responsibility  to
               direct  the  investment and  reinvestment  of  the
               Trust  Fund, any Investment Fund or any Investment
               Account  unless  expressly agreed  to  in  writing
               between  the  Trustee  and  the  Applicable  Named
               Fiduciary.  In  the event that the Trustee  enters
               into  such  an agreement, it will have the  powers
               and  duties  of an Investment Manager  under  this
               Trust  Agreement  with regard to  such  Investment
               Account.
          (b)  Subject to such directions as the Applicable Named
               Fiduciary provides (which may be a standing letter
               of  direction), the Trustee will conduct  a  daily
               cash  sweep of all U.S. dollar denominated  excess
               cash contained in the Trust (including excess cash
               in   Investment  Accounts  managed  by  Investment
               Managers,   until  such  time  as  the  Investment
               Manager  provides a separate cash sweep  direction
               to  the  Trustee)  to  a State  Street  maintained
               collective investment fund for assets of  employee
               benefit  plans qualified under Section  401(a)  of
               the Code ("State Street STIF").
     4.5  Investment Accounts.
          (a)  The  Applicable Named Fiduciary, from time to time
               and  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of  the
               Plans,   may   appoint  one  or  more  independent
               Investment   Managers,  pursuant  to   a   written
               investment  management  agreement  describing  the
               powers  and  duties of the Investment Manager,  to
               direct the investment and reinvestment of all or a
               portion  of the Trust Fund or an Investment  Fund.
               The  Applicable Named Fiduciary will  furnish  the
               Trustee with written notice of the appointment  of
               each  Investment  Manager hereunder,  and  of  the
               termination  of any such appointment. Such  notice
               will specify the assets which will constitute  the
               Investment Account of such Investment Manager. The
               Trustee  will  be fully protected in relying  upon
               the  effectiveness  of such  appointment  and  the
               Investment  Manager's continuing  satisfaction  of
               the requirements set forth above until it receives
               written notice from the Applicable Named Fiduciary
               to  the  contrary.  The Trustee will  conclusively
               presume  that each Investment Manager,  under  its
               investment  management agreement, is  entitled  to
               act,  in directing the investment and reinvestment
               of   the  Investment  Account  for  which  it   is
               responsible,   in   its   sole   and   independent
               discretion and without limitation, except for  any
               limitations which from time to time the Applicable
               Named Fiduciary and the Trustee agree (in writing)
               will modify the scope of such authority.
          (b)  Except as provided by ERISA or as provided in  the
               Operating Agreement, the Trustee has no liability:
               (1)  for  the acts or omissions of any  Investment
               Manager  (except to the extent the Trustee  itself
               is   serving  as  Investment  Manager);  (2)   for
               following    directions,   including    investment
               directions  of an Investment Manager  (other  than
               the  Trustee)  or the Applicable Named  Fiduciary,
               which  are  given  in accordance with  this  Trust
               Agreement;  (3) for failing to act in the  absence
               of  Investment  Manager direction (except  to  the
               extent the Trustee itself is serving as Investment
               Manager);  or (4) for any loss of any  kind  which
               may result by reason of the manner of division  of
               the  Trust Fund or Investment Fund into Investment
               Accounts.

5.   VALUATION OF TRUST FUND
     5.1   Valuation of Trust Fund.   The Trustee will value  the
Trust  Fund and each Investment Fund as of the close of  business
at  the end of each Business Day. The Trustee must determine  the
fair  market  value of assets of the Trust Fund  based  upon  the
standards described in Section 5.2.
     5.2  Duties of the Trustee with Respect to Valuation.
          (a)  Values  will be determined by the Trustee  on  the
               basis of the following valuation rules:
               (1)  Securities  must  be valued at  their  market
                    values  based  on information  and  financial
                    publications    of    general    circulation,
                    statistical  and valuation services,  records
                    of    security   exchanges,   appraisals   by
                    qualified persons, transactions and bona fide
                    offers in assets of the type in question  and
                    other  information customarily  used  in  the
                    valuation  of assets ("Pricing Sources"),  or
                    (i)  if  market values are not available,  or
                    (ii)   with   respect   to   Securities   the
                    underlying assets of which are not  custodied
                    by  the  Trustee,  at their  fair  values  as
                    provided  to  the Trustee by the  party  with
                    authority   to  trade  such  securities.   An
                    Investment  Manager  must  certify,  at   the
                    request  of  the Trustee, the  value  of  any
                    securities  or  other property  held  in  any
                    Investment Account managed by such Investment
                    Manager   which  for  reasons  specified   in
                    Section 5.2(a)(1)(i) or (ii) cannot be valued
                    reliably     independently,     and      such
                    certification will be regarded as a direction
                    with regard to such valuation.
               (2)  An  investment purchased and awaiting payment
                    against   delivery  will  be   included   for
                    valuation   purposes  as  a  security   held.
                    Investments  sold  but not delivered  pending
                    receipt of proceeds will be valued at the net
                    sales price.
               (3)  For purposes of valuation with respect to (1)
                    and  (2)  above, all securities and  cash  or
                    cash  equivalents will be quoted in the local
                    currency and then converted into U.S. dollars
                    using  the appropriate exchange rate obtained
                    by the Trustee.
          (b)  The  Trustee  may rely on the prices  provided  by
               Pricing  Sources,  an Investment  Manager  or  the
               Applicable  Named Fiduciary as a certification  as
               to   value   in   performing  any  valuations   or
               calculations required of the Trustee by this Trust
               Agreement,  and  will have no  liability  for  any
               incorrect data provided to it by Pricing  Sources,
               an  Investment  Manager or  the  Applicable  Named
               Fiduciary except as may arise from Trustee's  lack
               of reasonable care in selecting Pricing Sources.


     5.3  Calculation of the NAV for an Investment Fund.
          (a)  The Trustee, upon the Applicable Named Fiduciary's
               direction,  may calculate the NAV of an Investment
               Fund in accordance with the following rules:
               (1)  The NAV of the Investment Fund will equal the
                    value  of the assets of the Investment  Fund,
                    including  accrued income or  other  accounts
                    receivable,   less  the  accrued  liabilities
                    incurred by the Investment Fund.
               (2)  For  an  investment  purchased  and  awaiting
                    payment against delivery the accounts payable
                    will  be  adjusted  to reflect  the  purchase
                    price,  including  brokers'  commissions  and
                    other   expenses  incurred  in  the  purchase
                    thereof,   but  not  disbursed  as   of   the
                    valuation date.
          (b)  The items carried as accrued liabilities are to be
               identified from time to time by the Trustee or the
               Administrator. The Trustee will develop procedures
               for   determining   how  an   identified   accrued
               liability  will  impact the NAV of  an  Investment
               Fund,  which  determination  may  be  approved  or
               changed by the Administrator.  At the end of  each
               month  the  Trustee  and  the  Administrator  will
               review trust expense accruals to determine if  any
               changes are required.
     5.4  Suspension of Valuations.   Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Agreement, the Trustee, at the direction  of
the Applicable Named Fiduciary, or upon consultation and approval
of  the Applicable Named Fiduciary, may suspend the valuation  of
an  Investment Fund for the whole or any part of any period  when
(a)  any market or exchange on which a significant portion of the
investments  of the Investment Fund are quoted is  closed  (other
than for ordinary holidays) or during which dealings therein  are
restricted  or suspended; (b) there has been a breakdown  in  the
means  of  communication,  or  in any  software  and/or  hardware
systems,  normally employed in determining the price or value  of
any  of  the  investments of the Investment Fund, or  of  current
prices  on any market or exchange on which a significant  portion
of the investments of the Investment Fund are quoted; or (c) when
for  any reason the prices or values of any investments owned  by
the  Investment Fund cannot reasonably be promptly and accurately
ascertained. The Trustee will use reasonable efforts  to  rectify
any problems affecting its ability to value assets and will begin
valuations  as  soon  as  practicable  after  such  problems  are
resolved.

6.   POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE
     6.1  Investment Powers of the Trustee.
          (a)  The  Trustee  has and can exercise  the  following
               powers and authority: (i) over Investment Accounts
               for  which  it  has express investment  management
               discretion as provided in Section 4.4,  (ii)  upon
               direction   of  the  Investment  Manager   of   an
               Investment  Account,  (iii) upon  direction  of  a
               Participant  with  respect to: (A)  a  Participant
               Directed  Brokerage Account or (B) for voting  and
               tendering  of qualified employer securities,  (iv)
               upon  direction of the Applicable Named  Fiduciary
               for   a  Company  Managed  Account,  or  (v)  upon
               direction  of the Applicable Named Fiduciary  with
               respect  to: (A) purchases and sales of  interests
               in  Investment Funds on behalf of Participants  or
               (B) lending to Participants in the Plans:
               (1)  To  purchase, receive, or subscribe  for  any
                    securities or other property and to retain in
                    trust such securities or other property.
               (2)  To   acquire  and  hold  qualifying  employer
                    securities   and  qualifying  employer   real
                    property, as such investments are defined  in
                    Section 407(d) of ERISA.
               (3)  To  sell  for  cash  or on credit,  to  grant
                    options, convert, redeem, exchange for  other
                    securities  or other property, to enter  into
                    standby  agreements  for  future  investment,
                    either  with  or  without a standby  fee,  or
                    otherwise  to  dispose of any  securities  or
                    other property at any time held by it.
               (4)  Upon  direction  from  the  Administrator  or
                    Applicable   Named  Fiduciary,   to   settle,
                    compromise  or  submit  to  arbitration   any
                    claims, debts, or damages, due or owing to or
                    from  the Trust, to commence or defend  suits
                    or  legal  proceedings and to  represent  the
                    Trust  in  all suits or legal proceedings  in
                    any court of law or before any other body  or
                    tribunal.
               (5)  To  trade  in financial options and  futures,
                    including   index  options  and  options   on
                    futures   and   to  execute   in   connection
                    therewith  such account agreements and  other
                    agreements   including  contracts   for   the
                    exchange  of  interest rates,  or  investment
                    performance,  currencies  or  other  notional
                    principal  contracts in such  form  and  upon
                    such  terms as the Investment Manager or  the
                    Applicable Named Fiduciary may direct.
               (6)  Subject to Section 6.1(a)(7), to exercise all
                    voting rights, tender or exchange rights, any
                    conversion  privileges,  subscription  rights
                    and  other  rights  and powers  available  in
                    connection  with any securities  (except  for
                    securities  issued  by  the  Company  or   an
                    affiliate) or other property at any time held
                    by  it;  to  oppose  or  to  consent  to  the
                    reorganization,  consolidation,  merger,   or
                    readjustment   of   the   finances   of   any
                    corporation,  company or association,  or  to
                    the  sale, mortgage, pledge or lease  of  the
                    property  of  any  corporation,  company   or
                    association any of the securities  which  may
                    at  any time be held by it and to do any  act
                    with   reference   thereto,   including   the
                    exercise of options, the making of agreements
                    or subscriptions and the payment of expenses,
                    assessments  or subscriptions, which  may  be
                    deemed  as  necessary  or  advisable  by  the
                    Investment   Manager  or   Applicable   Named
                    Fiduciary  in  connection therewith,  and  to
                    hold  and  retain  any  securities  or  other
                    property  which  it may so  acquire;  and  to
                    deposit  any  property with  any  protective,
                    reorganization or similar committee,  and  to
                    pay and agree to pay part of the expenses and
                    compensation  of any such committee  and  any
                    assessments  levied with respect to  property
                    so deposited.
               (7)  To  exercise all voting or tender or exchange
                    offer  rights with respect to all  qualifying
                    employer  securities held by it  except  that
                    portion,  if  any, for which it has  received
                    voting   or   tender   or   exchange    offer
                    instructions from Participants in  the  Plans
                    as   provided   in   this   paragraph.   Each
                    Participant    may   direct   the    Trustee,
                    confidentially, how to vote or whether or not
                    to tender or exchange the qualifying employer
                    securities   representing  his  proportionate
                    interest  in  the assets of  the  Plans.  The
                    Administrator will furnish the  Trustee  with
                    the  name and address of each Participant and
                    the   number   of   shares   held   for   the
                    Participant's account as near as  practicable
                    to    the   record   date   fixed   for   the
                    determination  of  Participants  entitled  to
                    vote,  tender  or exchange, and will  provide
                    the  Trustee  with all other information  and
                    assistance  which the Trustee may  reasonably
                    request. Shares for which the Trustee has not
                    received  timely voting or tender or exchange
                    instructions may be voted or tendered by  the
                    Trustee in its sole discretion.
               (8)  To  lend  to  Participants in the Plans  such
                    amounts and upon such terms and conditions as
                    the   Administrator  may  direct.  Any   such
                    direction   will  be  deemed  to  include   a
                    certification by the Administrator that  such
                    lending  is in accordance with the provisions
                    of ERISA and the Plans.
               (9)  To borrow money in such amounts and upon such
                    terms   and  conditions  as  may  be   deemed
                    advisable  or proper by the Applicable  Named
                    Fiduciary or Investment Manager to carry  out
                    the  purposes of the trust and to pledge  any
                    securities   or   other  property   for   the
                    repayment of any such loan.
               (10) To  invest all or a portion of the Trust Fund
                    in  contracts issued by insurance  companies,
                    including contracts under which the insurance
                    company  holds  Plan  assets  in  a  separate
                    account   or   commingled  separate   account
                    managed by the insurance company. The Trustee
                    is   entitled   to  rely  upon  any   written
                    directions of the Applicable Named  Fiduciary
                    or  the Investment Manager under this Section
                    6.1,  and the Trustee is not responsible  for
                    the  terms of any insurance contract that  it
                    is  directed to purchase and hold or for  the
                    selection  of  the  issuer  thereof  or   for
                    performing any functions under such  contract
                    (other  than  the execution of any  documents
                    incidental thereto on the instructions of the
                    Applicable  Named Fiduciary or the Investment
                    Manager).
               (11) To manage, administer, operate, lease for any
                    number  of  years, develop, improve,  repair,
                    alter,  demolish,  mortgage,  pledge,   grant
                    options  with  respect to, or otherwise  deal
                    with any real property or interest therein at
                    any  time  held by it, and to hold  any  such
                    real  property in its own name or in the name
                    of a nominee, with or without the addition of
                    words  indicating that such property is  held
                    in  a fiduciary capacity, all upon such terms
                    and conditions as may be deemed advisable  by
                    the  Investment  Manager or Applicable  Named
                    Fiduciary.
               (12) To   renew,  extend  or  participate  in  the
                    renewal  or  extension of any mortgage,  upon
                    such terms as may be deemed advisable by  the
                    Applicable   Named  Fiduciary  or  Investment
                    Manager, and to agree to a reduction  in  the
                    rate  of interest on any mortgage or  of  any
                    guarantee  pertaining thereto in  any  manner
                    and   to   any  extent  that  may  be  deemed
                    advisable  by the Applicable Named  Fiduciary
                    or  Investment Manager for the protection  of
                    the  Trust  Fund or the preservation  of  the
                    value   of  the  investment;  to  waive   any
                    default,  whether in the performance  of  any
                    covenant or condition of any mortgage  or  in
                    the  performance  of  any  guarantee,  or  to
                    enforce  any such default in such manner  and
                    to  such extent as may be deemed advisable by
                    the  Applicable Named Fiduciary or Investment
                    Manager; to exercise and enforce any and  all
                    rights of foreclosure, to bid on property  on
                    foreclosure,  to  take  a  deed  in  lieu  of
                    foreclosure    with   or    without    paying
                    consideration  therefor,  and  in  connection
                    therewith  to release the obligation  on  the
                    bond   secured  by  such  mortgage,  and   to
                    exercise and enforce in any action,  suit  or
                    proceeding at law or in equity any rights  or
                    remedies  in respect to any such mortgage  or
                    guarantee.
               (13) To  hold  part  or  all  of  the  Trust  Fund
                    uninvested.
               (14) To  employ suitable agents and counsel and to
                    pay  their reasonable and proper expenses and
                    compensation.
               (15) To  appoint  ancillary trustees or custodians
                    to  hold  any  portion of the assets  of  the
                    trust  and  to pay their reasonable  expenses
                    and compensation.
               (16) To  purchase  and sell foreign  exchange  and
                    contracts  for  foreign  exchange,  including
                    transactions  entered into with State  Street
                    Bank   and  Trust  Company,  its  agents   or
                    subcustodians; provided that  the  price  and
                    associated expenses obtained are at least  as
                    favorable to the Trust as if such transaction
                    was conducted with an unrelated party.
               (17) To  form corporations and to create trusts to
                    hold   title  to  any  securities  or   other
                    property,  all upon such terms and conditions
                    as  may be deemed advisable by the Applicable
                    Named Fiduciary or Investment Manager.
               (18) To   register  any  securities  held  by   it
                    hereunder in its own name, in the name of its
                    nominee, in the name of its agent, or in  the
                    name  of  its agent's nominee with or without
                    the  addition of words indicating  that  such
                    securities are held in a fiduciary  capacity,
                    and to hold any securities in bearer form and
                    to  deposit any securities or other  property
                    in a depository or clearing corporation.
               (19) To make, execute and deliver, as Trustee, any
                    and    all    deeds,    leases,    mortgages,
                    conveyances,  waivers,  releases,  or   other
                    instruments in writing necessary or desirable
                    for   the  accomplishment  of  any   of   the
                    foregoing powers.
               (20) To invest at any bank, including State Street
                    Bank  and Trust Company, (i) in any  type  of
                    interest bearing investments (including,  but
                    not limited to savings accounts, money market
                    accounts,   certificates   of   deposit   and
                    repurchase    agreements)   and    (ii)    in
                    noninterest  bearing accounts (including  but
                    not  limited to checking accounts);  provided
                    that   the   earnings  rate  and   associated
                    expenses  obtained are at least as  favorable
                    to  the Trust as if the same transaction  was
                    conducted with an unrelated party.
               (21) To  invest in collective investment funds and
                    common  and  group trust funds maintained  by
                    State  Street  Bank and Trust Company  or  by
                    other banks or trust companies supervised  by
                    a federal or state agency exclusively for the
                    investment of the assets of employee  benefit
                    plans  qualified under Section 401(a) of  the
                    Code,  notwithstanding that the bank or trust
                    company   is   the  Trustee,  an   Investment
                    Manager,   or  is  otherwise  a   "party   in
                    interest"  as  defined in  Section  3(14)  of
                    ERISA.  The  instruments  establishing   such
                    funds, as amended, are deemed a part of  this
                    Trust Agreement and incorporated by reference
                    herein.  The  combining of  money  and  other
                    assets  of  this Trust with money  and  other
                    assets and accounts in such fund or funds  is
                    specifically    authorized.    The    Trustee
                    acknowledges  that  it is  a  fiduciary  with
                    respect  to  any  such collective  investment
                    fund which is maintained by State Street Bank
                    and  Trust Company and will maintain (through
                    periodic    buy/sell    transactions)     the
                    proportions   of   any  such   State   Street
                    collective  investment  fund  within   ranges
                    presented   by  the  Investment  Manager   in
                    standing instructions.
               (22) To   invest   in   open-end  and   closed-end
                    investment  companies,  regardless   of   the
                    purposes  for which such funds were  created,
                    including those managed, serviced or  advised
                    by  the Trustee, an affiliate of the Trustee,
                    and  any  partnership, limited or  unlimited,
                    joint   venture  and  other  forms  of  joint
                    enterprise created for any lawful purpose.
          (b)  Except   as  otherwise  provided  in  this   Trust
               Agreement, the Investment Manager of an Investment
               Account, or the Applicable Named Fiduciary in  the
               case  of a Company Managed Account, has the  power
               and   authority,  to  be  exercised  in  its  sole
               discretion at any time and from time to  time,  to
               issue   orders  for  the  purchase  or   sale   of
               securities   directly   to   a   broker.   Written
               notification  of the issuance of each  such  order
               will  be  given  promptly to the  Trustee  by  the
               Investment   Manager  or  the   Applicable   Named
               Fiduciary and the confirmation of each such  order
               will  be  confirmed to the Trustee by the  broker.
               Unless otherwise directed by the Applicable  Named
               Fiduciary or Investment Manager, such notification
               will  be  authority  for the Trustee  to  pay  for
               securities purchased or to deliver securities sold
               as  the  case  may be. Upon the direction  of  the
               Investment   Manager  or  the   Applicable   Named
               Fiduciary,  the Trustee will execute  and  deliver
               appropriate  trading authorizations, but  no  such
               authorization  will  be  deemed  to  increase  the
               liability  or responsibility of the Trustee  under
               this Trust Agreement.
          (c)  The   Trustee  will  transmit  promptly   to   the
               Investment   Manager  (or  the  Applicable   Named
               Fiduciary),  as  the case may be, all  notices  of
               conversion,    redemption,    tender,    exchange,
               subscription,  class action, claim  in  insolvency
               proceedings,  proxies or other  rights  or  powers
               relating  to  any of the securities in  the  Trust
               Fund,  which  notices are received by the  Trustee
               from its agents or custodians, from issuers of the
               securities in question and from the party (or  its
               agents) extending such rights. The Trustee has  no
               obligation  to  determine  the  existence  of  any
               conversion,    redemption,    tender,    exchange,
               subscription,  class action, claim  in  insolvency
               proceedings  or other right or power  relating  to
               any  of the securities in the Trust Fund of  which
               notice  was  given prior to the purchase  of  such
               securities   by  the  Trust  Fund,  and   has   no
               obligation  to  exercise any such right  or  power
               unless the Trustee is informed of the existence of
               the right or power.
          (d)  Provided that the Trustee has promptly transmitted
               materials to the appropriate parties, the  Trustee
               is  not to be liable for any untimely exercise  or
               assertion  of  such rights or powers described  in
               Section 6.1(c) above in connection with securities
               or  other  property of the Trust Fund at any  time
               held  by  it  unless:  (i) it  or  its  agents  or
               custodians  are  in  actual  possession  of   such
               securities or property, and (ii) if the Trustee is
               not  treated  as  an Investment Manager  for  such
               securities, it receives directions to exercise any
               such  rights  or powers from the Applicable  Named
               Fiduciary or the Investment Manager, as  the  case
               may  be, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least  one
               Business  Day  prior  to the date  on  which  such
               rights  or powers are to be exercised with respect
               to  securities held in the United States and three
               Business Days for all other securities.
          (e)  If the Trustee is directed by the Applicable Named
               Fiduciary or an Investment Manager to purchase
               securities issued by any foreign government or
               agency thereof, or by any corporation or other
               entity domiciled outside of the United States:  i)
               the Trustee shall provide market information to
               the Applicable Named Fiduciary or the Trust's
               Investment Managers consistent with industry
               standards for professional global custodians;  ii)
               the Trustee will receive for and credit to the
               Trust Fund any money or assets, including
               dividends and interest, due and payable from or on
               account of the securities  and other investments
               and /or assets in the Trust Fund, based upon tax
               status information supplied by the Administrator;
               iii)  the Trustee shall, in the ordinary course of
               business, take all necessary administrative steps
               for the timely collection of interest, repayments
               and dividends, and for exercising or cashing in
               rights and warrants as instructed, obtaining new
               coupon or dividend sheets and effecting conversion
               transactions; however, the Trustee will not
               attempt to enforce such collections by legal
               process unless directed in writing to do so by the
               Applicable Named Fiduciary or Investment Manager,
               and unless arrangements are made to Trustee's
               reasonable satisfaction with respect to
               reimbursement of expenses for any such legal
               process;  (iv)  the Trustee will submit to the
               relevant tax authorities documents received from
               the Administrator with regard to the Trust's tax
               status and will use reasonable efforts to assist
               the Applicable Named Fiduciary or Investment
               Managers in claiming any refund or withholding of
               tax to which the Trust Fund has been subject.
               Except with respect to the foregoing activities
               conducted in the ordinary course of business, the
               Trustee will have no responsibility to determine
               what foreign laws or regulations (including,
               without limitation, any laws or regulations
               affecting receipt by the Trust of dividends,
               interest or other distributions) might apply to
               such securities or other investments or to the
               Trust.
          (f)  All Investment Company Shares are to be registered
               in  the  name  of  the  Trustee  or  its  nominee.
               Investment  Company Shares will be  voted  by  the
               Recordkeeper in accordance with the terms  of  the
               Operating  Agreement  and Administrative  Services
               Agreement.
     6.2  Discretionary Administrative Powers of the Trustee.
          (a)  Notwithstanding the appointment of  an  Investment
               Manager,  the  Trustee  will  have  the  following
               powers and authority, to be exercised in its  sole
               discretion, with respect to the Trust Fund:
               (1)  To  employ  suitable agents,  custodians  and
                    counsel and, subject to Section 10.2, to  pay
                    their reasonable expenses and compensation.
               (2)  To   register  any  securities  held  by   it
                    hereunder in its own name, in the name of its
                    nominee, in the name of its agent, or in  the
                    name  of  its agent's nominee with or without
                    the  addition of words indicating  that  such
                    securities are held in a fiduciary  capacity,
                    and to hold any securities in bearer form and
                    to  deposit any securities or other  property
                    in a depository or clearing corporation.
               (3)  To make, execute and deliver, as Trustee, any
                    and    all    deeds,    leases,    mortgages,
                    conveyances,  waivers,  releases   or   other
                    instruments in writing necessary or desirable
                    for   the  accomplishment  of  any   of   the
                    foregoing powers.
               (4)  Generally to do all ministerial acts, whether
                    or   not  expressly  authorized,  which   the
                    Trustee  may  deem necessary or desirable  in
                    carrying  out  its  duties under  this  Trust
                    Agreement.
          (b)  Notwithstanding  anything in  the  Plans  or  this
               Trust  Agreement to the contrary, the Trustee  may
               not be required by the Applicable Named Fiduciary,
               the  Administrator, Recordkeeper or any Investment
               Manager  to  engage in any action,  nor  make  any
               investment    which   constitutes   a   prohibited
               transaction  or  is  otherwise  contrary  to   the
               provisions of ERISA or which is otherwise contrary
               to  law or to the terms of the Plans or this Trust
               Agreement.

7.   LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
     7.1   Standard of Care by Trustee.  The Trustee at all times
will  discharge  its  assigned duties and responsibilities  under
this  Trust  Agreement with reasonable care, and  solely  in  the
interest of Participants in the following manner:
               (1)  for  exclusive purpose of providing  benefits
                    to   Participants  and  defraying  reasonable
                    expenses of administering the Plan;
               (2)  to  the  extent  it exercises discretion  (as
                    defined  in  "ERISA"), with the care,  skill,
                    prudence,    and    diligence    under    the
                    circumstances then prevailing that a  prudent
                    person acting in a like capacity and familiar
                    with such matters would use in the conduct of
                    an  enterprise of a like character  and  with
                    like aims; and
               (3)  in accordance with the provisions of the Plan
                    and  this Trust Agreement insofar as they are
                    consistent with the provisions of ERISA.
     7.2  No Trustee Duty Regarding Contributions. The Trustee is
not under any duty to require payment of any contributions to the
Trust Fund or determine that a contribution is in compliance with
a  Participant investment direction, or to see that  any  payment
made  to it is computed in accordance with the provisions of  the
Plans, or otherwise be responsible for the adequacy of the  Trust
Fund  to meet and discharge any liabilities under the Plans.  The
Company  is  responsible for ensuring timely payment of  employer
contributions to the Trust Fund.
     7.3  Indemnification
          (a)  Subject to subsection (b) below and to the  extent
               permitted  by  applicable law,  the  Company  will
               indemnify  and save harmless the Trustee  for  and
               from  any  loss  or expense (including  reasonable
               attorneys' fees) arising:
               (1)  out  of an authorized action hereunder  taken
                    in good faith by the Trustee on any matter as
                    to  which this Trust Agreement provides  that
                    the   Trustee  is  directed,  protected,  not
                    liable, or not responsible
               (2)  out  of  a  Plan not qualifying as  an  ERISA
                    404(c) plan or the inability of a Participant
                    to  exercise  independent  control  over  his
                    account  within  the  meaning  of  29  C.F.R.
                    Section 2550.404c-1, or
               (3)  by  reason of any breach of any statutory  or
                    other  duty owed to the Plans by the Company,
                    any Employer, the Applicable Named Fiduciary,
                    the  Administrator, the Recordkeeper  or  any
                    Investment Manager or any delegate of any  of
                    them  (and for the purposes of this  sentence
                    the  Trustee  is not to be considered  to  be
                    such a delegate).
          (b)  The  Trustee will indemnify and save harmless  the
               Plans,  the Applicable Named Fiduciary, Investment
               Managers, Administrator, Company and Employers for
               and from any loss or expense (including reasonable
               attorney's  fees)  arising out  of  the  Trustee's
               negligence, intentional misconduct, or  breach  of
               fiduciary duty.
          (c)  Indemnification hereunder is contingent  upon  the
               party  seeking indemnification promptly  notifying
               the  other  of  the  claim, fully  cooperating  in
               defense   of   the  claim,  and  not  unilaterally
               settling   the   claim  without  the  indemnifying
               party's written consent (which consent will not be
               unreasonably withheld).
          (d)  This  Section 7.3 will survive the termination  of
               this  Agreement or the resignation or  removal  of
               the Trustee for any reason.

8.   SECURITIES OR OTHER PROPERTY
     The words "securities or other property", used in this Trust
Agreement,  refers  to any property, real or  personal,  or  part
interest   therein,   wherever   situated,   including,   without
limitation,  governmental,  corporate  or  personal  obligations,
trust  and  participation  certificates,  partnership  interests,
annuity  or investment contracts issued by an insurance  company,
leaseholds, fee titles, mortgages and other interests in  realty,
preferred  and common stocks, certificates of deposit,  financial
options  and  futures or any other form of option,  evidences  of
indebtedness  or  ownership  in  foreign  corporations  or  other
enterprises or indebtedness of foreign governments, and any other
evidences  of indebtedness or ownership, including securities  or
other  property of the Company, even though the same may  not  be
legal investment for trustees under any law other than ERISA.

9.   SECURITY CODES
     If  the  Trustee  has  issued to  the  Company,  or  to  any
Investment  Manager appointed by the Applicable Named  Fiduciary,
with  the  agreement  of  the Company or Investment  Manager,  as
appropriate,  security  codes  or passwords  in  order  that  the
Trustee  may  verify that certain transmissions  of  information,
including directions or instructions, have been originated by the
Company  or  the  Investment Manager, as the  case  may  be,  the
Trustee  will be kept indemnified by and be without liability  to
the  Company  for any action taken or omitted by it  in  reliance
upon  receipt by the Trustee of transmissions of information with
the  proper  security code or password, including  communications
purporting  to be directions or instructions, which  the  Trustee
reasonably believes to be from the Company or Investment  Manager
to  whom such security code has been issued. The Trustee will not
accept communications without the security code.

10.  TAXES AND TRUSTEE COMPENSATION
     10.1 Taxes Imposed on Trust Fund.
          (a)  The  Trustee  will promptly notify the  Applicable
               Named  Fiduciary in writing of any taxes that  may
               be  assessed  against  the  Trust  or  Trust  Fund
               assets.  In  the  event that the Applicable  Named
               Fiduciary determines that any of the taxes are not
               lawfully  assessed,  it may elect  to  direct  the
               Trustee  to contest such assessment at the expense
               of  the  Trust, or the Applicable Named  Fiduciary
               may itself contest the assessment on behalf of the
               Trust.  Upon  resolution of any such contest,  the
               Applicable Named Fiduciary will direct the Trustee
               to  pay any required amounts from the Trust  Fund,
               but  in  the absence of such direction the Trustee
               may  pay  from  the  Trust Fund the  amount  still
               demanded by the assessing tax authority.
          (b)  Until    advised   to   the   contrary   by    the
               Administrator,  the Trustee will assume  that  the
               Trust  is  exempt  from Federal, State  and  local
               income taxes, and will act in accordance with that
               assumption. The Administrator will timely file all
               Federal,  State  and  local  tax  and  information
               returns relating to the Plans and Trust.
     10.2 Trustee Compensation and Other Expenses.
     The  Trustee is entitled to such reasonable compensation  as
is  agreed  upon  by the Company and the Trustee  in  writing  as
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  D.   Such  compensation  and   all
reasonable  and proper expenses of administration  of  the  Trust
which  are  authorized  by the Company,  including  counsel  fees
incurred  for  the benefit of the Trust by the  Trustee,  may  be
withdrawn by the Trustee out of the Trust Fund unless paid by the
Company, but such compensation and expenses will be paid  by  the
Company if the same cannot by operation of law be withdrawn  from
the  Trust  Fund.  The  Company  may  not  unreasonably  withhold
authorization   for   reasonable   and   proper    expenses    of
administration of the Trust.  If the Trustee has advanced cash or
securities  for  any  proper purpose under  the  Trust  any  such
advances will remain a charge on the Trust Fund until so paid  by
the Company or withdrawn by the Trustee.

11.  ACCOUNTS OF THE TRUSTEE
          (a)  The Trustee will maintain or cause to be
               maintained suitable records, data and information
               relating to its functions hereunder. The Trustee
               will keep accurate and detailed accounts of all
               investments, receipts, disbursements, and other
               transactions hereunder, and such other records as
               the Applicable Named Fiduciary may from time to
               time direct, as agreed to by the Trustee. Its
               books and records relating thereto are to be open
               to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by
               the Company or its duly authorized representatives
               and each Investment Manager. To the extent any
               audit by the Company or its authorized
               representatives and each Investment Manager is not
               commercially reasonable, the Trustee will be
               entitled to reasonable compensation and
               reimbursement of its reasonable expenses incurred
               in connection with such audits or inspections and
               such entitlement will survive the termination of
               this Trust Agreement.
          (b)  Within 60 days after the close of each fiscal year
               of  the  Trust  and at more frequent intervals  if
               agreed  to  by the parties hereto, and  within  60
               days  after  the  removal or  resignation  of  the
               Trustee  as  provided hereunder, the Trustee  will
               render to the Applicable Named Fiduciary a written
               statement   and  account  showing  in   reasonable
               summary  the investments, receipts, disbursements,
               and  other  transactions  engaged  in  during  the
               preceding fiscal year or period, and setting forth
               the  assets and liabilities of the Trust. Accounts
               maintained  by the Applicable Named  Fiduciary  or
               Recordkeeper,  such as the Mutual Fund  Window  or
               Participant  Directed Brokerage Accounts,  may  be
               incorporated  into  Trustee  reports.  Unless  the
               Applicable Named Fiduciary files with the  Trustee
               written  exceptions  or  objections  to  any  such
               statement  and  account  within  6  months   after
               receipt  thereof and except as otherwise  required
               or  provided  by  applicable law,  the  Applicable
               Named  Fiduciary will be deemed to  have  approved
               such   statement  and  account,  to   the   extent
               permitted by law, and in such case or upon written
               approval by the Applicable Named Fiduciary of  any
               such  statement and account, the Trustee  will  be
               released  and  discharged  with  respect  to   all
               matters and things embraced in such statement  and
               account as though it had been settled by a  decree
               of  a court of competent jurisdiction in an action
               or  proceeding  in  which the Company,  all  other
               necessary  parties  and  all  persons  having  any
               beneficial  interest  in  the  Trust   Fund   were
               parties.
          (c)  The  Applicable  Named Fiduciary will  direct  the
               accounts  of  the  Trust to be  audited  at  least
               annually  and upon resignation or removal  of  the
               Trustee,  such  audits  to  be  conducted  by  the
               Company's  internal auditors or by an  independent
               qualified  public  accountant  selected   by   the
               Applicable Named Fiduciary in its discretion.  The
               Company  will  furnish a copy of each  such  audit
               report to the Trustee.
          (d)  The Applicable Named Fiduciary, the Administrator,
               each Investment Manager, and the Trustee must file
               such  descriptions and reports and make such other
               publications, disclosures, registrations and other
               filings  as  are required of them respectively  by
               ERISA  or  in accordance with applicable  Federal,
               state  or  local law. The Trustee and the  Company
               must  timely provide such information as the other
               may reasonably request to make these filings.
          (e)  Nothing  contained in this Trust Agreement  or  in
               the  Plans  deprives the Trustee of the  right  to
               have a judicial settlement of its account. In  any
               proceeding  for  a  judicial  settlement  of   the
               Trustee's   accounts   or  for   instructions   in
               connection  with  the Trust,  the  only  necessary
               party  thereto in addition to the Trustee  is  the
               Company, and no participant or other person having
               or  claiming  any interest in the  Trust  Fund  is
               entitled  to  any  notice or  service  of  process
               (except   as  required  by  law).  Any   judgment,
               decision  or award entered in any such  proceeding
               or  action  will be conclusive upon all interested
               persons.

12.  RELIANCE ON COMMUNICATIONS
          (a)  The  Trustee may rely upon a certification of  the
               Applicable Named Fiduciary (or its delegate),  the
               Administrator or the Recordkeeper with respect  to
               any  instruction,  direction or approval  of  such
               party  and  may rely upon a certification  of  the
               Company  as  to  the  membership  of  the   Board,
               Committee  or the identity of an Applicable  Named
               Fiduciary as they then exist, and may continue  to
               rely  upon  such certification until a  subsequent
               certification is filed with the Trustee.
          (b)  The  Trustee is fully protected in acting upon any
               instrument, certificate, or paper of the  Company,
               its  Board of Directors, the Administrator (or any
               member  of  the Board or Committee) and Applicable
               Named  Fiduciary or the Recordkeeper, believed  by
               it  to be genuine and to be signed or presented by
               any authorized person, and the Trustee is under no
               duty  to make any investigation or inquiry  as  to
               any  statement contained in any such  writing  but
               may  accept  the same as fully authorized  by  the
               Company,  the  Board, Committee, Applicable  Named
               Fiduciary  or the Recordkeeper, if applicable,  as
               the case may be.
          (c)  The  Trustee will be further protected in  relying
               upon  a  certification from any Investment Manager
               appointed by the Applicable Named Fiduciary as  to
               the   person   or  persons  authorized   to   give
               instructions  or  directions  on  behalf  of  such
               Investment Manager and may continue to  rely  upon
               such     certification    until    a    subsequent
               certification is filed with Trustee.

13.  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE
     Any  Trustee  acting hereunder may resign  at  any  time  by
giving  90  days  prior  written notice to the  Applicable  Named
Fiduciary,  which  notice may be waived by the  Applicable  Named
Fiduciary. The Applicable Named Fiduciary may remove the  Trustee
at  any  time  upon 30 days prior written notice to the  Trustee,
which  notice  may  be  waived by the Trustee.  In  case  of  the
resignation  or  removal  of the Trustee,  the  Applicable  Named
Fiduciary must appoint a successor trustee. Any successor trustee
will have the same powers and duties as those conferred upon  the
Trustee  named in this Trust Agreement. The removal of a  Trustee
and  the  appointment  of a new Trustee  will  be  by  a  written
instrument  delivered to the Trustee. Upon the appointment  of  a
successor trustee, the resigning or removed Trustee must transfer
or deliver the Trust Fund to such successor trustee.

14.  ADDITIONAL TRUSTEE
     The  Applicable Named Fiduciary reserves the  right  at  any
time  and  from time to time to appoint an additional trustee  or
trustees, with such powers and duties, consistent with the Plans,
as  the Applicable Named Fiduciary may determine. In the event of
such  an appointment or appointments, the Trustee, upon direction
of  the Applicable Named Fiduciary, will assign, transfer and pay
over to any such additional trustee the portion of the Trust Fund
determined  by the Applicable Named Fiduciary to be held  by  the
Trustee  for particular Participants designated by the Applicable
Named  Fiduciary, and the Trustee will thereafter act as  Trustee
hereunder   and  under  the  Plan  only  in  respect   to   those
Participants' accounts allocated to the Trustee by the Applicable
Named  Fiduciary. The Trustee will receive and hold as a part  of
the Trust Fund such cash and other property as may, from time  to
time, be delivered to it by any such additional trustee.

15.  ACTIONS BY THE COMPANY
     Whenever the Company has authority to take action under this
Trust  in  a settlor capacity, the following person (or  persons)
has the authority to act on behalf of the Company:
          (a)  the following action(s) may be taken by resolution
               of   the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  or  its
               delegate: (i) amending and terminating this Trust,
               or  (ii) all other actions which could be taken by
               or on behalf of the Company; and
          (b)  for  all other actions which could be taken by  or
               on  behalf of the Company under this Trust,  other
               than  the designation of members of the Investment
               Committee, a Designated Officer.

16.  TRUST GOVERNANCE
     16.1   Authority   of  Applicable  Named  Fiduciary.    Each
Applicable  Named  Fiduciary has such authority  and  control  or
discretion  with  respect to this Trust as is described  in  this
Trust.  The Administrator, as an Applicable Named Fiduciary,  has
the authority to execute Administrative Services Agreements which
are  binding  on this Trust to the extent that the  Administrator
has  the  authority under this Trust, and subject  to  applicable
law,  to direct the Trustee to pay from the Trust assets  to  the
Recordkeeper payments in satisfaction of obligations and expenses
incurred   by  this  Trust  under  such  Administrative  Services
Agreements,  and  all  of  the  rights  and  benefits  under  all
Administrative  Services Agreements inure to this Trust,  without
limitation.
     16.2  Authority of Investment Committee and Chief  Financial
Officer.   The  Investment Committee and Chief Financial  Officer
have the authority and discretion to manage and control the Trust
assets as provided to each in this Trust.
     16.3  Fiduciary  to Direct Trustee.  Each  Applicable  Named
Fiduciary, the Investment Committee and Chief Financial  Officer,
on  their own behalf and on behalf of the Plan or this Trust with
respect  to  which the person is a Fiduciary, is to  furnish  the
Trustee  the  name  of each person upon whose  statement  of  the
decision or direction of such Fiduciary the Trustee is authorized
to  rely.   Until  notified of a change in the identity  of  such
person  or persons, the Trustee may act upon the assumption  that
there has been no change.
     16.4  Company to Direct Trustee.  The Company is to  furnish
the  Trustee the name of each person upon whose statement of  the
decision or direction of the Company the Trustee is authorized to
rely.   Until notified of a change in the identity of such person
or  persons, the Trustee may act upon the assumption  that  there
has  been no change.  With respect to each Plan, the Company will
notify  the Trustee in writing as to the identity of such  Plan's
Administrator,  and  any other Applicable  Named  Fiduciary  with
respect  to such Plan and the scope of authority of each whenever
the  term "Applicable Named Fiduciary" is used in this Trust, and
the Trustee may rely on such notification.

17.  AMENDMENT
     This Trust Agreement may be amended by agreement between the
Trustee and the Company at any time or from time to time  and  in
any  manner,  and  the provisions of any such  amendment  may  be
applicable  to the Trust Fund as constituted at the time  of  the
amendment  as  well as to the part of the Trust Fund subsequently
acquired.

18.  TERMINATION
     This  Trust  Agreement and the trust created hereby  may  be
terminated  at any time by the Company, and upon such termination
or  upon  the dissolution or liquidation of the Company,  in  the
event  that a successor to the Company by operation of law or  by
the  acquisition  of its business interests  does  not  elect  to
continue the Plans and the trust, the Trust Fund will be paid out
by    the   Trustee   when   directed   by   the   Administrator.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee is not required to pay
out  any  assets of the Trust Fund upon termination of the  Trust
until  the  Trustee has received written certification  from  the
Administrator  that all provisions of law with  respect  to  such
termination  have  been  complied with.  The  Trustee  must  rely
conclusively  on  such written certification,  and  is  under  no
obligation to investigate or otherwise determine its propriety.

19.  PARTICIPATION OF OTHER EMPLOYERS
     19.1 Adoption by Other Employers; Withdrawals.
          (a)  The Trust is maintained by the Company for use  as
               the  funding  vehicle  for  the  Plans  which   it
               maintains for various groups of employees and  for
               use  as  the funding vehicle for the Plans of  any
               Employer.
               (1)  Any  Employer  designated by the  Company  as
                    being  authorized and as having adopted  this
                    Trust  with  the consent of the Administrator
                    as  a  funding vehicle for its own Plans may,
                    at  any  time thereafter, become a  party  to
                    this Trust Agreement; and
               (2)  Any  Employer which is a party to this  Trust
                    Agreement which has adopted one or more other
                    Plans  and  as being authorized to  use  this
                    Trust  as  the funding medium for such  other
                    Plan  or  Plans may, at any time  thereafter,
                    use this Trust for the purposes of such other
                    Plan  or  Plans  with  the  consent  of   the
                    Administrator.
          (b)  Thereafter, the Trustee will receive and hold as a
               part  of the Trust Fund, subject to the provisions
               of  this Trust Agreement, any deposits made to  it
               under  such Plans by or at the direction  of  such
               Employer. Should this paragraph become operative:
               (1)  In the event of the withdrawal of a Plan from
                    the trust or in the event of the Company's or
                    an  Employer's  election to terminate  or  to
                    fund  separately the benefits provided  under
                    any  of  its Plans, the Company will cause  a
                    valuation  to  be made of the  share  of  the
                    Trust  Fund which is held for the benefit  of
                    persons having an interest therein under such
                    Plans.  The Trustee will thereupon  segregate
                    and  dispose of such share in accordance with
                    the written directions of the Company.
               (2)  If the Administrator or any Employer receives
                    notice  that one or more of its Plans  is  no
                    longer  qualified  under  the  provisions  of
                    Section  401 of the Code or the corresponding
                    provisions of any future Federal revenue act,
                    the  Administrator will immediately  cause  a
                    valuation  to  be made of the  share  of  the
                    Trust  Fund which is held for the benefit  of
                    such  persons having an interest  under  such
                    disqualified Plan or Plans. The Trustee  will
                    thereupon segregate, withdraw from the  Trust
                    Fund, and dispose of such share in accordance
                    with  the terms of the disqualified  Plan  or
                    Plans.  The  Administrator  may  direct   the
                    Trustee  to  dispose of  such  share  by  the
                    transfer and delivery of such share to itself
                    as trustee of a separate trust, the terms and
                    conditions  of  which will be identical  with
                    those  of  this Trust Agreement, except  that
                    either    the   Company   or   the   Employer
                    maintaining such disqualified Plan  or  Plans
                    and  the  Trustee  will be the  only  parties
                    thereto.
               (3)  In  the  event  that any group  of  employees
                    covered  by  a  Plan is withdrawn  from  such
                    Plan, the Administrator will, if required  by
                    the terms of such Plan, cause a valuation  to
                    be  made of the share of the Trust Fund which
                    is  held  for  the benefit of such  group  of
                    employees.   The   Trustee   will   thereupon
                    segregate  and  dispose  of  such  share   in
                    accordance   with   the  direction   of   the
                    Administrator     accompanied     by      its
                    certification  to  the  Trustee   that   such
                    segregation and disposition is in  accordance
                    with   the  terms  of  such  Plan   and   the
                    requirements of the law.
          (c)  The  Trustee  will have no duty to  see  that  the
               valuation  of  any  share in accordance  with  the
               provisions  of this Section 19.1 is caused  to  be
               made  by  the Administrator, nor to segregate  and
               dispose  of any such share in the absence  of  the
               written direction of the Administrator to do so.
     19.2  Powers  and  Authorities  of  Other  Employers  to  be
Exercised Exclusively by Company. Each Employer, other  than  the
Company,  which  is, or becomes a party to this Trust  Agreement,
hereby  irrevocably  gives and grants to  the  Company  full  and
exclusive  power  and authority to exercise  all  of  the  powers
conferred  upon  it by the terms of this Trust Agreement  and  to
take  or  refrain  from  taking any and  all  action  which  such
Employer might otherwise take or refrain from taking with respect
to  this Trust Agreement, including the sole and exclusive  power
to  exercise, enforce or waive any rights whatsoever  which  such
Employer might otherwise have with respect to the Trust Fund, and
each  such Employer, by becoming a party to this Trust Agreement,
irrevocably appoints the Company its agent for such purposes. The
Trustee  will have no obligation to account to any such  Employer
or  to follow the instructions of or otherwise deal with any such
Employer,  the intention being that the Trustee will deal  solely
with  the Company as if the Trustee and the Company were the only
parties in this Trust Agreement.

20.  MISCELLANEOUS
     20.1  Governing  Law.  To the extent not  inconsistent  with
ERISA, as heretofore or hereafter amended, the provisions of this
Trust Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Company hereby
submits  to  the  jurisdiction of the State  and  Federal  Courts
located  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  including  any
appellate courts thereof.
     20.2   Status  of  Plans.  The Company  is  responsible  for
verifying  that while any assets of a Plan are held in the  Trust
Fund, the Plan:
          (a)  is  "qualified" with the meaning of Section 401(a)
               of  the  Code and, as a defined contribution  plan
               either (A) the Plan provides that each Participant
               is  a  "named fiduciary" (as described in  Section
               402(a)(2) of the provisions of ERISA) who is  duly
               authorized  under  the Plan to provide  investment
               direction  to the Administrator, acting  as  agent
               for   such  Participant,  for  conveyance  to  the
               Trustee, or (B) the Plan is duly qualified  as  an
               "ERISA Section 404(c) Plan" described in 29 C.F.R.
               Section 2550.404c under which each Participant  is
               authorized to provide investment direction to  the
               Administrator,   acting   as   agent   for    such
               Participant, for conveyance to the Trustee;
          (b)  is   permitted  by  the  United  States   Treasury
               Department to pool its funds in a group trust;
          (c)  permits its assets to be commingled for investment
               purposes  with the assets of other such  plans  by
               investing  such assets in this Trust Fund  whether
               or  not  its  assets will in fact  be  held  in  a
               separate investment fund; and
          (d)  does   not   prohibit   the   Administrator   from
               appointing the Recordkeeper to perform services as
               described   herein,   and   provides   that    the
               Administrator  is  the fiduciary  responsible  for
               carrying out Participant investment directions.
     20.3 No Reversion to Employer. Except as provided herein, no
portion  of  the  principal or the income of the Trust  Fund  can
revert  to  or be recoverable by the Company or any  Employer  or
ever  be  used for or diverted to any purpose other than for  the
exclusive  benefit  of  participants in  the  Plans  and  persons
claiming  under or through them pursuant to the Plans,  provided,
however, that:
          (a)  all   contributions  are  conditioned   upon   the
               deductibility  of the contributions under  Section
               404(a)  of the Code, and, to the extent determined
               to   be  nondeductible,  the  Trustee  will,  upon
               written  request  of the affected Company,  return
               such  amount  as may be permitted by law  to  such
               Company,  as appropriate, within 1 year after  the
               determination of nondeductibility or  within  such
               other  period  as is permitted by applicable  law;
               and
          (b)  if  a  contribution or any portion thereof is made
               by  the  Company by a mistake of fact, the Trustee
               will,  upon written request of the Company, return
               such  amounts as may be permitted by  law  to  the
               Company, as appropriate, within one year after the
               date  of  payment to the Trustee  or  within  such
               other  period  as is permitted by applicable  law;
               and
          (c)  if   a   contribution  is  conditioned  upon   the
               qualification  of  the  Plans  and   Trust   under
               Sections   401   and   501  of   the   Code,   the
               contributions of the Company to the Trust for  all
               Plans  years,  with the gains and losses  thereon,
               will be returned by the Trustee to the Company, as
               appropriate, within 1 year in the event  that  the
               Commissioner  of Internal Revenue  fails  to  rule
               that  the  Plans and Trust were as  of  such  date
               qualified  and tax-exempt (within the  meaning  of
               Sections 401 and 501 of the Code); and
          (d)  in  the event that a Plan whose assets are held in
               the  Trust Fund is terminated, assets of such Plan
               may  be  returned  to  the Employer  if  all  Plan
               liabilities  to participants and beneficiaries  of
               such Plan have been satisfied; and
          (e)  assets  may  be  returned to the Employer  to  the
               extent that the law permits such transfer.
     The Trustee is under no obligation to return any part of the
Trust Fund as provided in this Section 20.3 until the Trustee has
received a written certification from the Administrator that such
return is in compliance with this Section 20.3, the Plans and the
requirements of applicable law. The Trustee may rely conclusively
on  such written certification and will be under no obligation to
investigate or otherwise determine its propriety.
     20.4  Non-Alienation  of Benefits.  Except  as  provided  as
pursuant  to  a Qualified Domestic Relations Order under  Section
414(p),  no  benefit  to which a Participant  is  or  may  become
entitled  under a Plan will at any time be subject in any  manner
to alienation or encumbrance, nor be resorted to, appropriated or
seized  in  any  proceeding at law, in equity  or  otherwise.  No
Participant or other person entitled to receive a benefit under a
Plan  will,  except as specifically provided in such  Plan,  have
power  in any manner to transfer, assign, alienate or in any  way
encumber  such benefit under such Plan, or any part thereof,  and
any attempt to do so will be void.
     20.5  Duration of Trust. Unless sooner terminated, the trust
created  under this Trust Agreement will continue for the maximum
period   of   time   which  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth   of
Massachusetts shall permit.
     20.6  No  Guarantees. Neither the Company, nor any Employer,
nor   the  Trustee  guarantees  the  Trust  Fund  from  loss   or
depreciation, nor the payment of any amount which may become  due
to any person under the Plans or this Trust Agreement.
     20.7  Duty to Furnish Information. Both the Company and  the
Trustee  will  furnish  to  the  other  any  documents,  reports,
returns,   statements,  or  other  information  that  the   other
reasonably  deems necessary to perform its duties  imposed  under
the Plans or this Trust Agreement or otherwise imposed by law.
     20.8  Withholding. The Administrator will withhold  any  tax
which  by  law is required to be withheld from any payment  under
the Plans, unless the Trustee has agreed in writing to do so. The
Administrator  will provide all information reasonably  requested
by the Trustee to enable the Trustee to so withhold.
     20.9 Parties Bound. This Trust Agreement is binding upon the
parties  hereto,  all  participants  in  the  Plans  and  persons
claiming under or through them pursuant to the Plans, and, as the
case  may  be, the heirs, executors, administrators,  successors,
and assigns of each of them.
     In  the  event of the merger or consolidation of the Company
or  any  Employer  or  other circumstances  whereby  a  successor
person,  firm  or  company  continues  to  carry  on  all  or   a
substantial part of its business, and such successor  will  elect
to  carry  on  the provisions of the Plan or Plans applicable  to
such  business,  as  therein provided,  such  successor  will  be
substituted  hereunder for the Company or such Employer,  as  the
case may be, upon the filing in writing of its election so to  do
with  the  Trustee. The Trustee may, but need not,  rely  on  the
certification of an officer of the Company, and a certified  copy
of  a  resolution  of the Board of Directors of  such  successor,
reciting  the  facts,  circumstances  and  consummation  of  such
succession  and  the election of such successor to  continue  the
said  Plan  or  Plans  as  conclusive evidence  thereof,  without
requiring any additional evidence.
     20.10  Necessary Parties to Disputes. Necessary  parties  to
any  accounting, litigation or other proceedings include only the
Trustee,  the  Administrator and the Company and any  appropriate
Employers  and  the settlement or judgment in any  such  case  in
which  the  Company, the Administrator, the appropriate Employers
and the Trustee are duly served or cited will be binding upon all
participants  in the Plans and their beneficiaries  and  estates,
and upon all persons claiming by, through or under them.
     20.11     Unclaimed Benefit Payments.  If any check or share
certificate  in  payment of a benefit hereunder  which  has  been
mailed  by  regular  US  mail to the last address  of  the  payee
furnished the Trustee by the Administrator is returned unclaimed,
the  Trustee  will notify the Administrator and will  discontinue
further  payments  to  such payee until it receives  the  further
instruction of the Administrator.
     20.12      Severability.  If any provisions  of  this  Trust
Agreement  are  held by a court of competent jurisdiction  to  be
invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this  Trust
Agreement will continue to be fully effective.
     20.13      References. Unless the context clearly  indicates
to  the  contrary, a reference to a statute, regulation, document
or  provision  will be construed as referring to any subsequently
enacted, adopted or executed counterpart.
     20.14      Headings. Headings and subheadings in this  Trust
Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and  are
not to be considered in the construction of its provisions.
     20.15     No Liability for Acts of Predecessor and Successor
Trustees.  The Trustee has no liability for the acts or omissions
of any predecessors or successors in office.
     20.16     Construction.
          (a)  General.   Unless the contrary is plainly required
               by the context, wherever any words are used herein
               in the masculine gender, they will be construed as
               though they were also used in the feminine gender,
               and vice versa; wherever any words are used herein
               in  the  singular form, they will be construed  as
               though they were also used in the plural form, and
               vice  versa;  and  wherever  the  words  "herein,"
               "hereof," "hereunder," and words of similar import
               are  used, they will be construed to refer to  the
               Trust  in its entirety and not only to the portion
               of the Trust in which they appear.
          (b)  Other Agreements. Certain aspects of the relations
               between  the  Recordkeeper, the  Company  and  the
               Trustee  are governed by the Operating  Agreement.
               In  the case of any conflict between the Operating
               Agreement and the Trust Agreement, with respect to
               matters  specifically  covered  by  the  Operating
               Agreement   the   provisions  of   the   Operating
               Agreement  will control.  The provisions  of  this
               Trust Agreement will govern interpretation of  any
               matters  not specifically covered by the Operating
               Agreement.
     20.17      Notices.   Notices  to the  parties  must  be  in
writing to the current "Designated Representative" identified  on
the contact list referenced in the Operating Agreement.
     20.18     Counterparts. This Trust Agreement may be executed
in  one  or  more  counterparts,  each  of  which  constitute  an
original.


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto  have  caused  this

instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of

the day and year first above written.



                            BP AMOCO CORPORATION

                            BY:
                            TITLE:

                            STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                            BY:
                            TITLE:

<PAGE>
                            EXHIBIT A



Plans participating in the Trust as of April 6, 2000:



BP Amoco Employee Savings Plan

BP Amoco Partnership Savings Plan

BP Amoco DirectSave Plan

BP America Savings and Investment Plan

<PAGE>
                            EXHIBIT B

                        Investment Funds

                     CORE INVESTMENT OPTIONS

Short-Term
     Money Market Fund

Bond
     Bond Index Fund
     Bond Index Fund - Long Duration
     Bond Index Fund - Short Duration
     Income Fund (Frozen)
     U.S. Savings Bonds (Frozen)

Hybrid
     Balanced Index Fund - Aggressive
     Balanced Index Fund - Conservative
     Balanced Index Fund - Moderate

Large Cap
     Equity Index Fund
     Equity Index Fund - Growth
     Equity Index Fund - Value

Mid Cap
     Mid-Cap Equity Index Fund

Small Cap
     Small-Cap Equity Index Fund
     Small-Cap Equity Index Fund - Growth
     Small-Cap Equity Index Fund - Value

International
     International Equity Index Fund
     International Equity Index Fund - Europe
     International Equity Index Fund - Far East

Company Stock
     BP Amoco Stock Fund

              MUTUAL FUND WINDOW INVESTMENT OPTIONS
Short-Term
     Fidelity Retirement Money Market Portfolio

Bond Funds
     Intermediate-Term Government
          Fidelity Government Income Fund
          Strong Government Securities Fund
          T. Rowe Price U.S. Treasury Intermediate Bond Fund
          USAA GNMA Trust

     Long-Term Government
          PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Fund

     Short-Term Bond
          Harbor Short Duration Fund
          Fidelity Institutional Short-Intermediate Government Fund
          PIMCO Low Duration Fund

     Intermediate-Term Bond
          Dodge & Cox Income Fund
          Fidelity Investment Grade Bond Fund
          Harbor Bond Fund
          INVESCO Select Income Fund
          MAS Fixed Income Portfolio
          PIMCO Total Return Fund
          PIMCO Total Return Fund III

     Long-Term Bond
          USAA Income Fund

     Multi-Sector Bond
          Dreyfus Core Bond Fund
          Janus Flexible Income Fund
          T. Rowe Price Spectrum Income Fund

     High Yield Bond
          Fidelity Capital & Income Fund
          Fidelity High Income Fund
          INVESCO High Yield Fund
          MAS High Yield Portfolio
          PIMCO High Yield Fund

     Convertible Bond
          Fidelity Convertible Securities Fund

     Emerging Markets Bond
          Fidelity New Markets Income Fund

     International Bond
          Payden & Rygel Global Fixed Income Fund
          PIMCO Foreign Bond Fund

Hybrid Funds
     Domestic Hybrid
          Calvert Social Investment Fund Balanced Portfolio
          Columbia Balanced Fund, Inc.
          Dreyfus Founders Balanced Fund F
          Dreyfus Premier Balanced Fund
          Fidelity Balanced Fund
          Fidelity Puritanr Fund
          INVESCO Total Return Fund
          Janus Balanced Fund
          MAS Balanced Portfolio
          Vanguard Asset Allocation Fund
          Vanguard Wellesley Income Fund
          Vanguard Wellington Fund

Large Cap U.S. Stock Funds
     Large Cap Value
          American Century Equity Growth Fund
          American Century Income & Growth Fund
          American Mutual Fund
          Clipper Fund
          Dreyfus Aggressive Value Fund
          Fidelity Equity-Income Fund
          Fidelity Equity-Income II Fund
          Fundamental Investors
          INVESCO Value Equity Fund
          Investment Company of America
          Legg Mason Value Trust, Inc.
          MAS Equity Portfolio
          T. Rowe Price Equity Income Fund, Inc.
          Vanguard Equity Income Fund
          Vanguard Growth and Income Fund
          Vanguard Windsor Fund
          Vanguard Windsor II Fund
          Warburg Pincus Value Fund
          Washington Mutual Investors Fund

     Large Cap Blend
          AIM Blue Chip Fund
          Domini Social Equity Fund
          Dreyfus Appreciation Fund, Inc.
          Dreyfus Disciplined Stock Fund
          Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund
          Fidelity Disciplined Equity Fund
          Fidelity Dividend Growth Fund
          Fidelity Fiftysm
          Fidelity Fund
          Fidelity TechnoQuantr Growth Fund
          INVESCO Equity Income Fund
          Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Institutional Fund, Inc. -
            Equity Growth Portfolio Class A
          PIMCO StocksPLUS Fund
          T. Rowe Price Blue Chip Growth Fund
          T. Rowe Price Dividend Growth Fund
          T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund
          USAA Growth Fund
          Vanguard PRIMECAP Fund
          Warburg Pincus Capital Appreciation Fund

     Large Cap Growth
          Alger Capital Appreciation Retirement Portfolio
          Columbia Growth Fund
          Dreyfus Founders Growth Fund F
          Dreyfus Premier Third Century Fund, Inc.
          Dreyfus Premier Worldwide Growth Fund, Inc.
          Fidelity Growth Company Fund
          Fidelity Large Cap Stock Fund
          Fidelity Retirement Growth Fund
          Harbor Capital Appreciation Fund
          INVESCO Blue Chip Growth Fund
          Janus Fund
          Janus Growth and Income Fund
          Janus Twenty Fund
          Merrill Lynch Fundamental Growth Fund, Inc.
          Papp America - Abroad Fund
          Putnam Investors Fund A
          Scudder Large Company Growth Fund
          Strong Total Return Fund, Inc.
          Vanguard U.S. Growth Fund

Medium Cap U.S. Stock Funds
     Medium Cap Value
          American Century Equity Income Fund
          American Century Value Fund
          Fidelity Value Fund
          Strong Opportunity Fund
          Strong Schafer Value Fund
          T. Rowe Price Value Fund

     Medium Cap Blend
          Ariel Appreciation Fund
          Fidelity Capital Appreciation Fund
          Fidelity Trend Fund
          Legg Mason Special Investment Trust, Inc.
          Montgomery Select 50 Fundr
          Neuberger Berman Socially Responsive Trust

     Medium Cap Growth
          Alger MidCap Growth Retirement Portfolio
          Alger Small Cap Retirement Portfolio
          Baron Asset Fund
          Fidelity Aggressive Growth Fund
          Fidelity Export and Multinational Fund
          Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Fund
          Fidelity OTC Portfolio
          INVESCO Dynamics Fund
          MAS Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
          Strong Growth Fund
          T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund
          Warburg Pincus Emerging Growth Fund

Small Cap U.S. Stock Funds
     Small Cap Value
          Franklin Balance Sheet Investment Fund Class A
          PIMCO Small-Cap Value Fund
          Warburg Pincus Small Company Value Fund

     Small Cap Blend
          Acorn Fund
          Fidelity Small Cap Selector
          MAS Small Cap Value Portfolio
          Neuberger Berman Genesis Trust
          PIMCO Micro-Cap Growth Fund
          T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Stock Fund

     Small Cap Growth
          Baron Growth Fund
          Delaware Trend Fund
          Dreyfus Founders Discovery Fund F
          Franklin Small Cap Growth Fund-A
          INVESCO Small Company Growth Fund
          Managers Special Equity Fund
          Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Institutional Fund, Inc. -
          Small Company Growth     Portfolio Class B

Specialty U.S. Stock Funds
     Specialty-Health Care
          INVESCO Health Sciences Fund
          T. Rowe Price Health Sciences

     Specialty-Real Estate
          Cohen & Steers Realty Shares
          Fidelity Real Estate Investment Portfolio

     Specialty Technology
          Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Institutional Fund, Inc. -
          Technology Portfolio
               Class A
          PBGH Technology & Communications Fund
          PIMCO Innovation Institutional Fund

     Specialty-Utilities
          Fidelity Utilities Fund
          INVESCO Utilities Fund

International Stock Funds
     Foreign Stock
          American Century International Growth Fund
          Deutsche International Equity Fund
          Fidelity Aggressive International Fund*
          Fidelity Diversified International Fund
          Fidelity International Growth & Income Fund
          Fidelity Overseas Fund
          GAM International Fund A
          J.P. Morgan Institutional International Equity Fund
          Lazard International Equity Portfolio
          Managers International Equity Fund
          Putnam International Growth Fund A
          Templeton Foreign Fund A
          Warburg Pincus International Equity Fund

     Europe Stock
          Fidelity Europe Capital Appreciation Fund
          Fidelity Europe Fund
          INVESCO European Fund
          Merrill Lynch EuroFund
          Putnam Europe Growth Fund A
          T. Rowe Price European Stock Fund

     International Hybrid
          AIM Global Growth & Income Fund
          Fidelity Global Balanced Fund

     Latin America Stock
          Fidelity Latin America Fund
          Scudder Latin America Fund
          T. Rowe Price Latin America Fund

     Diversified Pacific Asia Stock
          Fidelity Pacific Basin Fund
          Fidelity Southeast Asia Fund
          Merrill Lynch Pacific Fund, Inc.
          Putnam Asia Pacific Growth Fund A

     Japan Stock
          Fidelity Japan Fund

     Diversified Emerging Markets Stock
          Fidelity Emerging Markets Fund
          Lazard Emerging Markets Portfolio
          Templeton Developing Markets Trust A
          Templeton Institutional Funds, Inc. - Emerging Markets Series

     World Stock
          Capital World Growth and Income Fund
          Janus Worldwide Fund
          Mutual Discovery Fund Class A
          New Perspective Fund
          Putnam Global Growth Fund A
          Templeton Growth Fund, Inc. A
          Templeton World Fund A

Hybrid Asset Allocation Funds
     Fidelity Freedom Incomer Fund
     Fidelity Fredome 2000r Fund
     Fidelity Freedom 2010r Fund
     Fidelity Freedom 2020r Fund
     Fidelity Freedom 2030r Fund

<PAGE>
                            EXHIBIT C

                          Trustee Fees

I.  TRUSTEE/CUSTODIAN CHARGES

     .50 Basis Points on the month end Net Asset Value


II.  PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTING

Core Fund Portfolios:            $  7,500 per portfolio/year

AE01 - BP Amoco Stock Fund       AE19 - Equity Index Fund --Value

AE02 - Money Market Fund         AE20 - Small-Cap Equity Index Fund -- Value

AE04 - U.S. Savings Bonds        AE21 - Small-Cap Equity Index Fund -- Growth

AE10 - Equity Index Fund         AE22 - International Equity Index Fund --
                                            Europe

AE11 - Bond Index Fund           AE23 - International Equity Index Fund --
                                            Far East

AE12 - Balanced Index Fund - Moderate   AE24 - Bond Index Fund -- Short Duration

AE13 - Mid-Cap Equity Index Fund        AE25 - Bond Index Fund -- Long Duration

AE14 - International Equity Index Fund  AE26 - Balanced Index Fund --
                                                  Conservative

AE16 - Small-Cap Equity Index Fund      AE27 - Balanced Index Fund -- Aggressive

AE18 - Equity Index Fund -- Growth      AE28 - Income Fund

Participant Directed Window Portfolios: $45,000 per portfolio/year

AE33-BP Amoco Employee Savings Plan     AE35-BP Amoco DirectSave Plan
AE34-BP Amoco Partnership Savings Plan  AE38-BP America SIP

Stable Value Fund Portfolios:    $  5,000 per portfolio/year

AE29 - PIMCO                     AE32 - J.P. Morgan
AE30 - Loomis                    AE39 - BP Amoco
AE31 - Dwight

Loan Fund: (AE17)                $  5,000 per portfolio/year

Cash Fund: (AE06, AE36)          $  5,000 per portfolio/year

III.  PORTFOLIO ACTIVITY

$15 per Depository Trade (DTC, FED, PTC)
$15 per Physical Trade
$15 per Time Deposit

III.  OTHER FEES

Short Term Investment Fund
An administrative/management fee of 18 basis points will be
netted out of the yield.  This fee applies to any of the above
portfolios that invest in STIF.

Plan Accounting
$1000 per plan annually for each investment option

Out-of-pockets
     Out-of-pockets  such  as  courier, telex,  registration  and
communications charges are borne by the client.

4/5/00
_______________________________
* Formerly known as Fidelity International Value Fund

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                 Exhibit 4.3


                    AMENDED AND RESTATED
               MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PROGRAM OF
                BP AMOCO CORPORATION AND ITS
                 PARTICIPATING SUBSIDIARIES

             (Initially Approved April 22, 1986)

Preamble

     The  Management Incentive Program of Amoco  Corporation
and  its  Participating Subsidiaries (as approved April  22,
1986  and  amended April 25, 1989) shall be  effective  from
April   25,  1989  to  the  effective  date  of  the  merger
("Merger")   of   Amoco  Corporation  with  a   wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  The  British Petroleum  Company.   From  and
including the effective date of the Merger this Amended  and
Restated   Management   Incentive  Program   of   BP   Amoco
Corporation   shall  be  effective  until   later   amended,
superceded or terminated.

1.   Purpose and Effective Date

     The purpose of this Program is to further the interests
of   BP  Amoco  Corporation,  an  Indiana  corporation,  its
Participating Subsidiaries and its shareholder by  providing
incentives  in  the  form of incentive compensation  awards,
stock  option grants, performance unit grants and restricted
stock  grants to Employees who contribute materially to  the
success  and  profitability  of  the  Corporation  and  such
subsidiaries.  Such awards and grants recognize  and  reward
outstanding  performances and individual  contributions  and
give   key  employees  and  selected  employees  in   middle
management who possess valuable experience and skills.  This
Program also enables the Corporation and its subsidiaries to
attract and retain such Employees.

     This  Program  initially  became  effective  upon   its
approval  by the shareholders of Amoco Corporation on  April
22, 1986.

2.   Definitions

     As used in this Program:

     (1)    The  term  "Appropriate  Committee"  means   the
Compensation  and Organization Committee of the  Corporation
and  its  designees  (formerly the  Directors'  Compensation
Committee) with respect to Employees who are members of  the
Board or officers of the Corporation and the Human Resources
Committee  (formerly Salary Committee)  of  the  Corporation
with respect to other Employees.

     (2)   The  term "Beneficiary" means a person or persons
designated by an Employee to receive, in the event of death,
any  unpaid  portion of an incentive compensation  award  or
grant  of  performance  units  made  to  the  Employee,  any
unexercised stock option or Stock Appreciation Right held by
the  Employee  or any Restricted Shares.  Any Employee  may,
subject  to  such  limitations as may be prescribed  by  the
Compensation  and Organization Committee, designate  one  or
more  persons primarily or contingently as beneficiaries  in
writing  upon  forms  supplied  by  and  delivered  to   the
Corporation,  and may revoke such designations  in  writing.
If an Employee fails effectively to designate a beneficiary,
then  the  Employee's  estate shall  be  deemed  to  be  the
Employee's beneficiary.

     (3)   The term "Board" means the Board of Directors  of
the Corporation.

     (4)   The  term  "BP Amoco" means BP Amoco  p.l.c.,  an
English public limited company or any successor corporation.

     (5)  The term "Corporation" means BP Amoco Corporation,
an Indiana corporation or any successor corporation.

     (6)    The  term  "Employees"  refers  to  all  persons
participating,  or  eligible  for  participation,   in   the
Program.

     (7)   The  term  "Fair  Market  Value  Per  Share"   in
reference  to  Shares means (i) the average of the  reported
highest and lowest sale prices per Share as reported on  the
New   York   Stock  Exchange  on  the  date  as   of   which
determination  is  to be made, or (ii)  in  the  absence  of
reported  sales on that date, the average of  such  reported
highest  and  lowest  sale prices  per  Share  on  the  next
preceding date on which reported sales occurred.

     (8)   The term "Participating Subsidiary" means (i) any
subsidiary of the Corporation more than 50% of the aggregate
outstanding  voting  shares of all outstanding  classes  and
series   of  which  are  beneficially  owned,  directly   or
indirectly, by the Corporation, and one or more employees of
which  receive  awards  or are granted options,  performance
units or Restricted Shares pursuant to this Program or  (ii)
any "affiliate" of the Corporation and one or more Employees
of  which receive awards or are granted options, performance
units  or  Restricted Shares pursuant to this  Program.   An
"affiliate"  for purposes of the definition of Participating
Subsidiary  means  any  entity that directly  or  indirectly
through   one  or  more  intermediaries,  controls,  or   is
controlled  by,  or  is  under  common  control  with,   the
Corporation. "Control" means direct or indirect ownership of
more than 50% or more of the equity of a corporation or  the
ability  through  share ownership or otherwise  to  elect  a
majority of the board of directors of a corporation.

     (9)   The  term "Restricted Shares" means Shares  which
may  be  issued  under the Restricted Stock  Grant  Plan  in
Section 6.

     (10)  The  term  "Retirement" means termination  of  an
Employee's  employment  by  retirement  under  the   normal,
mandatory,  and applicable disability, age plus  service  or
consent  provisions of a retirement plan of the  Corporation
or of a Participating Subsidiary.

     (11) The term "Shares" means American Depositary Shares
of BP Amoco.

     (12) The term "Share Unit" means the right to receive a
payment equivalent in value to Share on the date of payment.

     (13)  The  term "Stock Appreciation Rights"  means  the
rights described in Section 5.13(a).

3.   Eligibility

     Participation  in  the  Incentive  Compensation   Plan,
Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan  and  Performance  Unit  Plan
included in this Program is limited to key employees of  the
Corporation  and  its Participating Subsidiaries,  including
officers  and members of the Board, who in the  judgment  of
the  Appropriate  Committee  contribute  materially  to  the
profitability and success of the Corporation.  Participation
in  the Restricted Stock Grant Plan included in this Program
is  limited  to  key  employees of the Corporation  and  its
Participating Subsidiaries, including officers  and  members
of  the  Board, and to employees of the Corporation and  its
Participating Subsidiaries in middle management who  at  the
time of selection are not eligible for regular participation
in  the  Incentive Compensation Plan, Incentive Stock Option
Plan  or  the Performance Unit Plan included in this Program
and  who,  in  the  judgment of the  Appropriate  Committee,
possess valuable experience and skills and have contributed,
and can be expected to continue to contribute, materially to
the  profitability and success of the Corporation and/or its
Participating Subsidiaries.

4.   Incentive Compensation Plan

     4.1. Establishment of Bonus Reserve.

     (a)   For each of the calendar years 1987 through  1991
(a "Bonus Year"), the Corporation shall establish an account
entitled  "Bonus  Reserve." Subject  to  the  provisions  of
Section  4.3(b), the maximum amount creditable to the  Bonus
Reserve for any Bonus Year shall not exceed 3% of the amount
by which the adjusted earnings for that Bonus Year exceed an
amount  equal to 7% of the capital employed for  that  Bonus
Year.

     (b)   "Adjusted earnings" for any Bonus Year  shall  be
the  amount  reported  as  net income  in  the  consolidated
statement  of  income for that Bonus Year  included  in  the
Corporation's  annual  report  to  shareholders,  plus   (i)
interest on long-term debt and capitalized leases (including
current  installments and net of foreign and federal  income
taxes),  (ii)  amounts credited to the Bonus Reserve  during
that  Bonus  Year  (net  of  federal  income  taxes),  (iii)
appropriate  adjustments  to  exclude  amounts  restored  to
income during that Bonus Year under Section 4.3(b) and  (iv)
any adjustments which the Board, in its discretion, may deem
appropriate  for  any  significant  non-recurring  items  of
income or loss.

     (c)  "Capital employed" for any Bonus Year shall be the
amount  reported  in  the consolidated financial  statements
included  in the Corporation's annual report to shareholders
as of the end of the calendar year preceding that Bonus Year
as  (i)  total capital (including amounts reported as common
stock  and  earnings retained and invested in the  business,
less  cost of treasury stock), plus (ii) long-term debt  and
capitalized  leases  (including current  installments),  and
(iii)  any  adjustments which the Board, in its  discretion,
may deem appropriate for any significant changes during that
Bonus  Year  in the amount of total capital or  debt,  other
than  changes  in  total capital arising from  earnings  and
dividend payments.

     (d)   The Bonus Reserve shall not be represented by any
special or separate fund.

     4.2. Credits to Bonus Reserve.

     (a)  As soon as practicable after the end of each Bonus
Year,   the  Corporation's  independent  accountants   shall
determine the maximum amount creditable to the Bonus Reserve
for that Bonus Year.  This determination shall be final.

     (b)   The  Compensation and Organization Committee  may
specify an amount less than the maximum as the amount to  be
credited to the Bonus Reserve for any Bonus Year.

     4.3. Awards from Bonus Reserve.

     (a)   As  soon  as practicable after the amount  to  be
credited  to the Bonus Reserve for any Bonus Year  has  been
determined, the Appropriate Committee shall:

          (1)  in the case of Employees who were employed by
     the  Corporation for all or any part of a  Bonus  Year,
     make all awards for that Bonus Year, and

          (2)  in the case of Employees who were employed by
     Participating  Subsidiaries for all or any  part  of  a
     Bonus Year, recommend awards which may be made to those
     Employees   for  that  Bonus  Year  by  the  respective
     Participating Subsidiaries by whom they are employed or
     in  appropriate  cases  make or  recommend  that  other
     Participating  Subsidiaries make such awards,  in  each
     case  in such amount and in such method of payment,  as
     the   Appropriate  Committee  in  its  discretion   may
     determine or recommend.

     (b)   The  aggregate amount of awards so made  for  any
Bonus   Year   by   the   Appropriate  Committee   and   the
Participating Subsidiaries shall not exceed the  balance  of
the  Bonus Reserve for that Bonus Year.  The cash  value  of
each  award  when  made  shall be the  only  amount  charged
against  the Bonus Reserve with respect to such award.   The
portion,  if  any, of the Bonus Reserve for any  Bonus  Year
which  has  not been charged with awards by the end  of  the
calendar   year  in  which  awards  are  made  shall,   upon
determination   of   the   Compensation   and   Organization
Committee, be credited either to the Bonus Reserve  for  the
succeeding  Bonus  Year  or  to income.   In  addition,  the
portion,  if any, of the Bonus Reserve established for  1986
under  the  previous  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  of  the
Management  Incentive Program of the Corporation  which  has
not  been charged with awards by the end of 1987 shall, upon
determination   of   the   Compensation   and   Organization
Committee, be credited either to the Bonus Reserve for  1987
or to income.

     4.4. Form and Time of Payment of Awards.

     (a)   Each award or recommendation for an award, as the
case  may  be,  may  be  made  at  the  discretion  of   the
Appropriate  Committee either in cash, in Shares,  in  Share
Units, in a form of substantially equivalent economic value,
or partly in one form and partly in one or more other forms.
In the case of an award in Shares or Share Units, the number
shall be determined by using the Fair Market Value Per Share
on the date of the award.

     (b)   At  the  discretion of the Appropriate Committee,
awards may provide that payment be made during employment or
after Retirement, in full or in part, as soon as practicable
after  the  date  of the award or in one  or  more  deferred
installments, or in any combination thereof, mandatorily  or
at the election of Employees.

     (c)   The payment of any award shall be subject to such
obligations  or conditions as the Appropriate Committee  may
specify in making or recommending the award.  Such committee
may restrict Shares delivered in payment of an award in such
a  period  or periods of time following delivery as  it  may
deem appropriate.

     (d)   In the event of the death of an Employee to  whom
an  award is to be or shall have been made, the award or any
portion  thereof  remaining unpaid shall  be  paid  to  such
Employee's Beneficiary either in the manner in which payment
would  have been made had the Employee not died or  in  such
other  manner  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Appropriate
Committee.

     (e)   When  payment  of  all or part  of  an  award  is
deferred  in the form of Shares or Share Units, the  account
of  the  person to whom the award was made will be  credited
with  an amount per Share equal to the dividends payable  on
each  issued and outstanding Share ("dividend equivalents").
Amounts  thus  credited  shall, in  the  discretion  of  the
Appropriate Committee, either:

          (1)   be paid in cash as and when each such credit
     shall be made, or

          (2)   be  credited in Shares or Share Units,  with
     the  number  determined by using the Fair Market  Value
     Per  Share  on  the  date of the dividend  payment  and
     delivered in such form and at such time or times as may
     be determined by the Appropriate Committee.

     (f)   When  payment  of  all or part  of  an  award  is
deferred in cash, the Appropriate Committee may provide that
the  account of the person to whom the award was made  shall
be  credited with amounts equivalent to interest  ("interest
equivalents").  Amounts thus credited shall be at  the  rate
determined by the Compensation and Organization Committee.

     (g)  Payment of any unpaid installment of an award may,
for  good cause, be accelerated at the direction or upon the
recommendation  of  the Appropriate Committee  in  its  sole
discretion.

     (h)  Any award payable in Shares may, in the discretion
or  on  the recommendation of the Appropriate Committee,  be
paid  in cash, on each date on which payment in Shares would
otherwise  have been made, in an amount equal  to  the  Fair
Market Value Per Share on each such date, multiplied by  the
number  of  Shares which would otherwise have been  paid  on
such date.

     (i)   Share Units may be awarded in accordance with the
following  terms  and conditions and such  other  terms  and
conditions as the Appropriate Committee may impose:

          (1)   The  number  of  Share  Units  awarded  with
     respect to any award shall be the number determined  by
     using  the Fair Market Value Per Share on the  date  of
     the award.

          (2)   Any  award made in Share Units may,  in  the
     discretion  or on the recommendation of the Appropriate
     Committee,  be  paid in Shares on each  date  on  which
     payment in cash would otherwise be made.

     (j)   In  lieu  of the foregoing forms  of  payment  of
awards,  the Appropriate Committee may specify or  recommend
any  other  form  of payment which it determines  to  be  of
substantially equivalent economic value to the cash value of
the  award  including, without limitation,  forms  involving
payments to a trust or trusts for the benefit of one or more
Employees.

     (k)    Payment   of   dividend  equivalents,   interest
equivalents  and amounts equal to increases in market  value
in  respect  of  Shares, of Share Units,  or  of  any  other
securities,  and increases or decreases in market  value  of
such  Shares or securities transferred under the Plan, shall
not  be deemed to reduce or increase the amount of any award
or to effect a reduction or increase in the Bonus Reserve.

     4.5. Payment of Awards.

     Each  payment  of an award that is to be made  in  cash
shall  be  from the general funds of the company making  the
payment.  Each payment of an award in Shares shall  be  made
according to terms determined by the Board.

5.   Incentive Stock Option Plan

     5.1. Shares Subject to Option.

     Except as otherwise provided in Section 8, no more than
8,000,000  Shares in the aggregate may be sold  pursuant  to
options  granted under this Plan.  The Shares to be  offered
under this Plan will be offered upon terms determined by the
Board.   Options shall be granted only in respect of  Shares
or the appropriate number of ordinary shares of BP Amoco.

     5.2. Grants of Options.

     (a)   In  the case of Employees who are members of  the
Board  or  officers  of the Corporation,  options  shall  be
granted only in accordance with the recommendations  of  the
Compensation and Organization Committee and, in the case  of
other Employees, only in accordance with the recommendations
of  the  Salary Committee.  Options shall be granted by  the
Corporation   except   as  otherwise   determined   by   the
Appropriate Committee.

     (b)   No  option  shall be granted after  December  31,
1991.

     5.3. Types of Options.

     Options  granted to Employees may be either of  a  type
that meets the requirements of any provision of the Internal
Revenue  Code  of  1954,  as  amended  from  time  to   time
("statutory options"), or of a type that does not meet  such
requirements   ("non-statutory   options"),   if   otherwise
consistent  with the provisions of this Plan  as  in  effect
from  time  to time.  Statutory options granted  under  this
Plan  may be issued as "incentive stock options" as  defined
in Section 422A(b) of such Code; provided that the aggregate
Fair  Market Value (determined as of the date the option  is
granted) of the stock for which any Employee may be  granted
an  incentive  stock option in any calendar year  shall  not
exceed $100,000 plus any unused limit carryover to such year
permitted by Section 422A(c)(4) of such Code.

     5.4. Restrictions on Grants.

     No  option  shall  be  granted to any  Employee  within
twenty-four  (24) months preceding the Employee's  mandatory
retirement date.

     5.5. Option Price.

     The option price per Share shall be that recommended by
the  Appropriate Committee, but shall not be less than  100%
of the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date the option is
granted.

     5.6. Period of Option.

     The  expiration  date  of each  option  shall  be  that
recommended by the Appropriate Committee.  In no event shall
the  expiration date be later than ten (10) years after  the
date an option is granted.

     5.7. Restrictions on Transfer.

     Options and any rights or privileges pertaining thereto
shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws  of
descent and distribution or as provided in Section 2(2)  and
shall be exercisable during the Employee's lifetime only  by
him or his guardian or legal representative.

     5.8. Required Period of Employment.

     Before  any part of an option may be exercised  by  the
Employee  to whom it is granted, such Employee must complete
a  period of continuous employment immediately following the
date  on which the option is granted, which period shall  be
that  recommended by the Appropriate Committee.  In no event
shall  the required period of continuous employment be  less
than twenty-four (24) months.

     5.9. Exercise of Option.

     After  completion of the required period of employment,
an option may be exercised according to its terms during the
balance  of the option period.  The option may be  exercised
only  by  the  Employee  to whom it is  granted,  except  as
otherwise provided in Section 5.7 and 5.10.

     5.10.     Termination of Employment.

     If  an Employee to whom an option is granted ceases  to
be  employed either by the Corporation or by a Participating
Subsidiary  before the option is exercised, then the  option
shall  terminate at the time the Employee ceases  to  be  so
employed, except that:

          (1)  If the Employee dies while employed either by
     the Corporation or a Participating Subsidiary and after
     completion   of  the  required  period  of   continuous
     employment  following the date the option was  granted,
     then the option shall be exercisable by the Beneficiary
     of  the  Employee, but only within the period specified
     in  the option grant which shall not be later than  one
     (1) year after the date of the Employee's death and, in
     any  event, not later than the expiration date  of  the
     option.

          (2)   If the Employee retires after completion  of
     the  required period of continuous employment following
     the  date  the option was granted, the option shall  be
     exercisable by the Employee, but only within the period
     specified in the option grant which shall not be  later
     than  the  expiration  date  of  the  option.   If   an
     Employee,  to whom this Section 5.10(2) is  applicable,
     dies  before the expiration of the period specified  in
     the  option  grant  during  which  the  option  may  be
     exercised,  and  without having exercised  the  option,
     then the option shall be exercisable by the Beneficiary
     of  the Employee during the remainder of such specified
     period  but only within one (1) year after the date  of
     the  Employee's death and, in any event, not later than
     the expiration date of the option.

     5.11.     Payment for Shares.

     Shares  purchased upon exercise of an option  shall  be
paid for in full at the time the option is exercised.

     5.12.     Other Provisions.

     The option may contain such other terms, provisions and
conditions   as  may  be  recommended  by  the   Appropriate
Committee  so long as those terms, provisions and conditions
are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan.

     5.13.     Stock Appreciation Rights.

     (a)   Stock  Appreciation  Rights  may  be  granted  in
connection with all or part of any option granted under this
Plan,  either at the time of the grant of such option or  at
any time thereafter during the term of the option, and shall
entitle  the  holder  of the related option  to  the  extent
unexercised, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation  Rights
and  surrender of the related option (or applicable  portion
thereof), to receive a number of Shares, or cash, determined
pursuant  to  Section  5.13(b). Such option  shall,  to  the
extent so surrendered, thereupon cease to be exercisable.

     (b)  Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such
terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as shall
from  time  to  time  be determined or  recommended  by  the
Appropriate  Committee,  and  to  the  following  terms  and
conditions:

          (1)    Stock   Appreciation   Rights   shall    be
     exercisable  at such time or times and to  the  extent,
     but  only to the extent, that the option to which  they
     relate shall be exercisable.

          (2)   Stock Appreciation Rights shall in no  event
     be exercisable unless and until the holder of the Stock
     Appreciation Rights shall have completed  a  period  of
     continuous   service   with  the   Corporation   or   a
     Participating   Subsidiary,   or   both,    immediately
     following  the  date upon which the Stock  Appreciation
     Rights  shall have been granted, which period shall  be
     determined or recommended by the Appropriate  Committee
     and shall be a period of at least six months.

          (3)   Upon exercise of Stock Appreciation  Rights,
     the  holder  thereof  shall be entitled  to  receive  a
     number of Shares equal in aggregate value to the amount
     by which the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of
     such  exercise shall exceed the option price per  Share
     of  the  related option, multiplied by  the  number  of
     Shares  in  respect  of  which the  Stock  Appreciation
     Rights  shall have been exercised.  All or any part  of
     the  obligation  arising out of an  exercise  of  Stock
     Appreciation  Rights  may, in  the  discretion  of  the
     Appropriate  Committee, be settled by  the  payment  of
     cash  equal to the aggregate value of the Shares (or  a
     fraction  of a Share) that would otherwise be delivered
     under   the   preceding  sentence   of   this   Section
     5.13(b)(3).

          (4)   Stock  Appreciation  Rights  shall  not   be
     transferable other than by will or the laws of  descent
     and  distribution  or as provided in Section  2(2)  and
     shall  be  exercisable during the  Employee's  lifetime
     only by him or his guardian or legal representative.

     (c)  To the extent that Stock Appreciation Rights shall
be exercised, the option in connection with which such Stock
Appreciation Rights shall have been granted shall be  deemed
to  have  been  exercised  for the purpose  of  the  maximum
limitation set forth in Section 5.1.

     5.14.      Surrender of Non-Statutory Option  Following
Death.

     Following the death of an Employee, the Corporation may
at  its  discretion,  upon the request  of  such  Employee's
Beneficiary  who  holds an exercisable non-statutory  option
and  in consideration for the surrender of such option,  pay
the  amount by which the Fair Market Value Per Share on  the
date of such request shall exceed the option price per Share
multiplied  by the number of Shares as to which the  request
is  made.   The  number  of Shares  subject  to  options  so
surrendered shall be charged against the maximum number  set
forth in Section 5.1.

6.   Restricted Stock Grant Plan

     6.1. Shares Subject to Awards.

     Except  as otherwise provided in Section 8, the maximum
number  of Restricted Shares which may be issued under  this
Plan  ("Restricted  Shares") shall be 530,000  Shares.   The
Shares  which may be issued under the Plan shall  be  issued
upon terms determined by the Board.

     6.2. Awards of Restricted Shares.

     (a)   The Appropriate Committee shall from time to time
in  its discretion select the Employees who are employed  by
the  Corporation  who  shall participate  in  the  Plan  and
determine the number of Restricted Shares to be made subject
to  each  award and the terms and conditions  of  each  such
award.   In  the  case of Employees who are  employed  by  a
Participating  Subsidiary, the Appropriate  Committee  shall
recommend  the  Employees to participate in  the  Plan,  the
number of Restricted Shares to be made subject to each award
and  the  terms  and  conditions of  each  such  award.   No
Employee  shall have any right to participate  in  the  Plan
unless  and until so selected or recommended.  Any  Employee
selected or recommended to participate during any one period
shall  not  by virtue of such participation participate  for
any other period unless and until selected or recommended to
participate  for  such other period.  Grants  of  Restricted
Shares  shall  be made by the Corporation or a Participating
Subsidiary, as the Appropriate Committee shall determine  to
be appropriate.

     (b)   No  Restricted Shares shall be awarded under  the
Plan after December 31, 1991.

     (c)  Each award of Restricted Shares shall be evidenced
by  a  written agreement which shall contain such terms  and
conditions  consistent  with the  Plan  as  the  Appropriate
Committee   may,  in  its  sole  discretion,  determine   or
recommend, as the case may be.

     6.3. Terms and Conditions of Restrictions.

     (a)  Shares issued or transferred to an Employee as  an
award of Restricted Shares shall be subject to the following
restrictions:

          (1)   none  of the Restricted Shares may be  sold,
     assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered,
     except  as otherwise specifically provided, during  the
     Restriction Period (as defined in Section 6.5); and

          (2)   all  of  the  Restricted  Shares  shall   be
     forfeited  and  all  rights of  the  Employee  to  such
     Restricted  Shares shall terminate without any  payment
     of  consideration by the Corporation  if  the  Employee
     fails  to  remain in the continuous employment  of  the
     Corporation  or  a  Participating Subsidiary  for  such
     period as the Appropriate Committee shall designate  in
     accordance   with   Section   6.5,   whether   due   to
     resignation,  voluntary retirement or  termination  for
     cause.

     (b)   Upon and following the date Restricted Shares are
issued to an Employee (except following a forfeiture of  the
Restricted Shares as set forth above in this Section 6.3 and
in  Section 6.7), the Employee shall have all of the  rights
of  a shareholder including but not limited to the right  to
receive  all dividends paid on such Shares and the right  to
vote such Shares.

     6.4. Certificates for Shares.

     (a)   As  soon as practicable after the receipt by  the
Corporation  or  a  Participating  Subsidiary  of  an  award
agreement  executed by the Employee as provided  in  Section
6.2  and of a stock power endorsed by the Employee in  blank
with  respect  to  the  Restricted  Shares  covered  by  the
agreement,  unless  a  later  date  for  issuance  of  stock
certificates  is  provided  in  the  award  agreement,   the
Corporation  shall  cause to be issued a stock  certificate,
registered  in  the  name  of the Employee,  evidencing  the
Restricted  Shares  awarded by the agreement.   Unless  such
certificate  is  deposited  with  a  custodian  pursuant  to
Section  6.4(b) below, each such certificate  shall  bear  a
restrictive legend to the following effect:

          "The  transferability of this certificate and  the
     shares  of stock represented hereby are subject to  the
     restrictions,    terms   and   conditions    (including
     forfeiture and restrictions against transfer) contained
     in the Restricted Stock Grant Plan of Amoco Corporation
     and  its  Participating Subsidiaries and  an  Agreement
     entered  into  between  the registered  owner  of  such
     shares   and   Amoco  Corporation   or   one   of   its
     Participating  Subsidiaries.  A copy of  the  Plan  and
     Agreement is on file in the office of the Secretary  of
     Amoco  Corporation, 200 East Randolph  Drive,  Chicago,
     Illinois 60601."

     Such  legend  shall  not  be  removed  from  any  stock
certificate  evidencing  such Restricted  Shares  until  the
lapse  or  release of the restrictions imposed  pursuant  to
Section 6.3(a) on such Restricted Shares.

     (b)    As  an  alternative  to  delivering  any   stock
certificate pursuant to Section 6.4(a) above and in lieu  of
the  legend  on any certificate provided in Section  6.4(a),
each  certificate  in respect of Restricted  Shares  awarded
hereunder,  together  with a stock power  relating  to  such
Restricted  Shares,  shall be deposited by  the  Corporation
with  a custodian to be designated by the Corporation.   The
Corporation  shall  cause such custodian  to  issue  to  the
Employee a receipt evidencing any Restricted Shares held  by
it registered in the name of such Employee.

     (c)   The  Employee shall not be deemed for any purpose
to  be, or have any rights as, a holder with respect to  any
Restricted  Shares  awarded  except  if,  as  and  when  the
Restricted  Shares are issued and then only from that  date.
No  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or distributions
or  other rights for which the record date is prior  to  the
date such Restricted Shares are issued.

     (d)   As soon as practicable after the lapse or release
of  the  restrictions imposed pursuant to Section 6.3(a)  on
any  such Restricted Shares, the Corporation shall cause  to
be  issued  in  the  Employee's name shares  evidencing  the
Restricted  Shares  with respect to which  the  restrictions
have lapsed or been released, free of restrictions.

     6.5. Restriction Period.

     The  restrictions  set  forth in Section  6.3(a)  shall
lapse  with  respect to any award at such  time  as  to  all
Restricted  Shares, or from time to time as to part  of  the
Restricted  Shares, in each case after  not  less  than  two
years,  as  the Appropriate Committee in its sole discretion
shall  designate or recommend, as the case may  be,  at  the
time  of  award  of the Restricted Shares (the  "Restriction
Period").   The  restrictions set forth  in  Section  6.3(a)
shall  lapse at the end of the applicable Restriction Period
or  upon  the  earlier occurrence of an event  described  in
Section 6.6.

     6.6. Lapse of Restrictions.

     (a)  In the event that the employment of an Employee is
terminated  prior to the lapse of restrictions on Restricted
Shares  by  reason of death or involuntary  retirement,  the
restrictions  on  all  Restricted  Shares  awarded  to  such
Employee shall lapse on the date of such termination.

     (b)  The Appropriate Committee shall have the authority
to  accelerate or recommend the acceleration of the time  at
which  the restrictions will lapse or to remove any of  such
restrictions  whenever  it may decide,  in  its  discretion,
that,  by reason of changes in applicable tax or other  laws
or other material changes in circumstances arising after the
date  of the award, such action is in the best interests  of
the Corporation and equitable to the Employee.

     6.7. Section 83(b) Election Prohibited.

     Each Employee shall agree at the time of an award,  and
as  a  condition thereof, that he will not in  the  year  of
grant  make an election under Section 83(b) of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, to include in gross income
the value of any Restricted Shares at the date of grant.  If
an  Employee  makes such an election, all Restricted  Shares
awarded to such Employee shall be forfeited.

7.   Performance Unit Plan

     7.1. Grants of Performance Units.

     (a)   In  the case of key employees who are members  of
the  Board or officers of the Corporation, performance units
shall  be granted by the Corporation in accordance with  the
recommendations of the Appropriate Committee.

     (b)   No  performance  units  shall  be  granted  after
December 31, 1991.

     (c)  In determining the number of performance units  to
be  granted to an Employee, the Appropriate Committee  shall
take   into  account  an  Employee's  responsibility  level,
performance,  salary, incentive compensation  awards,  stock
option  grants  and such other considerations  as  it  deems
appropriate.  The amount payable to an Employee with respect
to  a grant of performance units shall not exceed 0.75 times
the  sum of the Employee's base annual rate of salary at the
end  of  the performance period plus the amount of the  then
most  recent  incentive  compensation  award  made  to   the
Employee.

     7.2. Performance Measures and Performance Periods.

     (a)   Performance units may be granted to  an  Employee
contingent  upon the future performance of the  Corporation,
which  may  include  performance  relative  to  a  group  of
selected  companies in the industry.  The  Compensation  and
Organization   Committee  shall  establish  the   applicable
performance  measure or measures and the  time  period  over
which  such  performance  shall  be  measured.   Performance
measures may be used singly or in combination, and different
performance  measures may be used for different  performance
periods.   A  performance period shall not be  shorter  than
three  years.  The applicable performance measure  shall  be
established by the end of the first year of each performance
period  but  may be subject to such later revisions  as  the
Compensation   and   Organization   Committee   shall   deem
appropriate.

     (b)   Each performance measure shall be related to such
items  as  the Corporation's earnings per share,  return  on
assets,  return  on  shareholders'  equity  or  such   other
measures  related  to the Corporation's performance  as  the
Compensation and Organization Committee shall determine.  To
the extent that a performance measure is either not achieved
or  is exceeded, a proportionate amount, either less or more
than  the grant amount of a performance unit, may be earned,
subject to such limitations, if any, as the Compensation and
Organization Committee may determine.

     7.3. Termination of Employment.

     A  grant  of  performance units to  an  Employee  shall
terminate  for all purposes if the Employee does not  remain
continuously  in  the  employ  of  the  Corporation   or   a
Participating Subsidiary at all times during the  first  two
years of a performance period.  An Employee whose employment
terminates after the second year of a performance period may
receive such portion of the payment of the Employee's  grant
at the end of the performance period as the Compensation and
Organization Committee may determine.

     7.4. Payment of Grants.

     (a)  Payment with respect to performance units will  be
made  promptly  after  the  end of  the  performance  period
established when such units were granted or such later  date
or  dates  as  the  Compensation and Organization  Committee
shall determine.  Payment may be made in cash, in Shares, in
Share  Units, in a form of substantially equivalent economic
value, or partly in one form and partly in one or more other
forms,  all  at  the  discretion  of  the  Compensation  and
Organization Committee.

     (b)   The  Compensation and Organization Committee  may
determine to make payment with respect to performance  units
in  one  or more installments or to permit each Employee  to
elect  to receive payment with respect to performance  units
in  one or more installments under rules established by  the
Compensation  and Organization Committee.  In the  event  of
payments  in installments, the provisions of Section  4.4(c)
through  (g)  with respect to incentive compensation  awards
shall apply to grants of performance units.

     (c)   Amounts  payable with respect  to  any  grant  of
performance  units shall be subject to such  adjustment,  in
light  of  the  Corporation's relative  performance  in  the
industry  and such factors as acquisitions and divestitures,
regulatory  or  legislative changes, accounting  changes  or
other  circumstances, as the Compensation  and  Organization
Committee deems appropriate.

     7.5. Nontransferability.

     No  grant of performance units under this Plan shall be
transferable otherwise than by will or the laws  of  descent
and  distribution or by Beneficiary designation as  provided
in Section 2(2).

8.   Effect of Changes in Capitalization

     In  the event of a recapitalization, stock split, stock
dividend  or  other change in capitalization  affecting  the
Shares (or underlying securities), an appropriate adjustment
shall  be  made  by the Board in the number  of  Shares  (or
underlying  securities) issuable under the Restricted  Stock
Grant  Plan,  the number of Shares and the option  price  of
Shares  which are, or may become, subject to options granted
or  to be granted under the Incentive Stock Option Plan, the
number  of  Shares or Share Units awarded but not  yet  paid
under  the  Incentive Compensation Plan and, to  the  extent
applicable, the number of performance units granted but  not
yet  paid  and  any  related performance measure  under  the
Performance Unit Plan.

9.   Relationship of Management Incentive Program to Benefit
     Plans

     The  amount  charged  against the  Bonus  Reserve  with
respect  to  each award to an Employee under  the  Incentive
Compensation Plan included in this Program shall be eligible
for  inclusion  in  the  Employee's earnings  base  for  the
purpose of determining the benefits to which the Employee is
entitled under retirement, savings, employee stock ownership
plan, group life insurance and long-term disability plans of
the  Corporation  or  a Participating  subsidiary.   To  the
extent  that  such  amount exceeds the amount  that  may  be
properly  included  for  purpose  of  the  Corporation's  or
Participating  subsidiary's qualified  Retirement  Plan  and
qualified Savings Plan, benefits relating to such excess may
be paid by the Corporation or Participating Subsidiary under
one  or  more  supplemental plans of like  type.   No  other
income of an Employee attributable to this Program shall  be
included  in  the  Employee's earnings for purposes  of  any
benefit  plan  in  which the Employee  may  be  eligible  to
participate.

10.  Effect of Program On Right to Continued Employment  and
     Interest In Particular Property

     Neither the existence of this Program nor any incentive
compensation   award   or  option,  performance   units   or
Restricted  Shares granted pursuant to it shall  create  any
right  to  continued  employment  of  any  Employee  by  the
Corporation  or  any  Participating Subsidiary.   No  person
shall   have,   under   any  circumstances,   any   interest
whatsoever, vested or contingent, in any particular property
or   asset  of  the  Corporation  or  of  any  Participating
Subsidiary or in any particular Share or Shares (other  than
Restricted  Shares held by a custodian)  by  virtue  of  any
incentive compensation award, unpaid installment thereof, or
grant  of  stock  options, performance units  or  Restricted
Shares.

     This Program shall not be deemed a substitute for,  and
shall not preclude the establishment or continuation of  any
other  plan,  practice  or  arrangement  that  may  now   or
hereafter  be  provided  for the  payment  of  compensation,
special  awards or employee benefits to employees generally,
or  to  any class or group of employees, such as and without
limitation,  any  savings, thrift, profit-sharing,  pension,
retirement, excess benefit, insurance or health care  plans.
Any  such  arrangements may be authorized by the Corporation
and/or its Participating Subsidiaries and payment thereunder
made independently of this Program.

11.  Administration

     11.1.     Compensation and Organization Committee.

     The   Compensation   and  Organization   Committee   is
authorized to interpret and administer this Program, and  to
establish general criteria and precedents for the terms  and
conditions of awards under the Program.  Except as otherwise
provided  in this Program, the Compensation and Organization
Committee may designate persons and entities other than  its
members  to  carry  out  its  responsibilities  under   this
Program.

     11.2.     Finality of Determinations.

     Determinations  of  the  Board,  the  Compensation  and
Organization  Committee, the Human Resources Committee,  and
the  designees of those committees, within their  respective
areas  of  authority under the provisions of  this  Program,
shall be final.

12.  Amendment and Discontinuance

     12.1.     Amendments.

     The  Board  may amend the Program (i) so that  options,
grants  or awards theretofore or thereafter granted or  made
under  the  Program  shall  meet  the  requirements  of  any
provision  applicable  thereto as the  result  of  amendment
subsequent to 1998 of the Internal Revenue Code and adoption
or  amendment of regulations thereunder, (ii) in response to
changes  in  securities  laws,  or  rules,  regulations   or
regulatory interpretation thereof, applicable to the Program
or other applicable laws, rules or regulations, or (iii) for
any  other  reason, except that no amendment may  affect  an
Employee's rights under any option, grant or award  (subject
to  any conditions or contingencies included in such option,
grant  or  awards) granted or made prior to  such  amendment
without such Employee's consent.

     12.2.     Discontinuance.

     The  Board  may suspend or discontinue the  Program  in
whole  or in part, but any such suspension or discontinuance
shall  not  affect  incentive compensation  awards  made  or
options,  performance  units or  Restricted  Shares  granted
prior thereto.

13.  Compliance With Applicable Legal Requirements

     No   certificate   for  Shares  or   other   securities
distributable  pursuant to the Program shall be  issued  and
delivered unless the issuance of such certificates  complies
with  all  applicable legal requirements including,  without
limitation, compliance with the provisions of the Securities
Act  of  1933,  as amended, the Securities Exchange  Act  of
1934, as amended, the requirements of the exchanges on which
Shares  or other securities may, at the time, be listed  and
applicable United Kingdom law.

As amended and restated January 4, 1999.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                 Exhibit 4.4




                                        This document
                                        constitutes part of
                                        a prospectus
                                        covering securities
                                        that have been
                                        registered under the
                                        Securities Act of
                                        1933.



                    AMENDED AND RESTATED
                  1991 INCENTIVE PROGRAM OF
   BP AMOCO CORPORATION AND ITS PARTICIPATING SUBSIDIARIES


Preamble

  The  1991 Incentive Program of Amoco Corporation  and  its
Participating  Subsidiaries amended and  restated  effective
November 1, 1996 shall be effective from November 1, 1996 to
the  effective  date of the merger (the "Merger")  of  Amoco
Corporation  with a wholly owned subsidiary of  The  British
Petroleum Company.  From and after the effective date of the
Merger  this Amended and Restated 1991 Incentive Program  of
BP  Amoco  Corporation  and  its Participating  Subsidiaries
shall  be  effective  until  later  amended,  superceded  or
terminated.

1.  Purpose and Effective Date

  The  purpose  of this 1991 Incentive Program of  BP  Amoco
Corporation and its Participating Subsidiaries is to further
the   interests   of  BP  Amoco  Corporation,   an   Indiana
corporation, its affiliates and its shareholder by providing
incentives in the form of awards to employees who contribute
materially   to  the  success  and  profitability   of   the
Corporation  and its affiliates.  Such awards recognize  and
reward outstanding performances and individual contributions
of  key, managerial and other salaried employees who possess
valuable  experience and skills.  This Program also  enables
the  Corporation  and its affiliates to attract  and  retain
such employees.

  This  Program initially became effective on April 23, 1991
and  shall remain effective until December 31, 2001, subject
to   the   ability  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and   the
Compensation  and Organization Committee to  terminate  this
Program as provided in Section 14.1.

2.  Definitions

  As used in this Program:

  (1)     "Adjusted Net Income" means the net income of  the
Corporation   as   reported  in  the  Corporation's   annual
financial  statements adjusted to exclude publicly disclosed
unusual or special items affecting reported net income.

  (2)     "Award"  means the grant of any  form  of  Option,
Stock  Appreciation  Right,  Performance  Award,  Restricted
Share,  Bonus, or any other form of Share based or non-Share
based Award granted pursuant to this Program.

  (3)      "Award  Agreement"  means  a  written   agreement
between  the Corporation and a Participant that  sets  forth
the  terms,  conditions  and limitations  applicable  to  an
Award.

  (4)     "Beneficiary" means a person or persons designated
by  a  Participant to receive, in the event  of  death,  any
unpaid  portion  of an Award held by the  Participant.   Any
Participant  may,  subject to such  limitations  as  may  be
prescribed  by the Committee, designate one or more  persons
primarily  or contingently as beneficiaries in writing  upon
forms supplied by and delivered to the Corporation, and  may
revoke such designations in writing.  If a Participant fails
effectively   to   designate   a   beneficiary,   then   the
Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the Participant's
beneficiary.

  (5)     "Board"  means  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Corporation.

  (6)    "Bonus" means any payment under Section 7.

  (7)     "BP  Amoco"  means  BP Amoco  p.l.c.,  an  English
public limited company or any successor corporation.

  (8)     "Change in Control" has the meaning set  forth  in
Section 9.

  (9)     "Chief  Executive Officer" means the  Employee  of
the Corporation serving in such capacity.

  (10)   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended  and  in effect from time to time, or any  successor
statute.

  (11)      "Committee"    means   the   Compensation    and
Organization  Committee of the Corporation or any  successor
committee.

  (12)    "Corporation"  means  BP  Amoco  Corporation,   an
Indiana corporation, or any successor corporation.

  (13)    "Employee" means any individual who is a  salaried
employee   on  the  payroll  of  the  Corporation   or   any
Participating Subsidiary.

  (14)    "Fair  Market  Value Per Share"  in  reference  to
Shares  means  (i) the average of the reported  highest  and
lowest  sale  prices per Share as reported on the  New  York
Stock  Exchange on the date as of which determination is  to
be  made, or (ii) in the absence of reported sales  on  that
date,  the average of such reported highest and lowest  sale
prices  per  Share  on  the  next preceding  date  on  which
reported sales occurred.

  (15)    "Named  Executive Officer" means  an  Employee  as
described in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code for the  year  an
Award is granted.

  (16)    "Option" means an Award to purchase Shares granted
pursuant  to  Section  6.1,  and  includes  Incentive  Stock
Options and Non-Qualified Options, as such terms are defined
in Section 6.1.

  (17)   "Participant" means any Employee who is granted  an
Award under this Program.

  (18)     "Participating   Subsidiary"   means   (i)    any
subsidiary  of  the  Corporation,  more  than  50%  of   the
aggregate  outstanding  voting  shares  of  all  outstanding
classes and series of which are beneficially owned, directly
or indirectly, by the Corporation, and one or more Employees
of  which  are  Participants, or are  eligible  for  Awards,
pursuant  to  this  Program or (ii) any "affiliate"  of  the
Corporation  and  one  or  more  Employees  of   which   are
Participants,  or are eligible for Awards pursuant  to  this
Program.   An "affiliate" for purposes of the definition  of
Participating Subsidiary means any entity that  directly  or
indirectly through  one or more intermediaries, controls, or
is  controlled  by,  or is under common  control  with,  the
Corporation. "Control" means direct or indirect ownership of
more than 50% or more of the equity of a corporation or  the
ability  through  share ownership or otherwise  to  elect  a
majority of the board of directors of a corporation.

  (19)    "Performance Award" has the meaning  described  in
Section 6.4.

  (20)    "Program" means this 1991 Incentive Program of  BP
Amoco  Corporation and its Participating Subsidiaries as  it
may be amended from time to time.

  (21)     "Restricted  Shares"  means  Shares,  which  have
certain  restrictions  attached to  the  ownership  thereof,
which may be issued under Section 6.3.

  (22)    "Retirement" means termination of a  Participant's
employment   with   the  Corporation  or   a   Participating
Subsidiary  by  retirement under the normal, mandatory,  and
applicable  age  plus  service or  other  provision  of  the
applicable   retirement  plan  of  the  Corporation   or   a
Participating Subsidiary.

  (23)    "Shares" means American Depositary  Shares  of  BP
Amoco.

  (24)    "Share Unit" means the right to receive a  payment
equivalent in value to one Share on the date of payment.

  (25)    "Stock  Appreciation Right"  means  a  right,  the
value of which is determined relative to the appreciation in
value of Shares, which may be issued under Section 6.2.

  (26)    "Totally Disabled" means solely because of disease
or  injury, a Participant is deemed by a qualified physician
selected  by the Corporation or Participating Subsidiary  to
be unable to work at any reasonable occupation.  "Reasonable
occupation"  means  any  gainful  activity  for  which   the
Participant  is,  or  may  reasonably  become,   fitted   by
education,  training or experience, but shall not  mean  any
activity   if   it  is  in  connection  with   an   approved
rehabilitation  program.  Notwithstanding the  foregoing,  a
Participant  shall  not be deemed Totally  Disabled  if  the
cause of disability was contributed to or resulted from: (i)
intentionally self-inflicted injuries; (ii) drug  addiction;
(iii)  insurrection, rebellion, participation in a  riot  or
civil commotion; or (iv) commission by the Participant of an
assault, battery or felony.

3.  Administration

  3.1 Compensation and Organization Committee

  (a)      This  Program  shall  be  administered   by   the
Committee, which shall be appointed by the Board. The  Board
may  remove  members from or add members to  the  Committee.
Vacancies on the Committee shall be filled by the Board.

  (b)     To  the  extent  permitted by  Section  14.3,  the
Committee  is  authorized to (i) determine  which  Employees
shall  be Participants in the Program and which Awards shall
be  granted  to  Participants,  (ii)  establish,  amend  and
rescind  rules, regulations and guidelines relating to  this
Program  as  it  deems  appropriate,  (iii)  interpret   and
administer  this Program, Awards and Award Agreements,  (iv)
establish,  modify  and terminate terms  and  conditions  of
Award  Agreements,  (v) grant waivers and  accelerations  of
Program,  Award  and Award Agreement restrictions  and  (vi)
take   any   other   action   necessary   for   the   proper
administration and operation of the Program,  all  of  which
shall be executed in accordance with the objectives of  this
Program.

  (c)     The  Committee may designate persons and  entities
other   than   its  members  to  carry  out   any   of   its
responsibilities under and described in this Program,  under
such   conditions  or  limitations  as  the  Committee   may
establish.

  3.2 Effect of Determinations

  Determinations  of the Committee and its  designees  shall
be  final,  binding and conclusive on the  Corporation,  its
Participating  Subsidiaries,  shareholders,  Employees   and
Participants.   No member of the Committee  or  any  of  its
designees  shall  be personally liable  for  any  action  or
determination  made  in  good faith  with  respect  to  this
Program, any Award, or any Award Agreement.

4.  Eligibility

  Persons  eligible  for  Awards under  this  Program  shall
consist  of key, managerial and other Employees who  possess
valuable experience and skills and have contributed, or  can
be  expected to contribute, materially to the success of the
Corporation  and/or  its  Participating  Subsidiaries.   The
Committee   shall   determine  which  Employees   shall   be
Participants, the types of Awards to be made to Participants
and  the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to the
Awards.

5.  Shares Subject to this Program

  5.1 Maximum Number of Shares

  The  maximum  number of Shares available for Awards  under
this  Program in each calendar year during any part of which
this Program shall be in effect shall be nine tenths of  one
percent  (0.9%)  of  the  total  outstanding  Shares  as  of
December  31 of the immediately preceding year,  subject  to
Section 8 of this Program.  Any and all such Shares  may  be
issued  in  respect of any of the types of Awards; provided,
however  that  no  more than thirteen  million  two  hundred
thirty  thousand (13,230,000) Shares shall  be  issued  with
respect  to Incentive Stock Options, and provided,  further,
that  no  more  than  twenty percent  (20%)  of  the  Shares
available  for Awards under this Program shall be issued  in
respect of Restricted Shares.

  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding  paragraph,  any
Participant, including any Named Executive Officer, shall be
limited  to  a  maximum  annual aggregate  award  (a)  under
Section  6.1  of no more than 248,000 Shares  underlying  an
Option  Award  and (b) under Section 6.2  of  no  more  than
248,000   Shares  or  Share  Units  related   to   a   Stock
Appreciation Right Award.

  5.2 Share Accounting

  Any  unused  Shares  of  the nine tenths  of  one  percent
(0.9%) limit described in Section 5.1 in any calendar  year,
shall  be available for Awards in succeeding calendar years.
Shares  granted  under this Program shall  be  derived  from
sources  determined  by  the Committee  in  accordance  with
applicable law.  No fractional Shares shall be granted under
this Program.

6. Awards

  Awards  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,   those
described  in this Section 6. Awards may be granted  singly,
in  combination, or in tandem with other Awards.  Subject to
the  other  provisions of this Program, Awards may  also  be
made in combination or in tandem with, in replacement of, or
as  alternatives to, grants or rights under this Program and
any   other  employee  plan  of  the  Corporation   or   its
Participating  Subsidiaries,  including  any  plan  of   any
acquired  entity.   Subject  to  the  terms  of  the  Awards
described in this Section 6 and the related Award Agreement,
the form of payment for Awards may be in cash, in Shares, in
Share  Units,  or  such  other form  as  determined  by  the
Committee, and may be made partly in one form and partly  in
one or more other forms, all as determined by the Committee.
Except  as otherwise provided in this Program, Awards  shall
be  evidenced by Award Agreements, the terms of which may be
amended or accelerated by the Committee following the  grant
of  any  Award  and need not be uniform among  Participants.
Except  as otherwise provided in this Program, Awards  shall
be  granted for such minimum consideration as is required by
applicable  law, rules and regulations, and such  additional
consideration,  if  any,  as  may  be  determined   by   the
Committee.

  6.1 Options

  Options  may  be granted under this Program from  time  to
time.   If  Options  are  granted they  shall  be  upon  the
following terms and conditions and such additional terms and
conditions, not inconsistent with the express provisions  of
this  Program, as the Committee in its discretion shall deem
desirable:

  (a)     Options  granted to Employees may be either  of  a
type that meets the requirements of incentive stock options,
as  defined  in  Section 422 of the Code  ("Incentive  Stock
Options"),  or  of  a type or types that do  not  meet  such
requirements   ("Non-Qualified   Options"),   if   otherwise
consistent with the provisions of this Program.

  (b)     The  option price per Share for all Options  shall
be  that recommended by the Committee, but it shall  not  be
less  than  one  hundred percent (100%) of the  Fair  Market
Value Per Share on the date the Option is granted.

  (c)     Award Agreements for Options shall conform to  the
requirements  of  this Program, and may contain  such  other
provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable;  provided,
however,  that  if an Option is designated as  an  Incentive
Stock  Option the terms of the Award Agreement shall  be  in
conformance with the statutory requirements for an Incentive
Stock Option as specified in the Code.

  (d)    Award Agreements for Options shall specify when  an
Option  may be exercisable.  An Option may be exercised,  in
whole  or  in part, by giving written notice of exercise  to
the  Corporation  specifying the  number  of  Shares  to  be
purchased.   Shares  purchased upon exercise  of  an  Option
shall  be  paid  for  in  full at the  time  the  Option  is
exercised in cash or in Shares.  Payment may also be made in
any   other  manner  or  form  approved  by  the  Committee,
consistent with applicable law, regulations and rules.

  (e)     A  holder of an Option shall have no rights  as  a
holder  with  respect to any Shares covered by  such  Option
unless and until the date of the issuance of such Shares.

  (f)   (i)  If  a  Participant dies while employed  by  the
  Corporation  or  a  Participating  Subsidiary  and   after
  completion   of   the   required  period   of   continuous
  employment  as  provided in the Award Agreement  following
  the  date  an Option is granted, then the Option shall  be
  exercisable  by  the Beneficiary of the  Participant,  but
  only  within  the period specified in the Award  Agreement
  which  shall not be later than three (3) years  after  the
  date  of  the Participant's death and, in any  event,  not
  later than the expiration date of the Option.

     (ii)   Following  the  death  of  a  Participant,   the
  Committee may at its discretion, upon the request of  such
  Participant's Beneficiary who holds an exercisable  Option
  and  in consideration of the surrender of such Option, pay
  the  amount  by which the Fair Market Value Per  Share  on
  the  date  of  such request shall exceed the Option  price
  per  Share multiplied by the number of Shares as to  which
  the request was made.

  (g)     If  a Participant is deemed by the Corporation  or
the   applicable  Participating  Subsidiary  to  be  Totally
Disabled,  or if a Participant Retires, after completion  of
any required period of continuous employment as provided  in
the  Award  Agreement,  following the  date  an  Option  was
granted,  the Option shall be exercisable by the Participant
or  the Participant's legal guardian or representative,  but
only  within  the  period specified in the Award  Agreement,
which  shall  not be later than the expiration date  of  the
Option.   If a Participant, to whom this Section  6.1(g)  is
applicable,  dies  before  the  expiration  of  the   period
specified in the Award Agreement during which the Option may
be  exercised, and without having exercised the Option, then
the  Option shall be exercisable by the Beneficiary  of  the
Participant  during the remainder of such  specified  period
but  only  within  three (3) years after  the  date  of  the
Participant's  death, and in any event, not later  than  the
expiration date of the Option.

  6.2 Stock Appreciation Rights

  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  may  be  granted  under  this
Program from time to time.  If Stock Appreciation Rights are
granted   they  shall  be  upon  the  following  terms   and
conditions,  and  such additional terms and conditions,  not
inconsistent with the express provisions of this Program, as
the Committee in its discretion shall deem desirable:

  (a)     A  Stock  Appreciation Right  may  be  granted  in
tandem  with  part or all of, in addition to, or  completely
independent  of,  an Option or any other  Award  under  this
Program.   A Stock Appreciation Right issued in tandem  with
an Option may be granted at the time of grant of the related
Option  or  at any time thereafter during the  term  of  the
Option.

  (b)     Award  Agreements  for Stock  Appreciation  Rights
shall  conform to the requirements of this Program  and  may
contain such other provisions (including but not limited to,
the  permitted form of payment for the exercise of the Stock
Appreciation  Right,  the  requirement  of  employment   for
designated periods of time prior to exercise and the ability
of  the Committee to revoke Stock Appreciation Rights  which
are  issued  in tandem with Options without compensation  to
the Participant) as the Committee shall deem advisable.

  (c)     Stock  Appreciation Rights issued in  tandem  with
Options shall be subject to the following:

        (i)  Stock  Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable
  at  such time or times and to the extent, but only to  the
  extent,  that  the Option to which they  relate  shall  be
  exercisable.

        (ii) Upon exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights  the
  holder  thereof shall be entitled to receive a  number  of
  Shares  equal  in aggregate value to the amount  by  which
  the  Fair  Market  Value Per Share on  the  date  of  such
  exercise  shall exceed the option price per Share  of  the
  related  Option,  multiplied by the number  of  Shares  in
  respect of which the Stock Appreciation Rights shall  have
  been exercised.

        (iii) All or any part of the obligation arising  out
  of  an  exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights may, at  the
  discretion of the Committee, be settled by the payment  of
  cash  equal  to the aggregate value of the  Shares  (or  a
  fraction  of  a Share) that would otherwise  be  delivered
  under the Section 6.2 (c) (ii).

        (iv) Upon exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights  the
  Participant   shall  surrender  to  the  Corporation   the
  unexercised tandem Options.

        (v)  Stock Appreciation Rights issued in tandem with
  Options  shall automatically terminate upon  the  exercise
  of such Options.

  6.3 Restricted Shares

  Awards  of  Restricted Shares may be  granted  under  this
Program  from time to time.  If Awards of Restricted  Shares
are  granted  they  shall be upon the  following  terms  and
conditions  and  such additional terms and  conditions,  not
inconsistent with the express provisions of this Program, as
the Committee in its discretion shall deem desirable:

  (a)     Restricted Shares are Shares which are subject  to
such  terms,  conditions and restrictions as  the  Committee
deems  appropriate, which may include restrictions upon  the
sale,  assignment,  transfer or  other  disposition  of  the
Restricted Shares and the requirement of forfeiture  of  the
Restricted  Shares  upon  termination  of  employment  under
certain  specified conditions.  The Committee may  condition
the  lapsing of restrictions on part or all of an  Award  of
Restricted   Shares   upon   the  attainment   of   specific
performance goals or such other factors as the Committee may
determine.   Awards of Restricted Shares may be granted  for
no  cash consideration or for such minimum consideration  as
may be required by applicable law.

  (b)      Award  Agreements  for  Restricted  Shares  shall
conform to the requirements of this Program, and may contain
such  other terms and conditions (including but not  limited
to,  a  description of a period during which the Participant
may  not  transfer  the  Restricted  Shares  and  limits  on
encumbering the Restricted Shares during such period) as the
Committee shall deem desirable.  To the extent permitted  by
Section 14.3 hereof, the Committee may provide for the lapse
of  any  such  term  or  condition in installments  and  may
accelerate or waive any such term or condition in  whole  or
in  part,  based on service, performance and/or  such  other
factors or criteria as the Committee may determine.

  (c)      Award  Agreements  for  Restricted  Shares  shall
provide that the certificates representing Restricted Shares
shall  be  legended,  that the shares shall  be  held  by  a
custodian, or that there be other mechanisms for maintaining
control  by  the Corporation of the Restricted Shares  until
the restrictions thereon are no longer in effect.  After the
lapse,   waiver  or  release  of  the  restrictions  imposed
pursuant to the Award Agreement on any Restricted Shares, an
equal  amount  of  Shares  without  restrictions  shall   be
released to the Participant.

  (d)    Except as otherwise provided in this Program or  in
the  Award  Agreement,  the  Participant  shall  have,  with
respect to Awards of Restricted Shares, all of the rights of
a  holder  of  Shares,  including  the  right  to  vote  the
Restricted Shares and the right to receive any dividends  on
such Restricted Shares.  The Committee may provide that  the
payment  of  cash dividends shall or may be  deferred.   Any
reinvestment  of  deferred  cash  dividends  shall   be   as
determined by the Committee.  Non-cash dividends issued with
respect  to Restricted Shares shall be subject to  the  same
terms,  conditions  and  restrictions  that  apply  to   the
Restricted  Shares with respect to which such dividends  are
issued.   Any  additional  Shares  issued  with  respect  to
dividends shall not be counted against the maximum number of
Shares for which Awards may be granted under this Program as
set forth in Section 5.

  (e)     If  the  employment of a Participant is terminated
prior  to  the  lapse of restrictions on  Restricted  Shares
because  the  Participant dies, becomes Totally Disabled  or
Retires  involuntarily, the restrictions on  all  Restricted
Shares  awarded to a Participant shall lapse on the date  of
such termination.

  6.4  Performance Awards

  Performance Awards may be granted under this Program  from
time  to time.  If Performance Awards are granted they shall
be   upon  the  following  terms  and  conditions  and  such
additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent  with  the
express provisions of this Program, as the Committee in  its
discretion shall deem advisable:

  (a)     Performance Awards are Awards which are based upon
the  performance  of  all or a portion  of  the  Corporation
and/or  its  Participating Subsidiaries or which  are  based
upon   the   individual  performance   of   a   Participant.
Performance Awards may be in the form of performance  units,
performance  shares  and  such other  forms  of  Performance
Awards  which the Committee shall determine to be desirable.
Performance   Awards  are  Awards  which  are   granted   to
Participants  contingent upon (i) the future performance  of
all  or  a  portion of the Corporation and/or  one  or  more
Participating  Subsidiaries,  which  may  include,   without
limitation, performance relative to a group of companies  in
the  same  or  related industries, achievement  of  specific
business  objectives,  attainment of certain  growth  rates,
profitability  goals  and  such other  measurements  as  the
Committee  determines  to be appropriate,  (ii)  the  future
performance  of  a  Participant, which may include,  without
limitation, attainment of specified goals and objectives and
such  other measurements as the Committee determines  to  be
appropriate,  (iii) the future performance of a  combination
of  all  or a portion of the Corporation and/or one or  more
Participating Subsidiaries and a Participant, or  (iv)  such
other   measurements  and  criteria  as  may  be  considered
appropriate  by  the  Committee.   Performance  Awards   may
contain multiple performance measurements.

  (b)     Award  Agreements  for  Performance  Awards  shall
conform  to the requirements of this Program and may contain
such  other terms and conditions (including but not  limited
to,  applicable  performance measurements, a description  of
whether performance measurements are to be used singly or in
combination, a description of whether different  performance
measurements may be used for different performance  periods,
the  length  of  performance periods,  the  ability  of  the
Committee  to  amend  and adjust measurements,  payouts  and
performance   periods   of  Performance   Awards   and   any
requirements  of employment during performance  periods)  as
the Committee shall deem desirable.

  (c)     Award  Agreements  for  Performance  Awards  shall
provide   for  a  required  minimum  period  of   continuous
employment  during  a performance period  of  a  Performance
Award.   If  such  minimum period of  continuous  employment
shall have elapsed, the Award Agreement may provide, or  the
Committee may determine, the portion of the payment  of  the
Performance Award which the Participant or the Participant's
Beneficiary, as applicable, is to receive at the end of  the
performance period.

  6.5  Other Awards

  The  Committee  may grant other Share based  Awards  under
this  Program,  including without limitation,  those  Awards
pursuant  to  which  Shares are or  may  in  the  future  be
acquired,  Awards  denominated in  Share  Units,  securities
convertible  into  Shares  and  dividend  equivalents.   The
Committee shall determine the terms and conditions  of  such
other Share based Awards.  Shares issued in connection  with
such  other  Share  based Awards shall be  issued  for  such
minimum  consideration  as shall be required  by  applicable
law,    rules   and   regulations,   and   such   additional
consideration,  if  any,  as  may  be  determined   by   the
Committee.

  The  Committee may also grant other non-Share based Awards
under  this  Program  and  shall  determine  the  terms  and
conditions  of  such  other  non-Share  based  Awards.   The
Committee may grant such other Share based Awards  and  non-
Share  based  Awards  in  tandem or combination  with  other
Awards  or  each other, in exchange of other Awards,  or  in
tandem or combination with, or as alternatives to grants  or
rights  under  any  other employee plan of the  Corporation,
including  any  plan of any acquired entity.  The  Committee
shall  have the authority to determine the Participants  for
such Awards and all other terms and conditions of such other
Awards.   No amendment of this Program is required  for  the
creation of another type of Award.

7. Bonuses

  7.1 Determination of Bonuses

  Bonuses  may  be granted under this Program from  time  to
time.   The amount of Bonuses which may be awarded shall  be
as determined by the Committee.  The Committee may establish
a basis upon which aggregate Bonus expenditures for any year
shall  be  determined,  which may  include  measurements  of
financial performance of the Corporation and/or one or  more
of  its Participating Subsidiaries, relative performance  of
the  Corporation and/or any one or more of its Participating
Subsidiaries   within   the  same  or  related   industries,
competitive    compensation   considerations    and    other
measurements and criteria.

  In  the  case  of  Named Executive Officers,  the  maximum
annual individual Bonus Award to the Chief Executive Officer
shall  be  limited  to an amount no greater  than  0.15%  of
Adjusted  Net  Income  and  for the  other  Named  Executive
Officers,  an  amount no greater than 0.10% of Adjusted  Net
Income.

  The  Committee in its sole discretion may, but  shall  not
be  required to, reduce the amount of, or not grant a  Bonus
Award  that  could  otherwise be  granted  based  upon  such
considerations as it deems appropriate.

  7.2  Form and Time of Payment of Bonuses

  (a)     Each  Bonus may be made at the discretion  of  the
Committee either in cash, in Shares, in Share Units,  or  in
another form as determined by the Committee and may be  made
partly  in  one form and partly in one or more other  forms.
In the case of an Award of a Bonus in Shares or Share Units,
the  number  shall be determined by using  the  Fair  Market
Value Per Share on the date of the Award of the Bonus.

  (b)     The payment of any Bonus shall be subject to  such
obligations  or conditions as the Committee may  specify  in
making  or recommending the Award of the Bonus, but  Bonuses
need not be evidenced by Award Agreements.

  (c)     When payment of all or part of a Bonus is deferred
in  the  form of Shares or Share Units, the account  of  the
Participant to whom the Bonus was made will be credited with
an  amount per Share equal to the dividends payable on  each
issued   and  outstanding  Share  ("dividend  equivalents").
Amounts  thus  credited  shall, in  the  discretion  of  the
Committee, either:

        (i)   be  paid in cash as and when each such  credit
  shall be made, or

        (ii) be credited in Shares or Share Units, with  the
  number  determined  by  using the Fair  Market  Value  Per
  Share  on  the date of the dividend payment and  delivered
  in  such  form  and  at  such time  or  times  as  may  be
  determined by the Committee.

  (d)     When payment of all or part of a Bonus is deferred
in  cash, the Committee may provide that the account of  the
Participant  to  whom the Bonus was made shall  be  credited
with    amounts    equivalent   to    interest    ("interest
equivalents").  Amounts thus credited shall be at  the  rate
determined by the Committee.

  (e)     Any Bonus payable in Shares may, in the discretion
of  the  Committee, be paid in cash, on each date  on  which
payment  in  Shares would otherwise have been  made,  in  an
amount equal to the Fair Market Value Per Share on each such
date,  multiplied  by  the  number  of  Shares  which  would
otherwise have been paid on such date.

  (f)      Bonuses  may  be  awarded  in  Share   Units   in
accordance with the following terms and conditions and  such
other terms and conditions as the Committee may impose:

        (i)  The number of Share Units awarded with  respect
  to  any Bonus shall be the number determined by using  the
  Fair  Market Value Per Share on the date of the  Award  of
  the Bonus.

        (ii)  Any  Bonus  made in Share Units  may,  in  the
  discretion  or on the recommendation of the Committee,  be
  paid  in  Shares  on each date on which  payment  in  cash
  would otherwise be made.

  (g)     In  lieu  of  the foregoing forms  of  payment  of
Bonuses,  the Committee may specify or recommend  any  other
form  of  payment which it determines to be of substantially
equivalent  economic value to the cash value  of  the  Bonus
including, without limitation, forms involving payments to a
trust or trusts for the benefit of one or more Participants.

  (h)     Each payment of a Bonus that is to be made in cash
shall  be from the general funds of the Corporation  or  the
Participating Subsidiary making the payment.

  (I)     In the event of the death of a Participant to whom
a  Bonus is to be or shall have been made, the Bonus or  any
portion  thereof  remaining unpaid shall  be  paid  to  such
Participant's  Beneficiary either in  the  manner  in  which
payment would have been made had the Participant not died or
in such other manner as may be determined by the Committee.

8. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization

  Subject  to  any  required action by the Corporation's  or
any Participating Subsidiary's shareholders, in the event of
a   reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock  split,  stock
dividend, exchange of Shares (or the underlying securities),
combination   of  Shares  (or  the  underlying  securities),
merger,  consolidation  or  any other  change  in  corporate
structure  of the Corporation or a Participating  Subsidiary
affecting  the  Shares, or in the event of  a  sale  by  the
Corporation  or any Participating Subsidiary  of  all  or  a
significant   part  of  assets,  or  any   distribution   to
shareholders   other  than  a  normal  cash  dividend,   the
Committee  may  make appropriate adjustment in  the  number,
kind,  price and value of Shares authorized by this  Program
and  any  adjustments to outstanding Awards as it determines
appropriate  so  as  to prevent dilution or  enlargement  of
rights.

9.  Change in Control

  9.1 Definition of Change in Control

  A  "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if
any  one or more of the events described in paragraphs  (a),
(b) or (c) below occurs:

  (a)     Any  "person," as such term is  used  in  Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (including any group  of
persons  with  which  any  person  [or  its  affiliates   or
associates,  as such terms are defined in Rule  12b-2  under
the  Exchange  Act,  of  such  person]  has  any  agreement,
arrangement or understanding, oral or written, regarding the
acquiring,  holding,  voting or  disposing  of  any  of  the
Corporation's securities, but excluding a trustee  or  other
fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit  plan
of the Corporation) (i) is or becomes the "beneficial owner"
(as  defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly
or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing
twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of
the  Corporation's then outstanding securities  (hereinafter
referred  to  as an "Acquiring Person"), and (ii)  any  such
person becoming an Acquiring Person was not approved by  the
Board of Directors of the Corporation which was composed  of
"Continuing  Directors," as that term is  defined  below  in
(b), before the person became an Acquiring Person; or

  (b)     The  Board of Directors is no longer comprised  of
"Continuing  Directors" (which for purposes of this  Program
shall  mean  (i) any person who is a director prior  to  the
effective date of this Program and who is not, while serving
as  a  director,  an Acquiring Person (or a  representative,
affiliate  or  associate thereof), or (ii) any person  whose
nomination  for  election,  or election,  to  the  Board  of
Directors  subsequent  to  the  date  of  this  Program   is
recommended or approved by at least two-thirds of Continuing
Directors  and who is not, while serving as a  director,  an
Acquiring   Person  (or  a  representative,   affiliate   or
associate thereof) ); or

  (c)     There  occurs  a "Business Combination,"  as  that
term is defined as of the effective date of this Program  in
INDIANA  CODE  Section 23-1-43-5 (with the  terms  "resident
domestic corporation" and "interested shareholder"  as  used
in that Section being deemed to refer to the Corporation and
to an Acquiring Person, respectively), that was not approved
by  the  Board  of Directors of the Corporation,  which  was
comprised  of  Continuing Directors,  before  the  Acquiring
Person became an Acquiring Person.

  However,  in no event shall a Change in Control be  deemed
to  have  occurred, with respect to a Participant,  if  that
Participant is part of an Acquiring Person which consummates
the  Change in Control transaction.  A Participant shall  be
deemed  "part  of an Acquiring Person" for purposes  of  the
preceding   sentence  if  the  Participant  is   an   equity
participant or has agreed to become an equity participant in
the  Acquiring Person (except for (i) passive  ownership  of
less  than 3% of the securities of the Acquiring Person;  or
(ii)  ownership  of equity participation  in  the  Acquiring
Person  which is otherwise not deemed to be significant,  as
determined  prior to the Change in Control by a majority  of
the disinterested Continuing Directors).

  9.2 Effect of Change in Control

  Upon  the  occurrence of an event of  Change  in  Control,
unless otherwise specifically prohibited by the terms of the
second paragraph of Section 6:

  (a)     Any and all Options and Stock Appreciation  Rights
shall become immediately exercisable;

  (b)     Any  restriction periods and restrictions  imposed
on  Restricted  Shares  shall lapse,  and  within  ten  (10)
business  days after the occurrence of a Change in  Control,
an  equal  amount  of Shares without restrictions  shall  be
released to the applicable Participants;

  (c)     The  target value attainable under all Performance
Awards  shall  be deemed to have been fully earned  for  the
entire  performance period as of the effective date  of  the
Change in Control, except that all Performance Awards  which
shall have been outstanding less than six (6) months on  the
effective date of the Change in Control shall not be  deemed
to have earned the target value; and

  (d)     Subject  to  Section 14.3 hereof, all  such  other
actions and modifications to the Awards as determined by the
Committee  to  be  appropriate before the  Acquiring  Person
became an Acquiring Person upon the Change in Control of the
Corporation shall become effective.

10. Relationship of the Program to Benefit Plans

  Except  to  the  extent excluded under an applicable  plan
document,  the  determination of  whether  a  Bonus  or  any
portion  thereof  is  to  be  treated  as  includable  in  a
Participant's earnings base, for the purpose of  determining
such Participant's benefits under retirement, savings, group
life insurance, long-term disability plans and other benefit
plans of the Corporation or a Participating Subsidiary, will
be  made by the Committee.  No other income of a Participant
attributable  to  this  Program shall  be  included  in  the
Participant's earnings for purposes of any benefit  plan  in
which the Participant may be eligible to participate.

11.      Effect   of  the  Program  On  Right  to  Continued
  Employment and Interest In Particular Property

  None  of the existence of this Program, any Awards granted
pursuant  hereto  or any Award Agreement  shall  create  any
right  to  continued  employment  of  any  Employee  by  the
Corporation,   any  of  its  subsidiaries  or  Participating
Subsidiaries.    No  Participant  shall  have,   under   any
circumstances,   any   interest   whatsoever,   vested    or
contingent,  in  any particular property  or  asset  of  the
Corporation, any subsidiary or any Participating  Subsidiary
or  in any particular Share or Shares (other than Restricted
Shares  held  by  a custodian) by virtue of  any  Award.   A
Participant  may  be granted additional  Awards  under  this
Program  under such circumstances and at such times  as  the
Committee   may  determine;  provided,  however,   that   no
Participant shall be entitled to any Award in the absence of
a   specific   grant   by  the  Committee   of   an   Award,
notwithstanding  the  prior  grant  of  an  Award  to   such
Participant.

  This  Program  shall not be deemed a substitute  for,  and
shall not preclude the establishment or continuation of  any
other  plan,  practice  or  arrangement  that  may  now   or
hereafter  be  provided  for the  payment  of  compensation,
special  awards  or employee benefits to  employees  of  the
Corporation,   its  Participating  Subsidiaries,   and   its
subsidiaries  generally,  or  to  any  class  or  group   of
employees,   including  without  limitation,  any   savings,
thrift, profit-sharing, pension, retirement, excess benefit,
insurance,  health  care  plans or  other  employee  benefit
plans.   Any  such  arrangements may be  authorized  by  the
Corporation,   its  Participating  Subsidiaries,   and   its
subsidiaries   generally   and   payment   thereunder   made
independently of this Program.

12.   Withholding Taxes and Deferrals

  12.1 Cash Withholding

  The  Corporation  or its Participating Subsidiaries  shall
have  the  right to deduct from any cash payment made  under
Awards  under  this  Program any  federal,  state  or  local
income,  or other taxes required by law to be withheld  with
respect to such payment or to take such other action as  may
be  necessary  in  the  opinion of the  Corporation  or  its
Participating  Subsidiaries to satisfy all  obligations  for
the payment of such taxes.

  12.2 Share Withholding

  Any  Share  based Award may provide by the  grant  thereof
that  the  recipient of such Award may elect, in  accordance
with  any applicable laws, rules and regulations, to  pay  a
portion  or  all  of  the  amount of such  minimum  required
withholding taxes in Shares.  In such event, the Participant
shall  authorize the Corporation to withhold, or shall agree
to   deliver  to  the  Corporation,  Shares  owned  by  such
Participant or a portion of the Shares that otherwise  would
be  distributed to such Participant, having  a  Fair  Market
Value equal to the amount of withholding tax liability.

  12.3 Deferrals

  The  Committee  may  require or permit  a  Participant  to
defer  such Participant's receipt of the payment of cash  or
the  delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to  such
Participant  by virtue of the exercise, the satisfaction  of
any requirements or goals or lapse or waiver of restrictions
of  an Award made under this Program.  If any such deferment
election  is  required  or permitted,  the  Committee  shall
establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals.

13.  Compliance With Applicable Legal Requirements

  No  Shares  or other securities distributable pursuant  to
this  Program  shall  be  issued and  delivered  unless  the
issuance   thereof   complies  with  all  applicable   legal
requirements including, without limitation, compliance  with
the  provisions  of  applicable state securities  laws,  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time or  any
successor statute, the Securities Exchange Act of  1934,  as
amended  from  time  to time or any successor  statute,  the
requirements  of  the  exchanges on which  Shares  or  other
securities  may,  at  the  time, be listed,  and  applicable
United Kingdom law.

14.   Amendments

  14.1 Program Amendments

  The  Committee or the Board, as appropriate, may,  insofar
as  permitted by law, from time to time, with respect to any
Shares  at  the  time  not subject  to  Awards,  suspend  or
discontinue  this  Program or revise  or  amend  it  in  any
respect whatsoever.

  14.2 Amendments of Awards

  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  and  within  the
limitations  of  this  Program,  the  Committee  may  amend,
cancel,  modify, or extend outstanding Awards granted  under
this Program.

  14.3 Rights of Participants

  No  amendment, suspension or termination of  this  Program
nor  any  amendment,  cancellation or  modification  of  any
outstanding  Award or Award Agreement that  would  adversely
affect the right of any Participant with respect to an Award
previously  granted  under this Program  will  be  effective
without  the  written  consent of the affected  Participant.
Such written consent may be obtained simultaneously with the
grant of any Award.

15.   Miscellaneous Provisions

  15.1 Beneficiaries

  Any  Award  Agreement may provide that in the case  of  an
Award that is not forfeitable by its terms upon the death of
the Participant, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary
with  respect  to  such Award in the event  of  death  of  a
Participant.   If  such  Beneficiary  is  the  executor   or
administrator of the estate of the Participant,  any  rights
with  respect to such Award may be transferred to the person
or persons or entity (including a trust) entitled thereto by
bequest of or inheritance from the holder of such Award.

  15.2 Awards in Foreign Countries

  The  Committee  shall  have the authority  to  adopt  such
modifications, procedures and subplans as may  be  necessary
or  desirable  to  comply with provisions  of  the  laws  of
foreign   countries   in  which  the  Corporation   or   its
Participating  Subsidiaries  may  operate  to   assure   the
viability  of  the benefits of Awards made  to  Participants
employed  in  such countries and to meet the  objectives  of
this Program.

  15.3 Non-Transferability

  Except  as  otherwise provided in Award Agreements  or  in
this   Program,  Awards  under  this  Program  may  not   be
transferred by Participants during their lifetimes  and  may
not  be  assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred,  except
for those Awards which are not forfeitable upon the death of
a  Participant  may be transferred by will or  the  laws  of
descent  and distribution.  The designation of a Beneficiary
shall not constitute a transfer.

  15.4 Cancellation of Awards

  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Program  or  in
applicable Award Agreements, the terms of which need not  be
uniform  among  Participants, if a Participant  to  whom  an
Award is granted ceases to be employed by the Corporation or
by  a  Participating  Subsidiary, all of such  Participant's
unexercised   Awards   and  Awards  on   which   there   are
restrictions shall be immediately canceled.




As amended and restated effective January 4, 1999.

<PAGE>





<PAGE>
                                                      EXHIBIT 4.5










                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                  SALARIED 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN


                   Effective January 1, 1996

<PAGE>

                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY
                  SALARIED 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

                       TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                Page
I    INTRODUCTION
           1.1                                    Effective Date   1
           1.2                    Compliance with Code and ERISA   1
           1.3                 Exclusive Benefit of Participants   1
           1.4              Limitation on Rights Created by Plan   1
           1.5                       Application of Plan's Terms   1
           1.6                           Benefits Not Guaranteed   2

II   DEFINITIONS
           2.1                                Affiliated Company   3
           2.2                                             Amoco   3
           2.3                                 Amoco Corporation   3
           2.4                           Applicable Compensation   3
           2.5                                       Beneficiary   4
           2.6                                   Casual Employee   4
           2.7                                              Code   4
           2.8                                          Employer   4
           2.9                                        Entry Date   4
           2.10                                            ERISA   4
           2.11                      Highly-Compensated Employee   4
           2.12                                  Hour of Service   6
           2.13                                  Hourly Employee   6
           2.14                               Part-Time Employee   6
           2.15                                      Participant   6
           2.16                                             Plan   7
           2.17                                        Plan Year   7
           2.18                            Pre-Tax Contributions   7
           2.19                                 Regular Employee   7
           2.20                                Salaried Employee   7
           2.21                                          Spouse.   7
           2.22                               Temporary Employee   7
           2.23                                  Trust Agreement   7
           2.24                                     Trust Fund.    7
           2.25                                         Trustee    7

III  PARTICIPATION
           3.1                                   Eligible Class.    9
           3.2                                     Participation   10
           3.3                              End of Participation   10
           3.4                     Reentry of Former Participant   10

IV   PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS
           4.1                             Pre-Tax Contributions   11
           4.2               Procedure for Pre-Tax Contributions   11
           4.3               Collection of Pre-Tax Contributions   11
           4.4                   Change in Pre-Tax Contributions   11
           4.5           401(k) Pre-Tax Contributions Limitation   12
           4.6Maximum Amount of Participant Pre-Tax Contributions  13
           4.7                     Direct Rollover Contributions   13

V    COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
           5.1                    Company Matching Contributions   15
           5.2                              Time of Contribution   15
           5.3        Section 415 Annual Contribution Limitation   15
           5.4                      Combined Benefit Limitations   16
           5.5         Limitation on Allocation of Contributions   16
           5.6        Allocation of Earnings to Distributions of
                                            Excess Contributions   17
           5.7            Multiple Use of Alternative Limitation   17
           5.8                           No Interest in Company.   18

VI   ACCOUNTS AND CREDITS
           6.1                         Establishment of Accounts   19
           6.2     Crediting Participants' Pre-Tax Contributions   19
           6.3                  Crediting Matching Contributions   19
           6.4                               Crediting Rollovers   19
           6.5                                Charge to Accounts   19

VII  INVESTMENT FUNDS AND CREDITING INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE
           7.1                                  Investment Funds   20
           7.2   Investment Directions and Transfers Among Funds   20
           7.3                               Valuation of Assets   21
           7.4                   Crediting Investment Experience   21

VIII LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
           8.1Plan Administrator Shall Administer the Loan Program 23
           8.2                             Availability of Loans   23
           8.3                                Conditions of Loan   23
           8.4                              Accounting for Loans   25

IX   IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
           9.1                 Withdrawals From Rollover Account   26
           9.2     Withdrawals From Pre-Tax Contribution Account   26
           9.3    Order of Asset Liquidation for All Withdrawals   27
X    DISTRIBUTIONS
           10.1                                    Distributions   28
           10.2               Termination of Employment Prior to
                                             Retirement or Death   28
           10.3                                     Reemployment   31
           10.4                                  $3,500 Cash-Out   31
           10.5                       Required Distribution Date   31
           10.6         Distribution Upon Death of a Participant   32
           10.7                       Rehire Before Distribution   33
           10.8                           Waiver of 30-Day Notice  33

XI   DIRECT ROLLOVERS
           11.1                                  Direct Rollover   34
           11.2                                      Definitions   34

XII  AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
           12.1                                Amendment of Plan   36
           12.2                                  Merger of Plans   36
           12.3                                      Termination   36
           12.4                            Effect of Termination   36

XIII NAMED FIDUCIARIES
           13.1                    Identity of Named Fiduciaries   38
           13.2Responsibilities and Authority of Plan Administrator38
           13.3        Responsibilities and Authority of Trustee   38
           13.4                        Responsibilities of Amoco   38
           13.5                      Responsibilities Not Shared   38
           13.6                Dual Fiduciary Capacity Permitted   39
           13.7                                Actions by Amoco.   39
           13.8                                           Advice   39

XIV  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
           14.1                                      Appointment   40
           14.2                                Notice to Trustee   40
           14.3                          Administration of Plan.   40
           14.4                         Reporting and Disclosure   40
           14.5                                          Records   40
           14.6                         Claims Review Procedure.   40
           14.7       Administrative Discretion; Final Authority   41

XV   PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
           15.1                      Adoption by Other Employers   42
           15.2                             Designation of Agent   42
           15.3                               Employee Transfers   42
           15.4                  Discontinuance of Participation   42
           15.5Participating Employer Contribution for Affiliate   42

XVI  MISCELLANEOUS
           16.1              Qualified Domestic Relations Orders   43
           16.2                        Nonalienation of Benefits   43
           16.3               Payment of Minors and Incompetents   43
           16.4                         Current Address of Payee   43
           16.5            Disputes over Entitlement to Benefits   44
           16.6                              Payment of Benefits   44
           16.7                                 Plan Supplements   44
           16.8                            Rules of Construction   44
           16.9                                    Text Controls   44
           16.10                            Applicable State Law   45
           16.11                    Plan Administration Expenses   45
           16.12             Voting and Tendering of Amoco Stock   45
           16.13                               Action by Company   46

SUPPLEMENT A
     Special Rules for Top-Heavy Plans                            A-1

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE I    INTRODUCTION



      1.1   Effective  Date.  Amoco Fabrics  and  Fibers  Company

established the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried  401(k)

Savings Plan ("Plan") effective as of January 1, 1996.

      1.2  Compliance with Code and ERISA.  This Plan is intended

to qualify as a profit-sharing plan under Code Section 401(a) and

a  cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k).  It is

also  intended to comply with the applicable provisions of ERISA.

The Plan will be interpreted in a manner that comports with these

intentions.

     1.3  Exclusive Benefit of Participants.  The Plan is for the

exclusive   benefit  of  Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries.

Employer and Participant contributions are made to the Trust Fund

for  the  purpose  of  accumulating a fund  for  distribution  to

Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the Plan.

Except  as provided in Section 5.6, no part of the Trust Fund  or

any  distribution  therefrom will be  used  for  or  diverted  to

purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and

their  Beneficiaries  and defraying the  reasonable  expenses  of

administering the Plan and Trust Fund not paid by the Employer.

       1.4   Limitation  on  Rights  Created  by  Plan.   Nothing

appearing  in the Plan will be construed (a) to give  any  person

any  benefit,  right  or  interest except as  expressly  provided

herein, or (b) to create a contract of employment or to give  any

Employee  the  right to continue as an Employee or to  affect  or

modify his terms of employment in any way.

      1.5   Application of Plan's Terms.  The benefits and rights

of  a  Participant and his Beneficiaries under the Plan  will  be

determined in accordance with the terms of the Plan that  are  in

effect  on the date that contributions on a Participant's  behalf

are  made  or  credited to his Accounts or on  the  date  of  the

Participant's   retirement,  death  or   other   termination   of

employment, whichever may be applicable.

      1.6  Benefits Not Guaranteed.  The Employer and the Trustee

do  not  guarantee  the payment of benefits hereunder.   Benefits

will be paid from the assets of the Trust Fund and are limited to

the amount of assets therein.

                           ARTICLE II   DEFINITIONS



      This article contains a number of definitions of terms used

in  the Plan.  Other terms are defined, explained or clarified in

other   articles.    This  is  done  for  convenience   of   plan

administration.  There is no other significance to  the  location

of a definition.

     2.1  "Affiliated Company" means (i) any corporation (foreign

or  domestic) controlled by, controlling or under common  control

with Amoco Corporation, by ownership, direct or indirect, of more

than eighty percent (80%) of the voting stock thereof, and any of

their respective successors in business; (ii) a trade or business

which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c))

with Amoco Corporation; (iii) a corporation, partnership or other

entity  which, together with Amoco, is a member of an  affiliated

service  group (as defined in Code Section 414(m));  or  (iv)  an

organization  which  is  required to  be  aggregated  with  Amoco

pursuant to regulations promulgated under Code Section 414(o).

      2.2   "Amoco"  means Amoco Fabrics and  Fibers  Company,  a

Delaware Corporation, or its successor.

     2.3  "Amoco Corporation" means Amoco Corporation, an Indiana

Corporation, or its successor.

      2.4   "Applicable Compensation" of a Participant means  his

total    salary,   wages   and   commissions;   overtime;   shift

differentials; bonuses, including bonuses in the form of  premium

pay  for  services  rendered outside of normal working  hours  or

conditions;  and  variable incentive payments, paid  to  him  for

services  rendered to an Employer, before reduction for any  pre-

tax  contributions  he elected under section  4.1  and  any  Code

Section  125  cafeteria plan, but excluding any compensation  for

any year in excess of $150,000 (or such greater amount as may  be

determined  by  the  Commissioner of Internal  Revenue  for  that

year).

      2.5   "Beneficiary" means a person or persons  (natural  or

otherwise) designated by a Participant in accordance with Section

10.6 (b) to receive any death benefit payable under this Plan, or

if there is no such designation, the person (natural or otherwise

entitled) to receive any death benefit in accordance with Section

10.6 (c).

      2.6   "Casual Employee" means a person who is employed  for

work  which is irregular or occasional in nature, and  who  works

the  schedule of hours (either daily or weekly) in effect at  the

place of employment for employees regularly assigned to the  same

or similar work.

      2.7   "Code"  means the Internal Revenue Code of  1986,  as

amended  from time to time, or any successor statute  enacted  in

its place.

      2.8   "Employer" means Amoco or any successor organization,

and  any  other  entity of Amoco that adopts  the  Plan  for  its

Employees  with the consent of Amoco in accordance  with  Section

15.   The term "Employer" may refer to each Employer individually

or to all the Employers collectively, as the context may require.

      2.9  "Entry Date" means the date an Employee is eligible to

participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.4.

      2.10  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security

Act  of  1974,  as  amended from time to time, or  any  successor

statute enacted in its place.

      2.11  "Highly-Compensated Employee" means  any  present  or

former  employee who, during the current or immediately preceding

plan year:

                     (a)   was a five percent (5%) owner  of  the

               company  at  any  time during  the  "determination

               year" or "look-back year";

                     (b)   received  annual compensation  from  a

               participating Employer of more than $75,000 during

               the  "look-back year" (or such greater  amount  as

               may  be determined by the Commissioner of Internal

               Revenue for that year);

                     (c)  received annual compensation during the

               "look-back year" from a participating Employer  of

               more  than $50,000 (or such greater amount as  may

               be  determined  by  the Commissioner  of  Internal

               Revenue  for  that year) and was in  the  top-paid

               twenty percent (20%) of the employees; or

                     (d)   was  an  officer  of  a  participating

               Employer  during  the "look-back  year"  receiving

               annual  compensation greater  than  fifty  percent

               (50%)  of  the limitation in effect under  Section

               415(b)(1)(A)   of  the  Internal   Revenue   Code;

               provided,  that for purposes of this  subparagraph

               (d), no more than 50 employees of the company  (or

               if  lesser,  the  greater of 3  employees  or  ten

               percent  (10%) of the employees) shall be  treated

               as officers.

For  purposes  of  subsection 2.11, 4.5 and  5.5,  an  employee's

compensation  means  his  total cash  compensation  for  services

rendered  to a participating Employer as an employee,  determined

in accordance with Section 415(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code

and   the   regulations   thereunder,   but   including   Pre-Tax

Contributions he had elected under subsection 4.1  and  any  Code

Section 125 cafeteria plan.

     The term highly-compensated employee also includes employees

who  are  both described in the preceding sentence  if  the  term

"determination year" is substituted for the term "look-back year"

and  the  employee is one of the 100 employees who  received  the

most  compensation  from  a  participating  Employer  during  the

determination year.  The "look-back year" shall be  the  calendar

year  ending  with or within the Plan Year for which  testing  is

being  performed,  and the "determination year"  (if  applicable)

shall  be  the period of time, if any, which extends  beyond  the

"look-back  year" and ends on the last day of the Plan  Year  for

which testing is being performed (the "lag period").  If the "lag

period"  is  less  than twelve months long, the dollar  threshold

amounts  specified in this section shall be prorated  based  upon

the number of months in the "lag period".

      If an employee is, during a determination year or look-back

year, a family member of either a five percent (5%) owner who  is

an active or former employee or a highly-compensated employee who

is  one of the 10 most highly-compensated employees ranked on the

basis of compensation paid by the employer during such year, then

the  family  member  and the five percent (5%)  owner  or  top-10

highly-compensated employee shall be aggregated.  In  such  case,

the  family member and five percent (5%) owner or top-10  highly-

compensated  employee  shall  be treated  as  a  single  employee

receiving  compensation and plan contributions or benefits  equal

to  the sum of such compensation and contributions or benefits of

the  family member and five percent (5%) owner or top-10  highly-

compensated  employee.   For purposes  of  this  section,  family

member includes the spouse, lineal ascendants and descendants  of

the  employee or former employee and the spouses of  such  lineal

ascendants and descendants.

      2.12  "Hour  of  Service," for purposes of  determining  an

Employee's eligibility to participate under Section 3.2 and  Year

of  Vesting  Service under Section 10.2 (b), means any  hour  for

which  an  Employee  is compensated by an Employer,  directly  or

indirectly,  or is entitled to compensation from an Employer  for

the  performance  of  duties  and  for  reasons  other  than  the

performance  of duties, and each previously uncredited  hour  for

which  back  pay  has been awarded or agreed to by  an  Employer,

irrespective of mitigation of damages.  Hours of Service shall be

credited  to  the period for which duties are performed  (or  for

which  payment is made if no duties were performed), except  that

Hours of Service for which back pay is awarded or agreed to by an

Employer  shall be credited to the period to which the  back  pay

award  or  agreement pertains.  The rules for crediting Hours  of

Service set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 2530.200b-

2   of  Department  of  Labor  regulations  are  incorporated  by

reference.   References  in this section  to  an  Employer  shall

include  any  affiliated  or  related  corporation  which  is   a

controlled group member as defined in the Code.

      2.13 "Hourly Employee" means a person who is compensated on

the basis of an hourly rate or rates of pay.

     2.14 "Part-Time Employee" means a person who is employed for

work  which  is irregular or occasional in nature and  who  works

less  than  the  schedule of hours (either daily  or  weekly)  in

effect  at  the  place  of  employment  for  employees  regularly

assigned to the same or similar work.

      2.15  "Participant" means an Employee  or  former  Employee

whose participation in the Plan has begun and has not yet ended.

      2.16  "Plan"  means  the Amoco Fabrics and  Fibers  Company

Employee Savings Plan, as set forth in this Plan document, and as

it may be amended from time to time.

      2.17  "Plan  Year" means the 12-month period  beginning  on

January 1 and ending on the next following December 31.

      2.18  "Pre-Tax  Contributions" means  contributions  by  an

Employer  on behalf of a Participant in the amount equal  to  the

amount  such  Participant  elects,  in  writing  filed  with  his

Employer,  which  reduces  his compensation  subject  to  federal

income taxation.

      2.19 "Regular Employee" means a person who is assigned to a

position  which requires full-time service as determined  by  his

Employer,  which  is  established to fill  regular  and  ordinary

employment requirements, and which is expected to continue for an

indefinite period of time.

      2.20  "Salaried Employee" means a person who is principally

compensated on the basis of a monthly or annual rate of pay.

      2.21  "Spouse"  means the person to whom a  Participant  is

lawfully  married  (under  the law of  the  state  in  which  the

Participant resides).

      2.22 "Temporary Employee" means a person who is assigned to

a  position which requires full-time service as determined by his

Employer,  which  is established due to an unusual  circumstance,

and  which will continue for a specific period of time  or  until

the occurrence of a specified event such as the return to work of

a  regular employee or the completion of a special assignment  or

project.

      2.23  "Trust  Agreement" means the instrument  executed  by

Amoco  and the Trustee, as amended from time to time, fixing  the

rights  and  responsibilities of each party with respect  to  the

holding, investment and administration of the Trust Fund.

     2.24 "Trust Fund" means the property held by the Trustee for

the purposes of the Plan.

      2.25 "Trustee" means the person, individual or corporation,

serving  as  sole trustee, or the persons serving as co-trustees,

at  any  time under the terms of the Trust Agreement.  Copies  of

the Plan and Trust Agreement, and any amendments thereto, will be

on file at Amoco Corporation at 200 East Randolph Drive, Chicago,

Illinois 60601, where they may be examined by any participant  or

other person entitled to benefits under the Plan.  The provisions

of  and  benefits  under the Plan are subject to  the  terms  and

provisions of the Trust Agreement.

                          ARTICLE III   PARTICIPATION



      3.1  Eligible Class.  Each Salaried Employee employed by  a

participating  Employer  is  in the eligible  class,  except  the

following:

      (a)  Salaried  Employees included in a  unit  of  Employees

covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the employer

and  Employee  representatives, if retirement benefits  were  the

subject  of good faith bargaining and if two percent or  less  of

the  employees  who  are covered pursuant to that  agreement  are

professionals  as defined in section 1.410(b)-9 of  the  Internal

Revenue   Service  regulations.   For  this  purpose,  the   term

"Employee representatives" does not include any organization more

than  half  of  whose  members  are  Employees  who  are  owners,

officers, or executives of the employer.

      (b)  Salaried Employees who are nonresident aliens  (within

the  meaning  of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) and who  receive  no

earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from

the  employer  which constitutes income from sources  within  the

United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

      (c) Salaried Employees who are leased employees (as defined

below).   A  "leased employee" means any person  who  is  not  an

employee  of  a  participating Employer,  but  who  has  provided

services  to  a  participating Employer  of  a  type  which  have

historically  (within  the  business  field  of  a  participating

Employer)  been  provided by employees, on a substantially  full-

time  basis  for  a period of at least one year, pursuant  to  an

agreement   between  a  participating  Employer  and  a   leasing

organization.  The period during which a leased employee performs

services for a participating Employer shall be taken into account

for  purposes  of  subsection 3.2 and 10.2 of the  Plan  if  such

leased  employee becomes an employee of a participating Employer;

unless  (i)  such  leased employee is a participant  in  a  money

purchase  pension  plan  maintained by the  leasing  organization

which provides a non-integrated employer contribution rate of  at

least  ten percent (10%) of compensation, immediate participation

for all employees and full and immediate vesting, and (ii) leased

employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%)  of  a

participating Employer's nonhighly compensated workforce.

      3.2  Participation.  Participation in the Plan is voluntary

and  no  Salaried  Employee  will  be  required  to  participate.

Subject  to  the  conditions and limitations of  the  Plan,  each

Salaried  Employee  in  the Eligible Class  who  is  employed  on

January  1,  1996, is eligible to participate immediately.   Each

Salaried  Employee in the Eligible Class hired after  January  1,

1996,  will be eligible to participate as follows.  A Regular  or

Temporary  Employee  in the Eligible Class will  be  eligible  to

participate  starting  as  soon  as administratively  practicable

after  the  first day his employment commences with his Employer.

A  Casual  or  Part-Time Employee in the Eligible Class  will  be

eligible  to  participate as soon as administratively practicable

after  the  first  day of his payroll cycle starting  immediately

after  he  is  credited with 1,000 Hours of  Service  within  the

fiscal  year commencing with his date of hire or, if he fails  to

meet  that  requirement, as soon as administratively  practicable

after  the  first  day of his payroll cycle starting  immediately

after  he  is  credited with 1,000 Hours of  Service  within  any

succeeding Plan Year.

       3.3    End  of  Participation.   A  Participant's   active

participation  in the Plan will end upon the termination  of  his

service  as  a  Salaried Employee in the Eligible Class  for  any

reason.  A Participant's participation in the Plan will end  when

he has no further interest under the Plan.

      3.4   Reentry of Former Participant.  A former  Participant

who  terminates his service with his Employer and who returns  to

service as a Salaried Employee in the Eligible Class will  become

an  active Participant on his date of rehire and will be eligible

to  make Pre-Tax Contributions starting on the first date of  his

payroll cycle, of the calendar month, starting immediately on  or

after his date of rehire.

                            ARTICLE IV   PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS BY

PARTICIPANTS



      4.1   Pre-Tax Contributions.  Under the terms stated below,

and  subject  to  any  limitations  contained  in  the  Plan,   a

Participant may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to  the  Plan

in  integral  percentages of his Applicable Compensation  from  a

minimum of one percent to a maximum of sixteen percent (16%).

     4.2  Procedure for Pre-Tax Contributions.  A Participant who

wishes  to  make  Pre-Tax  Contributions  must  notify  the  Plan

Administrator and specify the amount of his Pre-Tax Contributions

and  provide such other information as the Plan Administrator may

require.   A Participant will be given the opportunity  to  elect

Pre-Tax  Contributions beginning on the first  date  when  he  is

eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article III.  His

Pre-Tax  Contributions will begin on such date provided he  gives

the Plan Administrator advance notice in the manner prescribed by

the   Plan  Administrator  by  the  date  required  by  the  Plan

Administrator.   If  the  Participant declines  to  make  Pre-Tax

Contributions  initially, he may elect to  begin  making  Pre-Tax

Contributions  as  of  the first day of  any  of  his  subsequent

payroll  cycles,  of the applicable calendar month,  provided  he

notifies the Plan Administrator by the date required by the  Plan

Administrator.

     4.3  Collection of Pre-Tax Contributions.  The Employer will

collect   Participants'  Pre-Tax  Contributions   using   payroll

procedures.   A  Participant's  Pre-Tax  Contributions  shall  be

deducted  by  his Employer from his compensation at the  time  of

payment of such compensation.  Amounts so deducted (or by which a

Participant's   compensation  has  been  so  reduced)   for   any

accounting period under the Plan shall be paid to the trustee  as

soon  as  practicable thereafter, but no later than  thirty  days

after the accounting date which ends that accounting period.

     4.4  Change in Pre-Tax Contributions.

           (a)  Increase or Reduction.  A Participant making Pre-

Tax  Contributions may increase or reduce the rate of his Pre-Tax

Contributions to any higher or lower rate he elects  (subject  to

the  limitations  stated in Section 4.1) by  notifying  the  Plan

Administrator  once a calendar month.  The new rate  will  become

effective with his first payroll cycle of the applicable calendar

month after the Plan Administrator has been notified.

          (b)  Suspension.  A Participant may suspend his Pre-Tax

Contributions   by   notifying  the  Plan   Administrator.    The

suspension  of  Pre-Tax Contributions will become effective  with

his  first  payroll cycle of the applicable calendar month  after

notifying the Plan Administrator.

           (c)  Resumption.  A Participant who suspended his Pre-

Tax  Contributions may resume such contributions on the first day

of  his  payroll  cycle  of the applicable calendar  month  after

notifying the Plan Administrator by the date required by the Plan

Administrator.

           (d)  Plan Administrator Rules.  The Plan Administrator

may establish such rules and procedures for Pre-Tax Contributions

as  the  Plan  Administrator deems necessary  for  the  efficient

administration of the Plan.

        4.5     401(k)    Pre-Tax    Contributions    Limitation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4, in no

event  shall  the average deferral percentage (as defined  below)

for  any  Plan Year of the highly compensated employees  who  are

Plan Participants exceed the greater of:

                     (a)  the average deferral percentage of  all

               other  Participants for such Plan Year  multiplied

               by 1.25; or

                     (b)  the average deferral percentage of  all

               other  Participants for such Plan Year  multiplied

               by   2.0;   provided  that  the  average  deferral

               percentage  of  such highly compensated  employees

               does not exceed that of all other Participants  by

               more than 2 percentage points.

The  "average deferral percentage" of a group of Participants for

a   Plan  Year  means  the  average  of  the  ratios  (determined

separately for each Participant in such group to the nearest one-

hundredth of one percent) of: (i) the Pre-Tax Contributions  made

by such Participant for such Plan Year; to (ii) the Participant's

compensation (as defined in subsection 2.11) for such Plan  Year.

For  purposes  of  this subsection 4.5, a Participant  means  any

employee  who is eligible to make contributions under  the  Plan.

The   Pre-Tax   Contributions  made  by  the  highly  compensated

employees  will  be  reduced (in the order of their  contribution

percentages beginning with the highest percentage) to the  extent

necessary to meet the requirements of this subsection  4.5.   If,

because  of  the foregoing limitations, a portion of the  Pre-Tax

Contributions made by a highly compensated employee  may  not  be

credited  to his account for a Plan Year, such portion  (and  the

earnings  thereon) shall be distributed to such  employee  within

two and one-half months after the end of that Plan Year.

      4.6   Maximum  Amount of Participant Pre-Tax Contributions.

In  no  event  shall  the amount of Pre-Tax  Contributions  by  a

Participant for any calendar year exceed $9,500 (or such  greater

amount  as  may  be  determined by the Commissioner  of  Internal

Revenue  for  that calendar year).  If, because of the  foregoing

limitation,  a  portion of the Pre-Tax Contributions  made  by  a

Participant  may not be credited to his account  for  a  calendar

year,   such  portion  (and  the  earnings  thereon)   shall   be

distributed  to  the  Participant by April 15  of  the  following

calendar year.

     4.7  Direct Rollover Contributions.

           (a)   With  the approval of the Plan Administrator,  a

Salaried   Employee   may  make  a  direct  rollover   ("Rollover

Contribution") to the Plan in cash in an amount which constitutes

all or part of an "Eligible Rollover Distribution" (as defined in

Section  401(a)(31)(C)  of  the Code) from  a  qualified  defined

benefit  and/or defined contribution plan (except a "Keogh"  plan

and/or an Individual Retirement Account) as defined in the  Code.

However, a direct rollover to this Plan of accumulated deductible

employee  contributions  made under  another  plan  will  not  be

permitted,  and a direct or indirect transfer to this  Plan  from

another  qualified plan will not be permitted  if  such  transfer

would subject this Plan to the qualified joint and survivor rules

of Code Section 401(a)(11).

           (b)   The  Employer,  the Plan Administrator  and  the

Trustee have no responsibility for determining the propriety  of,

proper amount or time of, or status as a tax-free transaction of,

any transfer under subsection (a) above.

            (c)   The  Plan  Administrator  shall  develop   such

procedures,  and  may  require  such  information  from  an   the

individual  who  is requesting to make a direct rollover  to  the

Plan,  as  necessary or desirable in order to determine that  the

proposed rollover will meet the requirements of this Section 4.7.

           (d)   A direct rollover will be credited to a separate

Rollover  Account  in  the  name of the Participant  making  such

Rollover Contribution.  Such account shall be 100% vested in  the

Participant.

           (e)   The  Plan  Administrator in its  discretion  may

direct the return to the Participant of any Rollover Contribution

to  the extent the Plan Administrator determines that such return

may  be  necessary to insure the continued qualification of  this

Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code or that the holding of such

Rollover Contributions would be administratively burdensome.

     ARTICLE   V      COMPANY   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS



     5.1  Company Matching Contributions.  For each Plan Year the

Employer  will  make  a matching contribution ("Company  Matching

Contributions") on behalf of each Participant who  makes  Pre-Tax

Contributions  during  such  Plan Year  in  accordance  with  the

following  schedule.   For each Plan Year  the  Company  Matching

Contributions made on behalf of each Participant will equal fifty

percent   (50%)   of  the  sum  of  such  Participant's   Pre-Tax

Contributions which are equal to or less than six  percent   (6%)

of such Participant's Applicable Compensation.

      5.2   Time of Contribution.  The Employer will make Company

Matching Contributions under Section 5.1 to the Trustee  in  cash

and  will normally make such contributions as soon as practicable

after each payroll cycle.  In any event, such contributions  will

be  made, without interest, to the Trustee no later than the  due

date  (including  extensions) for filing the  Employer's  federal

income tax return for such year.

     5.3  Section 415 Annual Contribution Limitation.

           (a)  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to  the

contrary, the annual additions (Pre-Tax Contributions and Company

Matching Contributions) to a Participant's Accounts for each Plan

Year  (which  will  be the limitation year for purposes  of  Code

Section  415)  may  not  exceed the lesser  of  (i)  $30,000,  as

adjusted  periodically for cost-of-living changes  in  accordance

with Code Section 415 and regulations thereunder, or (ii) twenty-

five percent (25%) of his total Code Section 415 compensation for

such  Plan  Year.   "Code  Section  415  compensation"  means   a

Participant's compensation for services rendered to  an  Employer

as an employee determined in accordance with Section 415(c)(3) of

the Code and the regulations thereunder.

           (b)   Annual additions to a Participant's Account  for

any  Plan Year means the sum of the annual additions (as  defined

in   Code   Section   415(c)(2))  under  all  qualified   defined

contribution plans maintained by Amoco or any Affiliated Company.

           (c)   If  the  foregoing  limit  is  applicable  to  a

Participant for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator shall  reduce

the  annual additions to such Participants' Accounts by returning

contributions in the following order of priority:

                (i)  the Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf  of

the Participant under this Plan; and

                (ii)  the Company Matching Contributions made  on

behalf of the Participant under this Plan.

     5.4  Combined Benefit Limitations.  If a Participant in this

Plan  also  is a Participant in a defined benefit plan maintained

by  Amoco or a member of Amoco Corporation's controlled group  of

corporations,  the aggregate benefits payable to, or  on  account

of,  him  under  both  plans  will  be  determined  in  a  manner

consistent with Section 415 of the Code and Section 1106  of  the

Tax  Reform  Act of 1986.  Accordingly, there will be  determined

with  respect  to  the  Participant a defined  contribution  plan

fraction  and a defined benefit plan fraction in accordance  with

said  Sections  415  and  1106.  The benefits  provided  for  the

Participant  under the defined benefit plan will be  adjusted  to

the extent necessary so that the sum of such fractions determined

with respect to the Participant does not exceed 1.0.

        5.5    Limitation   on   Allocation   of   Contributions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in no

event shall the contribution percentage (as defined below) of the

highly  compensate  employees who are Plan Participants  for  any

Plan Year exceed the greater of:

                    (a)  the contribution percentage of all other

               Participants  for  such Plan  Year  multiplied  by

               1.25; or

                    (b)  the contribution percentage of all other

               Participants for such Plan Year multiplied by 2.0;

               provided that the contribution percentage  of  the

               highly  compensate employees does not exceed  that

               of   all   other  Participants  by  more  than   2

               percentage points.

The  "contribution percentage" of a group of Participants  for  a

Plan  Year means the average of the ratios (determined separately

for  each Participant in such group) of:  (i) the sum of  company

matching   contributions  for  such  Plan  Year;  to   (ii)   the

Participant's  compensation (as defined in  subsection  2.4)  for

such  Plan  Year.   For  purposes  of  this  subsection  5.5,   a

Participant means any employee who is eligible to receive company

matching   contributions.   The  company  matching  contributions

allocated to the highly compensated employees will be reduced (in

the  order of their contribution percentages beginning  with  the

highest   percentage)  to  the  extent  necessary  to  meet   the

requirements  of this subsection.  If, because of  the  foregoing

limitations, a portion of the matching contributions allocated to

a  highly compensated employee may not be credited to his account

for a Plan Year, such portion (and the earnings thereon) shall be

distributed to such employee within two and one-half months after

the end of that Plan Year.

      5.6   Allocation  of  Earnings to Distributions  of  Excess

Contributions.  The earnings allocable to distributions  of  Pre-

Tax Contributions exceeding the limits of subsection 4.5 and Pre-

Tax Contributions exceeding the limits of subsection 4.6 shall be

determined  by  multiplying  the  earnings  attributable  to  the

Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the year by  a  fraction,

the  numerator of which is the applicable excess amount, and  the

denominator of which is the balance in the appropriate account of

the Participant on the last day of such year reduced by gains (or

increased  by losses) attributable to such account for the  year.

The  earnings as so determined shall be increased by ten  percent

(10%) thereof for each month (or portion thereof in excess of  15

days) between the end of the year and the date of distribution.

      5.7  Multiple Use of Alternative Limitation.  In accordance

with  Treasury  regulation 1.401(m)-2(c),  multiple  use  of  the

alternative limitation which occurs as a result of testing  under

the  limitations  described in subsections 4.5 and  5.5  will  be

corrected in the manner described in Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-

1(e).  The term "alternative limitation" as used above means  the

alternative methods of compliance with Sections 401(k) and 401(m)

of  the  Code  contained  in  Sections  401(k)(3)(A)(ii)(II)  and

401(m)(2)(A)(ii) thereof, respectively.

     5.8  No Interest in Company.  A Participating Employer shall

have no right, title or interest in the trust fund, nor shall any

part  of  the  trust fund revert or be repaid to a  Participating

Employer, directly or indirectly, unless:

                     (a)   the Internal Revenue Service initially

               determines  that  the  Plan  does  not  meet   the

               requirements  of Section 401(a) of  the  Code,  in

               which event the contributions made to the Plan  by

               a  Participating Employer shall be returned to  it

               within one year after such adverse determination;

                      (b)    a   contribution  is   made   by   a

               Participating Employer by mistake of fact and such

               contribution  is  returned  to  the  Participating

               Employer  within  one year after  payment  to  the

               trustee; or

                      (c)   a  contribution  conditioned  on  the

               deductibility thereof is disallowed as an  expense

               for   federal   income  tax  purposes   and   such

               contribution   (to  the  extent   disallowed)   is

               returned  to a Participating Employer  within  one

               year after the disallowance of the deduction.

Contributions  may  be  returned  to  a  Participating   Employer

pursuant  to  the  subparagraph  (a)  above  only  if  they   are

conditioned  upon  initial qualification  of  the  Plan,  and  an

application for determination was made by the time prescribed  by

law  for filing Amoco's Federal income tax return for the taxable

year  in  which the Plan was adopted (or such later date  as  the

Secretary  of  the Treasury may prescribe).  The  amount  of  any

contribution  that  may  be returned to a Participating  Employer

pursuant to subparagraph (b) or (c) above must be reduced by  any

portion thereof previously distributed from the trust fund and by

any  losses of the trust fund allocable thereto, and in no  event

may  the  return  of  such contribution cause  any  Participant's

account balances to be less than the amount of such balances  had

the contribution not been made under the Plan.

                           ARTICLE VI   ACCOUNTS AND CREDITS



     6.1  Establishment of Accounts.  The Plan Administrator will

establish  and maintain in the name of each Participant  such  of

the following accounts as are appropriate for the Participant:

          (a)  Pre-Tax Contribution Account;

          (b)  Company Contribution Account; and

          (c)  Rollover Account.

Credit  and charges to such Accounts will be made as provided  in

the   Plan.   A  Participant  is  100%  vested  in  his   Pre-Tax

Contributions Account and Rollover Account at all times.

     6.2  Crediting Participants' Pre-Tax Contributions.  Pre-Tax

Contributions made by a Participant for a payroll cycle  will  be

credited to such Participant's Accounts as of the Valuation  Date

(as  defined in Section 7.3) (as soon as practicable) immediately

following receipt thereof by the Trustee.

      6.3   Crediting  Matching Contributions.  Company  Matching

Contributions  made pursuant to Section 5.1 for a  payroll  cycle

will  be  credited to the Company Contribution Account  of  those

Participants entitled to a Company Matching Contribution for such

payroll  cycle as of the Valuation Date (as soon as  practicable)

immediately following receipt thereof by the Trustee.

     6.4  Crediting Rollovers.  Rollovers will be credited to the

Participant's Rollover Account as of the Valuation Date (as  soon

as  practicable)  immediately following receipt  thereof  by  the

Trustee.

      6.5   Charge to Accounts.  Any amount distributed, paid  or

withdrawn from an Account will be charged against such Account as

of  the  Valuation  Date  on which the distribution,  payment  or

withdrawal occurs.

    ARTICLE  VII    INVESTMENT  FUNDS  AND CREDITING INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE



      7.1  Investment Funds.  The Trustee will separate the Trust

Fund into four Investment Funds as follows:

          (a)  Amoco Stock Fund

          (b)  Money Market Fund

          (c)  Equity Index Fund

          (d)  Balanced Fund

      The  Plan Administrator will maintain records which reflect

the portion of each Account of a Participant that is invested  in

each separate Investment Fund.  The existence of such records and

of  Participants' Accounts will not be deemed to give any  person

any right, title or interest in or to any specific assets or part

of the Trust Fund or any separate Investment Fund.

     7.2  Investment Directions and Transfers Among Funds.

           (a)   Investment  of Accounts.  Each  Participant  may

direct  the  separate  Investment Fund  or  Funds  in  which  his

Accounts  will be invested.  Once a calendar month, a Participant

may direct investment of his Pre-Tax Contributions to his Account

entirely  in one Investment Fund or in a combination  of  two  or

more of the Investment Funds, provided that combinations must  be

specified   in  five  percent  (5%)  increments  and  the   total

combinations  must  equal 100%.  Company  Matching  Contributions

will be invested initially in the Amoco Stock Fund.

           In addition, once a calendar month the Participant may

direct transfers among the Investment Funds, so that his Accounts

are  invested entirely in one Investment Fund or in a combination

of   two   or  more  of  the  Investment  Funds,  provided   that

combinations  must be specified in five percent  (5%)  increments

and the total combinations must equal 100%.

           The  Participant's change in investment  direction  or

transfer of assets among Investment Funds shall be effective  the

first day of the first full payroll cycle following the election.

           The Participant will have sole responsibility for  the

investment of his Accounts and for transfers among the  available

Investment  Funds,  and no named fiduciary or other  person  will

have  any liability for any loss or diminution in value resulting

from    the    Participant's   exercise   of   such    investment

responsibility.  It is intended that Section 404(c) of ERISA will

apply  to a Participant's exercise of investment responsibilities

under this subsection.

            (b)   Manner  and  Time  of  Giving  Directions.    A

Participant's initial directions governing the investment of  his

Pre-Tax Contribution Account and Rollover Account must be made by

notifying the Plan Administrator and must be in five percent (5%)

increments.  A  Participant may change the investment  of  future

contributions  to  his  Accounts or direct  transfers  among  the

Investment Funds in five percent (5%) increments once a  calendar

month  by  contacting the Plan Administrator in  accordance  with

uniform   rules.   If  a  Participant  does  not  give   complete

directions  to  the Plan Administrator, his Pre-Tax Contributions

or  Rollover  Contribution will be invested pro rata (rounded  to

the  applicable  five percent (5%) increment) in  the  Investment

Funds as directed in the incomplete directions.  If no directions

are given, all contributions will be invested in the Money Market

Fund.

      7.3   Valuation of Assets.  As of the last business day  of

each calendar month and at any other date ("Valuation Date") that

the Plan Administrator may direct, the Trustee will determine the

fair  market value of the assets in each separate Investment Fund

of the Trust Fund, relying upon such evidence of valuation as the

Trustee deems appropriate.

      7.4  Crediting Investment Experience.  As of each Valuation

Date (before crediting any contributions or making any investment

transfers  as of such date), Investment Fund management  expenses

not  paid  directly by the Employer, investment income and  gains

and losses in asset values in each separate Investment Fund since

the  preceding  Valuation Date will be  credited  or  charged  to

Participants' Accounts invested in such fund.  The allocation  of

Investment  Fund management expenses and investment results  will

be in proportion to the adjusted account balances in such fund as

of  each  Valuation  Date.  The adjusted account  balance  of  an

Account  invested in a separate Investment Fund is the amount  in

such  Account  as  of  the  close of business  on  the  preceding

Valuation  Date, increased by any Pre-Tax Contributions,  Company

Matching  Contributions  and  loan repayments  credited  to  such

Account  as  of the current Valuation Date under Article  VI  and

Article   VIII,  decreased  by  any  withdrawals,  transfers   or

distributions  from  such Account since the  preceding  Valuation

Date, and increased or decreased in accordance with uniform rules

established  by  the  Plan Administrator  to  allocate  equitable

expenses and investment results.

                          ARTICLE VIII  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS



      8.1   Plan Administrator Shall Administer the Loan Program.

The  Plan  Administrator shall administer  the  loan  program  in

accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, in a uniform  and

nondiscriminatory manner.

       8.2   Availability  of  Loans.   Upon  application  by   a

Participant who is an active Employee, the Plan Administrator may

direct  the Trustee to make a loan (in increments of $50) to  the

Participant from his Accounts.

                   A  Participant  may make two  loans  during  a

calendar   year.   However,  he  may  not  have  more  than   two

outstanding loans.  Also, a Participant will not be permitted  to

make a loan if he previously defaulted on a Plan loan within  the

preceding 36 months.

     8.3  Conditions of Loan.

           (a)   Maximum Amount.  The loan shall not  exceed  the

lesser  of  (A)  $50,000 reduced by the highest outstanding  loan

balance  during the one-year period ending on the day before  the

Valuation Date the current loan is made or (B) 50% of the  market

value of the Participant's non-forfeitable accrued benefit on the

Valuation Date the loan request from the Participant is processed

by the Plan Administrator.

          (b)  Minimum Amount.  The minimum loan shall be $500.

           (c)  Repayment Period.  The term of the loan shall not

be  less  than 6 months and not more than 54 months in increments

of  6  months.   The payment of interest and principal  shall  be

amortized in level payments not less frequently than quarterly.

           (d)  Interest Rate.  The interest rate shall equal the

prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, in effect on

the next-to-last business day of the month immediately before the

month  in  which  the  loan  request  is  received  by  the  Plan

Administrator and will be fixed for the term of the loan.

           (e)  Participant Fees.  Reasonable fees may be charged

to the borrower for making and administering the loan.  Effective

January 1, 1996 this fee shall be $40.

           (f)  Security for Repayment.  Each loan hereunder will

be  a  Participant-directed investment for  the  benefit  of  the

Participant requesting such loan; accordingly, any default in the

repayment  of  principal or interest of any loan  hereunder  will

reduce  the amount available for distribution to such Participant

(or his Beneficiary).  Any loan hereunder will be effectively and

adequately  secured by fifty percent (50%) of  the  non-forfeited

accrued benefit in the Participant's Accounts.

           (g)   Repayment.  Each Participant who requests a loan

from  his  Accounts  will  execute  an  agreement  to  repay  the

principal  and  interest of the loan through payroll  withholding

from his compensation.  The Plan Administrator may establish back-

up  repayment procedures for Participants on an "authorized leave

of  absence."   Any  loan hereunder may be  prepaid  in  full  by

certified  or cashier's check at any time after six months  since

the first repayment by payroll without penalty.  If the automatic

payroll  arrangement lapses by the Participant's  termination  of

employment  for any reason or is canceled, and a new  arrangement

is  not in place before the next payment is due the loan shall be

in  default and the entire unpaid principal and interest  of  any

loan then outstanding to such Participant will become immediately

due and payable.

          (h)  Action Upon Default.  If a Participant defaults on

any  payment  of  interest or principal on a  loan  hereunder  or

defaults  upon  any other obligation relating to such  loan,  the

Plan Administrator shall immediately request payment of principal

and  interest  on  the  loan, and if not  paid  within  the  time

specified in the request for payment, the amount of the loan will

be  deemed  distributed to him.  If the default is by  reason  of

termination of employment, and the Participant refuses to pay the

entire  outstanding principal and interest on the  loan  in  full

within   90  days  of  the  default,  the  loan  will  be  deemed

distributed to him.  However, no foreclosure on the Participant's

loan  or  attachment of the Participant's Account  balances  will

occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan.

           (i)   Distribution to Participant With Loan.   In  the

case  of  any Participant who terminates employment with  a  loan

outstanding  hereunder, the amount available for distribution  to

such Participant (or his Beneficiary) will consist of the portion

of  his  Accounts invested in the Investment Funds of  the  Trust

Fund.   In  the  case of a Participant dying with an  outstanding

loan, such loan will be deemed distributed to his estate upon his

death.

     8.4  Accounting for Loans.

           (a)   Source  of  Loan.  The Plan Administrator  shall

liquidate  the Participant's Accounts in the following  order  to

make a loan to him:

               Participant Accounts.

               (1)  Pre-Tax Contribution Account

               (2)  Rollover Account

               (3)  Company Contribution Account

The  Plan  Administrator shall also liquidate  the  Participant's

Investment Funds pro rata.

           (b)  Loan  Investment Account.  The Plan Administrator

will  establish and maintain a loan investment account  for  each

borrowing  Participant.   The unpaid principal  and  accrued  but

unpaid  interest on the loan to a Participant will  be  reflected

for  plan  accounting purposes in the Participant's loan account.

Repayments  of  principal  by  the Participant  will  reduce  the

Participant's  loan account balance and will be credited  to  the

Participant's other Accounts in the following order:

               Participant Accounts.

               (1)  Company Contribution Account

               (2)  Rollover Account

               (3)  Pre-Tax Contribution Account

Repayments will be invested in the Investment Funds according  to

a Participant's current investment election.

                           ARTICLE IX   IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS



      9.1  Withdrawals From Rollover Account.  A Participant  may

withdraw  in  cash  any  portion of his accrued  benefit  in  his

Rollover Account once during a calendar year. Notwithstanding the

foregoing, the minimum amount a Participant may withdraw is $300.

      9.2   Withdrawals  From  Pre-Tax Contribution  Account.   A

Participant  may  withdraw in cash from his Pre-Tax  Contribution

Account once every calendar year the amount necessary to meet one

of the following immediate and heavy financial needs:

                     1.    Medical  expenses  described  in  Code

               Section   213(d)   previously  incurred   by   the

               Participant, his spouse, or any of his  dependents

               (as  defined in Code Section 152) or necessary for

               these persons to obtain medical care described  in

               Code Section 213(d);

                      2.     The   purchase  (excluding  mortgage

               payments)  of  a  principal  residence   for   the

               Participant;

                    3.   Payment of tuition, housing, and related

               educational fees for the next 12 months  of  post-

               secondary  education  for  the  Participant,   his

               spouse, children, or dependents;

                     4.   The need to prevent the eviction of the

               Participant   from  his  principal  residence   or

               foreclosure  on the mortgage of the  Participant's

               principal residence; or

                     5.    Other  unexpected or unusual  expenses

               creating a financial need for which withdrawal  is

               permitted by Code Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1.

           The  amount  of an immediate and heavy financial  need

includes  any  amounts necessary to pay any  federal,  state,  or

local  income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result

from  a  withdrawal  from  a Participant's  Pre-Tax  Contribution

Account.   Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the  amount  withdrawn

cannot  include  the Participant's earnings on  all  his  Pre-Tax

Contributions.   In  addition,  before  a  Participant  makes   a

withdrawal from his Pre-Tax Contribution Account he must  make  a

loan  under  the Plan for the maximum amount permitted  and  then

withdraw  the  maximum  amount permitted by  the  Plan  from  his

Rollover  Account.  If a Participant makes a withdrawal from  his

Pre-Tax  Contribution Account he will be prohibited  from  making

any Pre-Tax Contributions for the 12-month period commencing with

the first day of his payroll cycle of the calendar month starting

immediately  after the distribution of such withdrawal.  Finally,

notwithstanding Section 4.6, if a Participant makes a  withdrawal

from his Pre-Tax Account, the Code Section 402(g) limitation that

applies  to  his  Pre-Tax  Contributions  during  the  Plan  Year

immediately after such withdrawal shall be reduced by  the  total

amount  of his Tax-Deferred Contributions during the year of  the

withdrawal.

      9.3   Order of Asset Liquidation for All Withdrawals.   The

Plan  Administrator shall liquidate the Investment Funds  of  the

Account from which the withdrawal is being made pro rata.

                           ARTICLE X    DISTRIBUTIONS



     10.1 Distributions.

          (a)  Amount.  A Participant whose employment terminates

as  a  result of Retirement will receive the total amount in  his

Accounts  in  a  single-sum payment as soon  as  administratively

practicable  after the month such separation of  service  occurs.

If a Participant receives immediate distribution of his Accounts,

his  Account balances will be determined as of the Valuation Date

immediately preceding such distribution.  If a Participant defers

payment of part or all of his Accounts, his Account balances will

be  determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding his

subsequent distribution.

           (b)   Retirement Defined.  For purposes of this  Plan,

"Retirement"  means a Participant's termination of employment  on

or  after  his  65th birthday.  A Participant will  become  fully

vested  in his Company Contribution Account balance upon reaching

his 65th birthday (normal retirement age).

          (c)  Form of Payment.  Upon a Participant's termination

of service with his Employer, a distribution of his Accounts will

be paid in a single-sum payment of his entire Account balances at

any  time until age 65.  All distributions made pursuant to  this

subsection  shall be made in cash, except that a Participant  can

elect to receive Amoco common stock in-kind.

     10.2 Termination of Employment Prior to Retirement or Death.

           (a)   If  a  Participant's service  with  an  Employer

terminates  prior to his attainment of age 65, he shall  be  100%

vested  in  an  amount equal to the market value of  his  Pre-Tax

Contribution  Account and Rollover Account.   In  addition,  such

Participant  shall  acquire  a vested  interest  in  his  Company

Contribution  Account balance in accordance  with  the  following

vesting schedule:

        Years of
     Vesting Service
                              Vested
      At least             But Less Than             Percentage
                               2 years                    0%
        2 years                3 years                   25%
        3 years                4 years                   50%
        4 years                5 years                   75%
        5 years                                         100%

The benefit determined in accordance with the foregoing provision

shall  never be adjusted or altered in any fashion on account  of

any years of Vesting Service which the Participant might complete

upon  reemployment with an Employer, except as otherwise provided

in Section 10.3.

         (b)      (i)    Vesting  Service or  Period  of  Vesting

Service.   Vesting Service means the aggregate of all  years  and

fractions  of  years of an Employee's Periods of Vesting  Service

with  an Employer and an Affiliated Company.  Fractions of  years

shall  be  expressed  in terms of months.  A  period  of  Vesting

Service  shall mean a period beginning on the first  day  of  the

calendar  month  during  which the Employee  enters  service  (or

reenters service) and ending on the termination date (as  defined

below)  with  respect to such period, subject  to  the  following

special rules:

                       (A)   An Employee shall be deemed to enter

     service on the date he first completes an Hour of Service.

                      (B)  An Employee shall be deemed to reenter

     service  on  the date following a termination date  when  he

     again completes an Hour of Service.

                       (C)   The  termination date of an Employee

     shall be the last day of the calendar month during which the

     earlier of the following occurs:  (i) the date he quits,  is

     discharged,  retires  or dies, or (ii)  except  as  provided

     below,  the first anniversary of the date he is absent  from

     service for any other reason (including, but not limited to,

     vacation,  holiday, leave of absence, and  layoff).   If  an

     Employee,  absent from service under circumstances described

     in  (ii),  quits, is discharged, retires or dies before  the

     first  anniversary  of  commencement of  said  absence,  his

     termination  date shall be the date he quits, is discharged,

     retires  or  dies.  An absence described in  (ii)  shall  be

     deemed  to commence with respect to an Employee on the  date

     he  is  terminated as an Employee on the payroll records  of

     the  Employer and members of Amoco Corporation's  controlled

     group of corporations.  An Employee shall be deemed to  have

     continued  in  service  (and thus not  to  have  incurred  a

     termination date) for the following periods:

                                   i)   any  period for which  he

             shall  be  required to be given credit  for  service

             under any laws of the United States; and

                                  ii)  any period for which he is

             on an approved "leave of absence".

                      (D)   All periods of service of an Employee

     shall be aggregated in determining his Vesting Service.

                       (E)   If an Employee shall be absent  from

     work  because  he  quits, is discharged or retires,  and  he

     reenters service before the first anniversary of the date of

     such  absence, such date shall not constitute a  termination

     date  and  the period of such absence shall be  included  as

     service.

                 (ii)   Month  of Vesting Service.   A  Month  of

Vesting  Service means a calendar month during any part of  which

an  Employee was credited with an Hour of Service as  defined  in

Section 2.12.

                (iii) Year of Vesting Service.  A Year of Vesting

Service  means  12  Months  of vesting service,  whether  or  not

consecutive.

                 (iv)   One-Year  Break In Service.   A  One-Year

Break  In  Service means a Period of twelve consecutive  calendar

months  during which the Employee is not credited with one  month

of Vesting Service.

         (c)      Form  of Payment.  A Participant whose  service

terminates with his Employer will be paid a distribution  of  his

vested  Account  balances  in a single-sum  payment  as  soon  as

administratively practicable after the month such  separation  of

service  occurs,  unless  he  elects  to  defer  receipt  of  his

distribution  until a date not later than his attainment  of  age

65.

   A single-sum payment made pursuant to this subsection shall be

made  in  cash,  unless the Participant elects to  receive  Amoco

common stock in kind.

         (d)     If a Participant receives immediate distribution

of  his Accounts, his Account balances will be determined  as  of

the Valuation Date immediately preceding such distribution.  If a

Participant defers payment of his Accounts, his Account  balances

will be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding

his subsequent distribution.

         (e)      The  determination of the amount to which  such

terminated  Participant  is  entitled  in  accordance  with   the

foregoing rules shall be made by the Plan Administrator.

          (f)       Any   amount   of  a  Participant's   Company

Contribution Account to which he is not entitled at the  time  of

his  termination of employment shall be forfeited by him when his

service  terminates  with his Employer.  As soon  as  practicable

after  such forfeiture occurs it shall be used to reduce  Company

Matching  Contributions  or pay Plan administration  expenses  in

accordance with Section 16.11.

    10.3 Reemployment.  If a terminated Participant is reemployed

by  an  Employer,  he  shall  again  become  a  Participant  upon

reemployment  pursuant  to  Section  3.4.   All  future   Company

Matching   Contributions  shall  be  credited  to   his   Company

Contribution Account, and his prior Period(s) of Vesting  Service

shall  be  restored  for  the purpose of calculating  the  vested

portion  of  such  Account.  Also, the  portion  of  his  Company

Contribution  Account that has been forfeited shall  be  restored

without interest to his Company Contribution Account.

    10.4  $3,500  Cash-Out.  If the value of  the  nonforfeitable

portion  of the Participant's Accounts does not exceed $3,500  as

of  the  Valuation Date immediately following his termination  of

service  for any reason, the Plan Administrator shall  distribute

in  cash  and in a single-sum payment the entire balance  in  his

Accounts as soon as administratively practicable.

     10.5  Required  Distribution  Date.   Distribution  to   any

Participant  must  be made no later than April  1  following  the

calendar  year in which he reaches age 70-1/2 in annual  payments

based  on  such Participant's life expectancy as of the  date  he

attained  age  70-1/2 in accordance with the minimum distribution

rules  of  Section  401(a)(9) of the  Code  and  the  regulations

promulgated thereunder.

   10.6 Distribution Upon Death of a Participant.

         (a)      In General.  If Participant dies while employed

by the Employer with a balance in any Account under the Plan, his

Beneficiary  will  receive 100% of the amount  in  his  Accounts.

Such   amount  will  be  determined  as  of  the  Valuation  Date

immediately preceding the date when the Plan Administrator  makes

such  distribution.  After the Plan Administrator identifies  the

Beneficiary, he shall distribute to such Beneficiary in cash, the

remaining amount in the deceased Participant's Accounts  as  soon

as administratively practicable.

         (b)      Designation of Beneficiary.  A Participant  may

designate one or more Beneficiaries and may revoke or change such

designation  at any time.  If the Participant names two  or  more

Beneficiaries,  distribution to them will be in such  proportions

as  the Participant designates or, if the Participant does not so

designate,  in  equal  shares pro rata  from  such  Participant's

Accounts.    If   the   Participant  designates   one   or   more

Beneficiaries   and   one  the  Beneficiaries   predeceases   the

Participant,  then  the  deceased  Beneficiary's  share  will  be

distributed   pro  rata  in  accordance  with  the  Participant's

beneficiary  election  as  to  the other  Beneficiary(ies).   Any

designation of Beneficiary will be in writing on such form as the

Plan  Administrator  may  prescribe and will  be  effective  upon

filing with the Plan Administrator.

          Notwithstanding  the  preceding  paragraph,  the   sole

Beneficiary  of  a married Participant will be the  Participant's

spouse  unless the spouse consents in writing to the  designation

of  another  person  as beneficiary.  The spouse's  consent  must

acknowledge  the  effect of such consent and be  witnessed  by  a

notary public.

         (c)      No  Designation.  Any portion of a distribution

payable upon the death of a Participant which is not disposed  of

by a designation of Beneficiary for any reason whatsoever will be

paid  to  the  Participant's  spouse  if  living  at  his  death,

otherwise to the Participant's estate.

         (d)      Payment  Under  Prior Designation.   Amoco  may

direct the Plan Administrator to make payment in accordance  with

a  prior  designation of Beneficiary (and will be fully protected

in  so  doing)  if  such direction (i) is given  before  a  later

designation  is received, or (ii) is due to Amoco's inability  to

verify   the  authenticity  of  a  later  designation.   Such   a

distribution  will  discharge all liability  therefor  under  the

Plan.

    10.7 Rehire Before Distribution.  If a former Participant  is

rehired   by  an  Employer  or  an  Affiliated  Company,   before

distribution  of  his Accounts has been made,  such  distribution

will be deferred until his subsequent termination of employment.

    10.8  Waiver of 30-Day Notice.  If a distribution is  one  to

which  Code  Section  401(a)(11)  and  417  do  not  apply,  such

distribution  may  commence less than 30 days  after  the  notice

required under Regulation 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that:

(1)  the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant  that

the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after

receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether  or  not

to  elect  a  distribution  (and,  if  applicable,  a  particular

distribution  option), and (2) the Participant,  after  receiving

the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

                           ARTICLE XI   DIRECT ROLLOVERS



    11.1  Direct Rollover.  Notwithstanding any provision of  the

Plan  to  the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's

election under this section, a distributee may elect, at the time

and  in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to  have

any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to

an  eligible  retirement plan specified by the distributee  in  a

direct rollover.

   11.2 Definitions.

          (a)       "Eligible  Rollover  Distribution"   is   any

distribution provided for in this Plan of all or any  portion  of

the  balance  to  the credit of the distributee, except  that  an

eligible   rollover   distribution   does   not   include:    any

distribution  that  is  one of a series  of  substantially  equal

periodic  payments (not less frequently than annually)  made  for

the  life  (or life expectancy) of the distributee or  the  joint

lives   (or   joint  life  expectancies)  of  the   distributee's

designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or

more;  any  distribution  to  the  extent  such  distribution  is

required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion  of

any   distribution  that  is  not  includable  in  gross   income

(determined  without regard to the exclusion for  net  unrealized

appreciation with respect to employer securities).

         (b)      "Eligible  Retirement Plan"  is  an  individual

retirement  account described in section 408(a) of the  Code,  an

individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of  the

Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or

a  qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the  Code  that

accepts   the   distributee's  eligible  rollover   distribution.

However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to  the

surviving  spouse, an eligible retirement plan is  an  individual

retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

          (c)      "Distributee"  includes  a  Participant,   the

Participant's surviving spouse and the Participant's  spouse  who

is  the  alternate  payee  under a qualified  domestic  relations

order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.

        (d)     "Direct Rollover" is a payment by the Plan to the

eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 ARTICLE  XII   AMENDMENT,  MERGER  AND TERMINATION OF PLAN



    12.1  Amendment of Plan.  At any time and from time to  time,

Amoco  may  amend or modify any or all of the provisions  of  the

Plan  without  the  consent  of  any  person,  provided  that  no

amendment  will  reduce any Participant's nonforfeitable  Account

balance  as  of  the  date  such amendment  is  adopted  (or  its

effective  date  if  later)  or eliminate  an  optional  form  of

benefit,  and provided further that no amendment will permit  any

part  of the Trust Fund to revert to the Employer or be used  for

or  diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit  of

Participants  or  their  Beneficiaries,  except  as  provided  in

Section 5.6.

    12.2  Merger  of Plans.  A merger or consolidation  with,  or

transfer  of  assets or liabilities to, any other  plan  will  be

permitted  only if the benefit each Participant would receive  if

such   plan   were  terminated  immediately  after  the   merger,

consolidation or transfer is not less than the benefit  he  would

have received if this Plan had terminated immediately before  the

merger, consolidation or transfer.

    12.3  Termination.  Amoco has established  the  Plan  and  is

maintaining the Plan with the bona fide expectation and intention

that  it will continue the Plan indefinitely, but Amoco will  not

be  under any obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain  the

Plan  for  any  particular length of time.   Notwithstanding  any

other  provision  hereof, Amoco may terminate this  Plan  at  any

time.  There will be no liability to any Participant, Beneficiary

or  other  person  as  a  result of any  such  discontinuance  or

termination.

    The  Employer's failure to make contributions in any year  or

years  will  not operate to terminate the Plan in the absence  of

formal action by Amoco to terminate the Plan.

    12.4 Effect of Termination.  Upon complete discontinuance  of

contributions or termination or partial termination of the  Plan,

the  Pre-Tax and Rollover Accounts of affected Participants  will

remain nonforfeitable and their Company Contribution Account will

become  nonforfeitable.   After  termination  of  the  Plan,   no

Employee  will  become  a  Participant  and  no  further  Pre-Tax

Contributions  or  Company Matching Contributions  will  be  made

hereunder on behalf of Participants.

   The Trustee will continue to hold the assets of the Trust Fund

for distribution as directed by the Plan Administrator.  The Plan

Administrator  directs the Trustee to disburse the Plan's  assets

as immediate benefit payments, to retain and disburse them in the

future,  or  to  follow  any  other  procedure  which  it   deems

advisable.

                          ARTICLE XIII  NAMED FIDUCIARIES



   13.1 Identity of Named Fiduciaries.

           (a)        Named   Fiduciaries.    Amoco,   the   Plan

Administrator,  the Trustee and any investment manager  appointed

by  Amoco  will be the named fiduciaries under the Plan and  will

control and manage the Plan and its assets to the extent  and  in

the manner indicated in the Plan and in the Trust Agreement.  Any

responsibility assigned to a named fiduciary will not  be  deemed

to  be  a  duty  of  a "fiduciary" (as defined in  ERISA)  solely

because of such assignment.

         (b)      Plan Administrator.  Amoco Corporation  is  the

"Plan Administrator" as defined in ERISA.

    13.2  Responsibilities and Authority of  Plan  Administrator.

The   Plan  Administrator  will  have  the  responsibilities  and

authority with respect to control and management of the Plan  and

its assets as set forth in detail in various articles of the Plan

including Article XIII.

    13.3  Responsibilities and Authority of Trustee.  The Trustee

will  manage  and control the assets of the Plan, except  to  the

extent  that  such  responsibilities  are  specifically  assigned

hereunder  or  under  the  Trust  Agreement  to  Amoco,  or   the

Participants, or are delegated to one or more investment managers

by  Amoco.  The responsibilities and authority of the Trustee are

set forth in detail primarily in the Trust Agreement.

     13.4  Responsibilities  of  Amoco.   Amoco  will  have   the

responsibilities and authority to appoint, remove and replace the

Trustee  and  to  amend and terminate the Plan  and  Trust.   The

responsibilities and authority of Amoco are set forth in  further

detail  in  the  various articles of the Plan and  in  the  Trust

Agreement.

     13.5  Responsibilities  Not  Shared.   Except  as  otherwise

provided  herein  or required by law, each named  fiduciary  will

have  only those responsibilities that are specifically  assigned

to it hereunder, in the Administrative and Recordkeeping Services

Agreement,  and  in the Trust Agreement, and no  named  fiduciary

will   incur   liability  because  of  improper  performance   or

nonperformance  of  responsibilities assigned  to  another  named

fiduciary.

    13.6  Dual Fiduciary Capacity Permitted.  Any person or group

of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity.

   13.7 Actions by Amoco.  Wherever the Plan specifies that Amoco

is  required or permitted to take any action, such action will be

taken  by  its  board  of  directors, or  by  a  duly  authorized

committee  thereof,  or  by  one  or  more  directors,  officers,

employees or other persons duly authorized to do so by the  board

of directors.

    13.8  Advice.   A named fiduciary may employ or  retain  such

attorneys,   accountants,   investment   advisors,   consultants,

specialists  and other persons or firms as it deems necessary  or

desirable  to  advise  or  assist it in the  performance  of  its

duties.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the fiduciary will  be

fully  protected with respect to any action taken or  omitted  by

him  or  it  in  reliance upon any such person or  firm  rendered

within his or its area of expertise.

                          ARTICLE XIV   PLAN ADMINISTRATOR



    14.1 Appointment.  Amoco is the Plan Sponsor and retains  the

authority  to  appoint  a  Plan  Administrator.   Any  notice  or

document  required  to  be  given  to  or  filed  with  the  Plan

Administrator  will be properly given or filed  if  delivered  or

mailed,  by  registered  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to  the   Plan

Administrator, in care of Amoco Corporation at 200 East  Randolph

Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

    14.2  Notice  to Trustee.  Amoco will notify the  Trustee  in

writing  of  the  appointment, and the Trustee  may  assume  such

appointment  continues  in effect until  written  notice  to  the

contrary is given by Amoco.

   14.3 Administration of Plan.  The Plan Administrator and Amoco

will  have all powers and authority necessary and appropriate  to

carry  out  its  responsibilities as provided in the  Plan.   All

determinations  and  actions of the Plan  Administrator  will  be

conclusive  and  binding upon all persons,  except  as  otherwise

provided herein or by law, and except that the Plan Administrator

may revoke or modify a determination or action previously made in

error.   The  Plan  Administrator will exercise  all  powers  and

authority given to it in a nondiscriminatory manner.

    14.4  Reporting and Disclosure.  The Plan Administrator  will

prepare,  file,  submit, distribute or make  available  any  plan

descriptions, reports, statements, forms or other information  to

any   government   agency,  Employees,   former   Employees,   or

Beneficiary as may be required by law or by the Plan.

   14.5 Records.  The Plan Administrator will record its acts and

decisions,  and  keep  all data, records, books  of  account  and

instruments pertaining to plan administration. The Employer  will

supply  all  information required by the  Plan  Administrator  to

administer the Plan, and the Plan Administrator may rely upon the

accuracy of such information.

    14.6 Claims Review Procedure.  Any request for benefits  (the

"claim")  by  a  Participant or his Beneficiary (the  "claimant")

will  be filed in writing with the Plan Administrator.  Within  a

reasonable   period   after  receipt  of  a   claim,   the   Plan

Administrator  will provide written notice to any claimant  whose

claim  has  been  wholly or partly denied,  including:   (a)  the

reasons  for  the denial, (b) the Plan provisions  on  which  the

denial  is  based,  (c)  any additional material  or  information

necessary  to  perfect  the  claim and  the  reasons  why  it  is

necessary,  and  (d)  the Plan's claims  review  procedure.   The

claimant will be given a full and fair review in writing within a

reasonable period after notification of the denial.  The claimant

may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments

orally, in writing, or both.  The Plan Administrator will  render

its  decision or review properly and in writing and will  include

specific  reasons  for  the decision and reference  to  the  Plan

provisions  on which the decision is based.  The Participant  may

appeal the Plan Administrator's decision by making such appeal in

writing filed with Amoco Corporation (Director, Qualified Plans -

Human  Resources) within 60 days after his receipt  of  the  Plan

Administrator's decision.

   14.7 Administrative Discretion; Final Authority.

         (a)      The Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive

discretionary authority to interpret the provisions of, and  make

factual determinations under, the Plan and to decide any and  all

matters arising hereunder, including without limitation the right

to  remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions by

general  rule  or  particular decision; provided  that  all  such

interpretations and decisions shall be applied in a  uniform  and

nondiscriminatory  manner to all Participants  and  beneficiaries

who   are  similarly  situated.   The  Plan  Administrator  shall

determine conclusively for all parties all questions arising  out

of the interpretation or administration of the Plan.

         (b)      The  Plan Administrator may delegate  authority

with  respect to certain matters, and the Plan Administrator  may

allocate its responsibilities among Amoco employees.

         (c)      To  the  extent  that  the  Plan  Administrator

properly  delegates or allocates administrative powers or  duties

to  any  other  individual or entity, such individual  or  entity

shall  have  exclusive discretionary authority, as  described  in

subsection 14.7(a), to exercise such powers or duties.

                           ARTICLE XV   PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS



   15.1 Adoption by Other Employers.

        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the

consent of Amoco, any other entity may adopt this Plan and all of

the  provisions hereof, and participate herein and be known as  a

participating  Employer,  by  a properly  executed  Participation

Agreement  evidencing said intent and will of such  participating

Employer.   A  Participation  Agreement  may  contain  terms  and

conditions   approved  by  Amoco  that   apply   only   to   such

participating Employer and shall constitute an amendment  of  the

Plan.

    15.2 Designation of Agent.  Each participating Employer shall

be  deemed  a  part  of this Plan; provided, however,  that  with

respect  to  all  of  its relations with  the  Trustee  and  Plan

Administrator  for  the purpose of this Plan, each  participating

Employer shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably Amoco  as

its agent.

    15.3  Employee Transfers.  It is anticipated that an Employee

may  be  transferred  between participating  Employers  and  non-

participating  Affiliated  Companies.   No  such  transfer  shall

effect  a  termination of employment hereunder  for  purposes  of

Section 10.

    15.4  Discontinuance  of  Participation.   Any  participating

Employer  shall  be  permitted  to  discontinue  or  revoke   its

participation in the Plan with a properly executed document filed

with Amoco and with the consent of Amoco.

    15.5  Participating Employer Contribution for Affiliate.   If

any  participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part from

making  a contribution to the Trust Fund which it would otherwise

have  made under the Plan for any reason, then, pursuant to  Code

Section  404(a)(3)(B),  so much of the  contribution  which  such

participating Employer was so prevented from making may be  made,

for   the   benefit  of  the  participating  Employees  of   such

participating Employer, by the other participating Employers  who

are  members of the same affiliated group within the  meaning  of

Code Section 1504.

                          ARTICLE XVI   MISCELLANEOUS



   16.1 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

         (a)     A Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO) is a

judgment, decree, or order which meets the requirements  of  Code

Section 414(p).  An alternate payee is an individual named in the

QDRO who is to receive some or all of the Participant's benefits.

         (b)     A payment to an alternate payee shall be in cash

and in a single sum.

   16.2 Nonalienation of Benefits.  No benefit, right or interest

hereunder   of  any  person  will  be  subject  to  anticipation,

alienation,  sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,  encumbrance  or

charge,  or  to seizure, attachment or other legal, equitable  or

other  process,  or  be  liable for, or subject  to,  the  debts,

liabilities or other obligations of such person, except that  the

Plan  Administrator  may  prescribe  rules  for  the  payment  of

benefits  in accordance with Qualified Domestic Relations  Orders

as defined in Section 16.1.

    16.3  Payment  of  Minors  and  Incompetents.   If  the  Plan

Administrator  deems  any person incapable of  giving  a  binding

receipt  for  benefit payments because of his minority,  illness,

infirmity or other incapacity, it may direct payment directly for

the benefit of such person, or to any person selected by Amoco to

disburse it.  Such payment, to the extent thereof, will discharge

all liability for such payment under the Plan.

    16.4  Current  Address  of Payee.   Any  person  entitled  to

benefits is responsible for keeping Amoco informed of his current

address  at  all times.  The Plan Administrator, the Trustee  and

Amoco have no obligation to locate such person, and will be fully

protected  if all payments and communications are mailed  to  his

last  known address, or are withheld pending receipt of proof  of

his  current address and proof that he is alive.  If payments are

withheld  and  after  reasonable efforts, the Plan  Administrator

cannot  locate  a  former Participant (or Beneficiary)  within  a

reasonable time, but in any event not later than four (4)  years,

the  amount of the Participant's Accounts shall be forfeited  and

shall  be reapplied in such a way as to reduce succeeding Company

Matching Contributions under the Plan; provided, however, that if

such  former  Participant (or Beneficiary) subsequently  files  a

valid  claim  for benefits with the Plan Administrator  or  Amoco

with respect to his Account balances under the Plan, his Accounts

shall  be restored to the value previously forfeited (and without

interest) from such Accounts.

    16.5  Disputes over Entitlement to Benefits.  If two or  more

persons   claim  entitlement  to  payment  of  the  same  benefit

hereunder,  the Plan Administrator may withhold payment  of  such

benefit  until  the dispute has been determined  by  a  court  of

competent  jurisdiction  or  has  been  settled  by  the  persons

concerned.

    16.6  Payment  of  Benefits.  Unless he elects  otherwise,  a

Participant's benefit payments under the Plan will begin no later

than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest

of  the  following  dates  occurs:  (a) the  date  he  terminates

service  with  his Employer; (b) his 65th birthday;  or  (c)  the

tenth anniversary of the year in which he began participating  in

the Plan.

    16.7  Plan  Supplements.  The provisions of the Plan  may  be

modified by supplements to the Plan.  The terms and provisions of

each  supplement  are  a  part  of the  Plan  and  supersede  the

provisions  of  the  Plan  to the extent necessary  to  eliminate

inconsistencies between the Plan and the supplement.

   16.8 Rules of Construction.

         (a)      A  word  or phase defined or explained  in  any

section  or  article  has the same meaning  throughout  the  Plan

unless the context indicates otherwise.

         (b)      Where  the context so requires,  the  masculine

includes the feminine, the singular includes the plural, and  the

plural includes the singular.

        (c)     Unless the context indicates otherwise, the words

"herein,"  "hereof,"  "hereunder," and words  of  similar  import

refer to the Plan as a whole and not only to the section in which

they appear.

    16.9  Text Controls.  Headings and titles are for convenience

only and the text will control in all matters.

   16.10          Applicable State Law.  To the extent that state

law  applies,  the  provisions of the  Plan  will  be  construed,

enforced  and administered according to the laws of the State  of

Georgia.

    16.11   Plan  Administration Expenses.  All  reasonable  Plan

administration  expenses shall be paid out  of  the  Trust  Fund;

provided  that  the  obligation of the Trust  Fund  to  pay  such

expenses  shall  cease to exist to the extent such  expenses  are

paid  by  an  Employer  or  are paid  to  the  Trust  Fund  as  a

reimbursement by an Employer.  This provision shall be deemed  to

apply  to any contract or arrangement to provide for expenses  of

plan  administration  without  regard  to  whether  or  not   the

signatory  or  party  to such contract or arrangement  is,  as  a

matter   of   administrative  convenience,  an   Employer.    Any

reasonable plan administration expense paid to the Trust Fund  by

an  Employer  as  a  reimbursement shall  not  be  considered  an

Employer  contribution and shall not be credited to Participants'

Accounts.   The Plan Administrator shall only direct the  Trustee

to  pay Plan administration expenses from the Trust Fund upon the

written direction of Amoco.

   16.12          Voting and Tendering of Amoco Stock.

         (a)     For the purposes of voting or responding to bona

fide  offers with respect to the Amoco Corporation Stock held  by

the   Plan,  each  Participant  and  Beneficiary  of  a  deceased

Participant whose Accounts are invested in whole or  in  part  in

the  Amoco  Stock  Fund shall be a "named fiduciary"  within  the

meaning of Section 403(a)(1) of ERISA.  The Trustee shall  follow

the  proper instructions, which instructions shall be held by the

Trustee   in   strict   confidence,  of  the   Participants   and

Beneficiaries with respect to such Amoco Corporation stock in the

manner described in this Section 16.

         (b)      Before each annual or special meeting of  Amoco

Corporation,   there  shall  be  sent  to  each  Participant   or

Beneficiary to whom Amoco Corporation stock is allocated  a  copy

of the proxy solicitation material for the meeting, together with

a  form requesting instructions to the Trustee on how to vote the

Amoco  Corporation stock allocated to his Accounts.  Upon receipt

of   such   instructions,  the  Trustee  shall  vote  the   Amoco

Corporation stock as instructed.

         (c)      The Trustee shall vote Amoco Corporation  stock

for  which  no  voting instructions are timely  received  to  the

extent required by law in its uncontrolled discretion.

         (d)      In the event that a bona fide offer (such as  a

tender  offer  or exchange offer) shall be made  to  acquire  any

Amoco  Corporation  Employer stock  held  by  the  Trustee,  each

Participant  or  Beneficiary of a deceased Participant  shall  be

entitled to direct the Trustee as to the disposition of the Amoco

Corporation stock (including fractional shares) allocated to  his

Accounts,  and  to  direct the Trustee to  take  other  solicited

action  on  his behalf (including the voting of such Stock)  with

respect to the Amoco Corporation stock allocated to this account.

Amoco,  with the cooperation of the Trustee, shall use  its  best

efforts  to provide each Participant or Beneficiary to whom  this

paragraph  may  apply  with  a copy  of  any  offer  solicitation

material  generally available to members of the public  who  hold

the  Amoco Corporation stock affected by the offer, or with  such

other  written  information as the offeror  may  provide.    Such

material shall be provided with a form requesting instructions to

the  Trustee as to the disposition under the offer of  the  Amoco

Corporation  stock allocated to each Account.   Upon  receipt  of

such  instructions  from  the  Participant  or  Beneficiary,  the

Trustee  shall  respond  to the offer  in  accordance  with  such

instructions   with  respect  to  the  Amoco  Corporation   stock

allocated to the Account.

         (e)      The Trustee shall respond to an offer described

in  subsection  (d) with respect to Amoco Corporation  stock  for

which  no instructions are timely received to the extent required

by law in its uncontrolled discretion.

    16.13           Action  by Company.  Any action  required  or

permitted  to  be  taken  by Amoco (or a participating  Employer)

under  the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors,

by  resolution  of a duly authorized committee of  its  Board  of

Directors, or by a person or persons authorized by resolution  of

its Board of Directors or such committee.

                          SUPPLEMENT A

               Special Rules for Top-Heavy Plans


    A-1. Purpose and Effect.  The purpose of this Supplement A is
to  comply  with the requirements of Section 416 of the  Internal
Revenue  Code.   The  provisions of this Supplement  A  shall  be
effective  for each Plan Year in which the Plan is  a  "top-heavy
plan"  within  the  meaning of Section  416(g)  of  the  Internal
Revenue Code.


   A-2. Top-Heavy Plan.  In general, the Plan will be a top-heavy
plan  for  any Plan Year if, as of the last day of the  preceding
Plan  Year  (the  "determination date"),  the  aggregate  account
balances  of  Participants who are key employees (as  defined  in
Section 416(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) exceed 60 percent
of the aggregate account balances of all Participants.  In making
the  foregoing determination, the following special  rules  shall
apply:

                       (a)    A  Participant's  account  balances
                   shall    be   increased   by   the   aggregate
                   distributions,  if any, made with  respect  to
                   the   Participant  during  the  5-year  period
                   ending on the determination date.

                      (b)   The account balances of a Participant
                   who was previously a key employee, but who  is
                   no   longer   a   key   employee,   shall   be
                   disregarded.

                       (c)    The accounts of a beneficiary of  a
                   Participant  shall be considered  accounts  of
                   the Participant.

                      (d)   The account balances of a Participant
                   who  did  not  perform any  services  for  the
                   company during the 5-year period ending on the
                   determination date shall be disregarded.


    A-3.  Key  Employee.   In general, a  "key  employee"  is  an
employee who, at the time during the 5-year period ending on  the
determination date, is:

                       (a)   an officer of Amoco receiving annual
                   compensation   greater   than   50%   of   the
                   limitation    in    effect    under    Section
                   415(b)(1)(A)  of  the Internal  Revenue  Code;
                   provided,   that   for   purposes   of    this
                   subparagraph (a), no more than 50 employees of
                   Amoco  (or if lesser, the greater of employees
                   or  10  percent  of  the employees)  shall  be
                   treated as officers;

                       (b)    one  of the ten employees receiving
                   annual  compensation from Amoco of  more  than
                   the   limitation  in  effect   under   Section
                   415(c)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code  and
                   owning both more than 1/2 percent interest and
                   the largest interest in Amoco;

                      (c)   a 5 percent owner of Amoco; or


                               A-1


                       (d)   a 1 percent owner of Amoco receiving
                   annual  compensation from Amoco of  more  than
                   $150,000.

    A-4. Minimum Vesting.  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is
a  top-heavy  plan,  a  Participant's vested  percentage  in  his
company   contribution  account  shall  not  be  less  than   the
percentage determined under the following table:

  Years of Service       Vested Percentage
     Less than 2                 0
          2                     20
          3                     40
          4                     60
          5                     80
      6 or more                100

If   the  foregoing  provisions  of  this  paragraph  A-4  become
effective,  and  the Plan subsequently ceases to be  a  top-heavy
plan, each Participant who has then completed three or more years
of service may elect to continue to have the vested percentage of
his  company contribution account determined under the provisions
of this paragraph A-4.


   A-5. Minimum Company Contribution.  For any Plan Year in which
the  Plan is a top-heavy plan, the company contributions, if any,
credited to each Participant who is not a key employee shall  not
be less than three percent of such Participant's compensation for
that year.  In no event, however, shall the company contributions
credited  in any year to a Participant who is not a key  employee
(expressed  as  a percentage of such Participant's  compensation)
exceed  the maximum company contribution and remainders  credited
in that year to a key employee (expressed as a percentage of such
key employee's compensation up to $150,000).


   A-6. Maximum Earnings.  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is
a  top-heavy plan, a Participant's earnings in excess of $150,000
(or  such greater amount as may be determined by the Commissioner
of  Internal Revenue for that Plan Year) shall be disregarded for
purposes of subsection 5.5 of the Plan.


    A-7.  Aggregation  of  Plans.   In  accordance  with  Section
416(g)(2) of the Internal Revenue code, other plans maintained by
Amoco  may  be required or permitted to be aggregated  with  this
Plan  for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a top-heavy
plan.


   A-8. No Duplication of Benefits.  If Amoco maintains more than
one  plan,  the  minimum company contribution otherwise  required
under  the paragraph A-5 above may be reduced in accordance  with
regulations  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury   to   prevent
inappropriate duplication of minimum contributions or benefits.

                               A-2


   A-9. Adjustment of Combined Benefit Limitations.  For any Plan
Year in which the Plan is a top-heavy plan, the determination  of
the  defined contribution plan fraction and defined benefit  plan
fraction  under subsection 5.4 of the Plan shall be  adjusted  in
accordance with the provisions of Section 416(h) of the  Internal
Revenue Code.


    A-10.         Use of Terms.  All terms and provisions of  the
Plan  shall  apply to this Supplement A, except  that  where  the
terms  and provisions of the Plan and this Supplement A conflict,
the terms and provisions of this Supplement A shall govern.






                               A-3

<PAGE>
                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                      CONSENT ACTION OF THE
                       BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                        December 8, 1998


     Action by Consent of Directors, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company , (the "Company") effective December 8, 1998.


     We, the undersigned, being all of the Directors of the
Company, do hereby waive call, notice, meeting and vote and do
hereby consent to, confirm and verify the following corporate
action pursuant to authority vested by Delaware General
Corporation Law, Section 141(f):



                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                  Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan"); and


WHEREAS, the second amendment of the Savings Plan as Amended and
Restated effective January 1, 1996, is now considered desirable
in order to reflect recent changes in the law governing the
Savings Plan and to make certain other clarifications of plan
language;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Savings Plan, the President of the
Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on behalf of
the Company the second amendment of the Savings Plan.


FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.



                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                  Cash Balance Retirement Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Cash Balance Retirement Plan (the "Cash Balance Plan");
and


WHEREAS, amendment of the Cash Balance Plan as Amended and
Restated effective January 1, 1994, is now considered desirable
in order to reflect recent changes in the law governing the Cash
Balance Plan and to make certain other clarifications of plan
language;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 10.1 of the Cash Balance Plan, the President of
the Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on behalf
of the Company the first amendment of the Cash Balance Plan.


FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.



                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                   Cash Value Retirement Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Cash Value Retirement Plan (the "Cash Value Plan"); and

WHEREAS, the first amendment of the Cash Value Plan was adopted
December 19, 1997, to reflect recent changes in the law governing
the Cash Value Plan and to make certain other clarifications of
plan language;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 10.1 of the Cash Value Plan, the Company hereby
authorizes the Senior Vice President (Human Resources) of Amoco
Corporation to adopt on behalf of the Company the first amendment
of the Cash Value Plan.


FURTHER RESOLVED, that all actions in accordance with these
resolutions taken by the Senior Vice President (Human Resources)
of Amoco Corporation, including the adoption of the first
amendment of the Cash Value Plan, are hereby ratified and
confirmed.





                           ____________________________________
                                   B. J. Armistead




                           ____________________________________
                                   W. S. Johnson




                            ____________________________________
                                   C. A. Texter

<PAGE>

                       SECOND AMENDMENT OF

                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                  SALARIED 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

                (Effective as of January 1, 1996)


WHEREAS, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company (the "Company")
maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k)
Savings Plan (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, certain amendments to the Plan are now deemed desirable;

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the power reserved to the Company in
Article XII of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1.   Effective as of January 1, 1997, substituting the following
for Section 2.4 of the Plan:

     "2.4 `Applicable Compensation' means amounts paid by Amoco
     or an Affiliated Company to an Employee who is eligible to
     participate as (i) basic salary and wages, including forms
     of base pay delivered in alternative forms such as
     piecework; payment of mileage for drivers; overtime; shift
     differentials, (ii) pay-in-lieu of vacation, (iii)
     commissions, (iv) variable incentive payments, (v) bonuses
     in the year received while an Employee, including foreign
     service premium payments made prior to January 1, 1997, (vi)
     lump sum performance awards, and (vii) amounts contributed
     on behalf of the Employee to a cafeteria plan or a cash or
     deferred arrangement and not included in the Employee's
     gross income for federal income tax purposes under Section
     125 or 402(e)(3) of the Code, but excluding (i) sign-on
     retention, severance and separation payments, (ii) reward
     and recognition payments, (iii) remuneration received
     attributable to moving and educational expenses, (iv)
     expense allowances and reimbursement for federal income tax
     purposes, and (vi) any other items of remuneration not
     listed above.

     For any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1996, the
     amount of Applicable Compensation taken into account under
     the Plan for any Participant will not exceed $150,000 or
     such greater amount as may be determined by the Commissioner
     of Internal Revenue for that year."

2.   Effective as of January 1, 1997, by substituting the
following for Section 2.11 of the Plan:

     "2.11  `Highly-Compensated Employee' means any present or
     former employee who:

          (a) was a five percent (5%) owner of the company during
          the current or immediately preceding plan year; or

          (b) received annual compensation from an Employer of
          more than $80,000 (or such greater amount as may be
          determined by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue
          for that year) during the immediately preceding plan
          year.

     For purposes of subsections 2.11, 4.5 and 5.5, an employee's
     compensation means his total cash compensation for services
     rendered to a participating Employer as an employee,
     determined in accordance with Section 415(c)(3) of the
     Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder, and
     including amounts deferred pursuant to Sections 125 and
     402(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code."

3.   Effective as of January 1, 1996, by substituting "Salaried
401(k)" for the word "Employee" where the latter appears in
Section 2.16 of the Plan.

4.   Effective as of November 1, 1996, by adding the following
subparagraph (d) to Section 3.1 of the Plan immediately following
subparagraph (c) thereof:

     "(d) a Salaried Employee who is a leased employee.  A
     `leased employee' means any person who would not otherwise
     be considered an employee but who has provided services to
     the Employer under the primary direction or control of the
     Employer, on a substantially full time basis for a period of
     at least one year, pursuant to an agreement between the
     Employer and a leasing organization.  The period during
     which a leased employee performs services for a
     participating Employer shall be taken into account for
     purposes of subsections 3.2 and 10.2 of the Plan if such
     leased employee becomes an employee of a participating
     Employer, unless (i) such leased employee is a participant
     in a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing
     organization which provides a non-integrated employer
     contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of
     compensation, immediate participation for all employees and
     full and immediate vesting, and (ii) leased employees do not
     constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of a participating
     Employer's nonhighly compensated workforce."

5.   Effective as of February 3, 1997, by substituting the phrase
"but no later than the 15th business day of the month next
following such deduction" for the phrase "but no later than
thirty days after the accounting date which ends that accounting
period" where the latter appears in the last sentence of Section
4.3 of the Plan.

6.   Effective as of January 1, 1997, by substituting the words
"the immediately preceding Plan Year" for the words "such Plan
Year" where the latter appear in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of
Section 4.5 of the Plan.

7.   Effective as of January 1, 1997, by substituting the
following for the penultimate sentence of Section 4.5 of the
Plan:

     "The Pre-Tax Contributions made by the highly compensated
     employees will be reduced (in the order of their
     contribution amounts beginning with the highest amount) to
     the extent necessary to meet the requirements of this
     subsection 4.5."

8.   Effective as of January 1, 2000, by deleting Section 5.4 of
the Plan.

9.   Effective as of January 1, 1997, by substituting the words
"the immediately preceding Plan Year" for the words "such Plan
Year" where the latter appear in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of
Section 5.5 of the Plan.

10.  Effective as of January 1, 1997, by substituting the
following for the penultimate sentence of Section 5.5 of the
Plan:

     "The company matching contributions allocated to the highly
     compensated employees will be reduced (in the order of their
     contribution amounts beginning with the highest amount) to
     the extent necessary to meet the requirements of this
     subsection 5.5."

11.  Effective as of January 1, 1996, by substituting the
following for the third paragraph of Section 7.2(a) of the Plan:

     "The Participant's change in investment direction or
     transfer of assets among Investment Funds shall be based on
     the value as of the close of business on the last business
     day of the payroll cycle in which the election is made and
     shall be posted as of the first business day of the next
     full payroll cycle following the election."


12.  Effective as of January 1, 1996, by substituting the
following for Section 7.3 of the Plan:

     "7.3 Valuation of Assets.  As of each date the Employer's
     payroll is run and at any other date ("Valuation Date") that
     the Plan Administrator may direct, the Trustee will
     determine the fair market value of the assets in each
     separate Investment Fund of the Trust fund, relying upon
     such evidence of valuation as the Trustee deems
     appropriate."

13.  Effective as of January 1, 1996, by adding the following
sentence to the first paragraph of subsection 10.2(c) of the Plan
at the end thereof:

     "Except as provided in subsection 10.4, no amount shall be
     paid to a Participant prior to age 65 without his consent."

14.  Effective as of January 1, 1998, by substituting the
following for Section 10.4 of the Plan:

     "10.4  $5,000 Cash-Out.  If the value of the nonforfeitable
     portion of a Participant's account is $5,000 or less (or
     such higher amount as may be permitted under applicable law)
     as of the Valuation Date immediately following his
     termination of service for any reason, the Plan
     Administrator shall direct that the Participant's account be
     paid as soon as practicable in a single sum."

15.  Effective as of January 1, 1996, by substituting the
following for the first sentence of Section 14.6 of the Plan:

     "A claim for benefits by a Participant or his Beneficiary (a
     `claimant') shall be in writing and signed by the claimant
     or the claimant's authorized representative.  The claim must
     contain all of the necessary information for the Plan
     Administrator to act upon such claim.  A claim must be sent
     or delivered to:

               MetLife Recordkeeping
               800 Crescent Centre Drive
               Franklin, TN  37067

     The date of the filing of a claim shall be the date a fully
     completed claim is received at the above address."


I, William S. Johnson, President of Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, hereby approve and adopt the foregoing amendments to the
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan.

Dated this _____ day of ___________________, 1998.


_____________________________________
President
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company

<PAGE>

                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                      CONSENT ACTION OF THE
                       BOARD OF DIRECTORS


     Action by Consent of Directors, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, (the "Company").


     We, the undersigned, being all of the Directors of the
Company, do hereby waive call, notice, meeting and vote and do
hereby consent to, confirm and verify the following corporate
action pursuant to authority vested by Delaware General
Corporation Law, Section 141(f):


                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                  Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Salaried Savings
Plan"); and


WHEREAS, Amoco Corporation has entered into a Plan and Agreement
of Merger dated August 11, 1998, and amended as of October 22,
1998 (the "Merger Agreement") by and among The British Petroleum
Company ("BP"), Eagle Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of BP, and
Amoco providing for the merger ("Merger") of Eagle Holdings, Inc.
with and into Amoco, resulting in, among other items (1) Amoco
being a wholly owned subsidiary of BP, (2) Amoco changing its
name to BP Amoco Corporation, and BP changing its name to BP
Amoco p.l.c., and (3) Amoco's outstanding common stock being
converted into ordinary shares of BP Amoco p.l.c. in the form of
American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"); and

WHEREAS, the third amendment of the Salaried Savings Plan as
Amended and Restated effective January 1, 1996, is now considered
desirable in connection with the Merger;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Salaried Savings Plan, the President
of the Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on
behalf of the Company the third amendment of the Salaried Savings
Plan, effective as of the close of the Merger.


FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.


                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                   Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Hourly Savings Plan");
and

WHEREAS, Amoco Corporation has entered into a Plan and Agreement
of Merger dated August 11, 1998, and amended as of October 22,
1998 (the "Merger Agreement") by and among The British Petroleum
Company ("BP"), Eagle Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of BP, and
Amoco providing for the merger ("Merger") of Eagle Holdings, Inc.
with and into Amoco, resulting in, among other items (1) Amoco
being a wholly owned subsidiary of BP, (2) Amoco changing its
name to BP Amoco Corporation, and BP changing its name to BP
Amoco p.l.c., and (3) Amoco's outstanding common stock being
converted into ordinary shares of BP Amoco p.l.c. in the form of
American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"); and


WHEREAS, the second amendment of the Hourly Savings Plan as
Amended and Restated effective January 1, 1996, is now considered
desirable in connection with the Merger;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Hourly Savings Plan, the President
of the Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on
behalf of the Company the second amendment of the Hourly Savings
Plan, effective as of the close of the Merger.



FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.








                          ____________________________________
                                   B. J. Armistead



                          ____________________________________
                                   W. S. Johnson



                          ____________________________________
                                   C. A. Texter

<PAGE>

                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                      CONSENT ACTION OF THE
                       BOARD OF DIRECTORS


     Action by Consent of Directors, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, (the "Company").


     We, the undersigned, being all of the Directors of the
Company, do hereby waive call, notice, meeting and vote and do
hereby consent to, confirm and verify the following corporate
action pursuant to authority vested by Delaware General
Corporation Law, Section 141(f):


                  Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                    Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Salaried Savings
Plan"); and


WHEREAS, Amoco Corporation has entered into a Plan and Agreement
of Merger dated August 11, 1998, and amended as of October 22,
1998 (the "Merger Agreement") by and among The British Petroleum
Company ("BP"), Eagle Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of BP, and
Amoco providing for the merger ("Merger") of Eagle Holdings, Inc.
with and into Amoco, resulting in, among other items (1) Amoco
being a wholly owned subsidiary of BP, (2) Amoco changing its
name to BP Amoco Corporation, and BP changing its name to BP
Amoco p.l.c., and (3) Amoco's outstanding common stock being
converted into ordinary shares of BP Amoco p.l.c. in the form of
American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"); and

WHEREAS, the third amendment of the Salaried Savings Plan as
Amended and Restated effective January 1, 1996, is now considered
desirable in connection with the Merger;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Salaried Savings Plan, the President
of the Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on
behalf of the Company the third amendment of the Salaried Savings
Plan, effective as of the close of the Merger.


FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.


                  Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                     Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Hourly Savings Plan");
and

WHEREAS, Amoco Corporation has entered into a Plan and Agreement
of Merger dated August 11, 1998, and amended as of October 22,
1998 (the "Merger Agreement") by and among The British Petroleum
Company ("BP"), Eagle Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of BP, and
Amoco providing for the merger ("Merger") of Eagle Holdings, Inc.
with and into Amoco, resulting in, among other items (1) Amoco
being a wholly owned subsidiary of BP, (2) Amoco changing its
name to BP Amoco Corporation, and BP changing its name to BP
Amoco p.l.c., and (3) Amoco's outstanding common stock being
converted into ordinary shares of BP Amoco p.l.c. in the form of
American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"); and


WHEREAS, the second amendment of the Hourly Savings Plan as
Amended and Restated effective January 1, 1996, is now considered
desirable in connection with the Merger;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Hourly Savings Plan, the President
of the Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on
behalf of the Company the second amendment of the Hourly Savings
Plan, effective as of the close of the Merger.
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.





                                        B.   J. Armistead



                                       W.   S. Johnson



                                         C. A. Texter

<PAGE>

                    THIRD AMENDMENT OF

                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                  SALARIED 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

                (Effective as of January 1, 1996)


WHEREAS, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company (the "Company")
maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Hourly 401(k)
Savings Plan (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, Amoco Corporation ("Amoco") has entered into a Plan and
Agreement of Merger dated August 11, 1999, and amended as of
October 22, 1999 (the "Merger Agreement") by and among The
British Petroleum Company ("BP"), Eagle Holdings, Inc., a
subsidiary of BP, and Amoco providing for the merger ("Merger")
of Eagle Holdings, Inc. with and into Amoco, resulting in, among
other items (1) Amoco being a wholly owned subsidiary of BP, (2)
Amoco changing its name to BP Amoco Corporation, and BP changing
its name to BP Amoco p.l.c., and (3) Amoco's outstanding common
stock being converted into ordinary shares of BP Amoco p.l.c. in
the form of American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"); and

WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan is now considered desirable in
connection with the Merger;

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the power reserved to the Company in
Article XII of the Plan and delegated to the President of the
Company, the Plan is hereby amended, effective as of the close of
the Merger, as follows:

     1.By substituting the following for Section 2.3 of the Plan:

       "2.3 'BP Amoco' means BP Amoco Corporation, an Indiana
       corporation, and any successor thereto."


    2.All references to the "Amoco Stock Fund" on

       and after the Merger will be to the "BP Amoco

       Stock Fund" and all references to "Amoco

       Corporation" on and after the Merger will be

       to "BP Amoco." Notwithstanding the foregoing,

       in the context of any Plan provision where BP

       Amoco refers to the issuer of common stock,

       "BP Amoco" will mean BP Amoco p.l.c., or any

       successor thereto.


I, William S. Johnson, President of Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, hereby approve and adopt the foregoing amendment of the
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan.

Dated this ____ day of January, 1998.



President
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company

<PAGE>
                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                      CONSENT ACTION OF THE
                       BOARD OF DIRECTORS


     Action by Consent of Directors, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, (the "Company") .

     We, the undersigned, being all of the Directors of the
Company, do hereby waive call, notice, meeting and vote and do
hereby consent to, confirm and verify the following corporate
action pursuant to authority vested by Delaware General
Corporation Law, Section 141(f):


                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                  Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Salaried Savings
Plan"); and


WHEREAS, the Salaried Savings Plan previously has been amended
and further amendment thereof is considered desirable I) to allow
the Salaried Savings Plan to Automatically cash out any
terminated vested participant who, as of April 1, 1999, has an
account balance with a present value of $5,000 or less, ii) to
modify the loan provisions to permit direct loan repayments by
participants involved in bankruptcy proceedings, and iii) to
permit the Salaried Savings Plan to accept transfers of certain
account balances from the Amoco Performance Share Plan in
connection with the termination of that plan;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED,  that  pursuant to the power reserved  to  the  Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Salaried Savings Plan, the President
of  the  Company is hereby authorized and directed  to  adopt  on
behalf  of  the  Company  the fourth amendment  of  the  Salaried
Savings Plan, effective as of April 1, 1999.

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company  should
be,  and hereby are, authorized and directed in the name  of  and
for  the  Company  to  take any action  that  they  deem  proper,
necessary,  or  advisable  to carry out  the  purposes  of  these
resolutions.


                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                   Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Hourly Savings Plan");
and

WHEREAS, the Hourly Savings Plan previously has been amended and
further amendment thereof is considered desirable i) to allow the
Hourly Savings Plan to automatically cash out any terminated
vested participant who, as of April 1, 1999, has an account
balance with a present value of $5,000 or less, ii) to modify the
loan provisions to permit direct loan repayments by participants
involved in bankruptcy proceedings, and iii) to permit the Hourly
Savings Plan to accept transfers of certain account balances from
the Amoco Performance Share Plan in connection with the
termination of that plan;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Hourly Savings Plan, the President
of the Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on
behalf of the Company the third amendment of the Hourly Savings
Plan, effective as of April 1, 1999.

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.





                                        R. S. Clark



                                        W. S. Johnson



                                        C. A. Texter


                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                      CONSENT ACTION OF THE
                       BOARD OF DIRECTORS


     Action by Consent of Directors, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, (the "Company").


     We, the undersigned, being all of the Directors of the
Company, do hereby waive call, notice, meeting and vote and do
hereby consent to, confirm and verify the following corporate
action pursuant to authority vested by Delaware General
Corporation Law, Section 141(f):


                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                  Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Salaried Savings
Plan"); and


WHEREAS, the Salaried Savings Plan previously has been amended
and further amendment thereof is considered desirable i) to allow
the Salaried Savings Plan to automatically cash out any
terminated vested participant who, as of April 1, 1999, has an
account balance with a present value of $5,000 or less, ii) to
modify the loan provisions to permit direct loan repayments by
participants involved in bankruptcy proceedings, and iii) to
permit the Salaried Savings Plan to accept transfers of certain
account balances from the Amoco Performance Share Plan in
connection with the termination of that plan;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Salaried Savings Plan, the President
of the Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on
behalf of the Company the fourth amendment of the Salaried
Savings Plan, effective as of April 1, 1999.


FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.


                Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                   Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan


WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Hourly Savings Plan");
and

WHEREAS, the Hourly Savings Plan previously has been amended and
further amendment thereof is considered desirable i) to allow the
Hourly Savings Plan to automatically cash out any terminated
vested participant who, as of April 1, 1999, has an account
balance with a present value of $5,000 or less, ii) to modify the
loan provisions to permit direct loan repayments by participants
involved in bankruptcy proceedings, and iii) to permit the Hourly
Savings Plan to accept transfers of certain account balances from
the Amoco Performance Share Plan in connection with the
termination of that plan;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT


RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Hourly Savings Plan, the President
of the Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on
behalf of the Company the third amendment of the Hourly Savings
Plan, effective as of April 1, 1999.



FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.





                         ____________________________________
                                   R. S. Clark



                         ____________________________________
                                   W. S. Johnson



                         ____________________________________
                                   C. A. Texter


<PAGE>
                       FOURTH AMENDMENT OF

                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                  SALARIED 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

                (Effective as of January 1, 1996)


WHEREAS, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company (the "Company")
maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k)
Savings Plan (the "Plan");  and

WHEREAS, certain amendments of the Plan are now considered
desirable;

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the power reserved to the Company in
Article XII of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended, effective as
of April 1, 1999, as follows:

     1.   By substituting the following for the second sentence
     of subsection 8.3(g) of the Plan:

          "The Plan Administrator may establish back-up repayment
          procedures for any Participant who is on an `authorized
          leave of absence' or who files a petition in bankruptcy
          or becomes the subject of a wage earning plan under
          federal or state bankruptcy insolvency laws."

     2.   By substituting the following for Section 10.4 of the
     Plan:
          "10.4          $5,000 Cash-Out.  Effective as of
          January 1, 1998, if the value of the nonforfeitable
          portion of a Participant's Account is $5,000 or less
          (or such higher amount as may be permitted under
          applicable law) as of the Valuation Date immediately
          following his termination of employment for any reason,
          the Plan Administrator shall direct that the
          Participant's Account be paid as soon as practicable in
          a single sum.  If a Participant's employment was
          terminated for any reason prior to January 1, 1998, and
          the value of his Account as of April 1, 1999 is $5,000
          or less, the Plan Administrator shall direct that the
          Participant's Account as of April 1, 1999 be
          distributed as soon as practicable in a single sum."

     3.   By adding the following new Supplement B immediately
     after Supplement A of the Plan:

                          "SUPPLEMENT B
      Direct Transfer from the Amoco Performance Share Plan
               Upon the termination of the Amoco Performance
          Share Plan (the `APSP'), the APSP account balance of
          each Salaried Employee described in Section 3.1 who was
          a participant in the APSP (a `Supplement B
          Participant') shall be transferred to the Plan.  Each
          Supplement B Participant who had not previously become
          a Participant in the Plan shall become a Participant in
          the Plan on the date of the transfer.  The amounts so
          transferred shall be credited to each Supplement B
          Participant's Rollover Account which will be
          established in accordance with Section 6.4 as of the
          Valuation Date (as defined in Section 7.3) immediately
          following receipt by the Trustee.  The transferred
          portion of a Supplement B Participant's Rollover
          Account will be invested in the Money Market Fund until
          the Participant directs otherwise in accordance with
          Section 7.2.

               Except as otherwise provided in the preceding
          paragraph, all terms and conditions of the Plan shall
          apply to amounts transferred from the APSP to the
          Plan."


I, William S. Johnson, President of Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, hereby approve and adopt the foregoing amendment of the
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan.

Dated                               , 1999.


_____________________________________
President
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company

<PAGE>


                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                      CONSENT ACTION OF THE
                       BOARD OF DIRECTORS


     Action by Consent of Directors, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, (the "Company).

     We, the undersigned, being all of the Directors of the
Company, do hereby waive call, notice, meeting and vote and do
hereby consent to, confirm and verify the following corporate
action pursuant to authority vested by Delaware General
Corporation Law, Section 141(f):

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Salaried Savings
Plan"); and

WHEREAS, the Salaried Savings Plan previously has been amended
and further amendment thereof is now considered desirable in
response to comments received from the Internal Revenue Service
pursuant to a determination application request;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved to the Company
under subsection 12.1 of the Salaried Savings Plan, the President
of the Company is hereby authorized and directed to adopt on
behalf of the Company the Fifth Amendment of the Salaried Savings
Plan.

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President of the Company is hereby
authorized and directed to take any action that he deems proper,
necessary, or advisable to carry out the purposes of these
resolutions.



                                R. S. Clark


                                W. S. Johnson


                                C.   A. Texter



<PAGE>

                       FIFTH AMENDMENT
                             OF
              AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY
                SALARIED 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

              (Effective as of January 1, 1996)


WHEREAS, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company (the "Company")
maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Hourly 401(k)
Savings Plan (the "Plan"); and


WHEREAS, certain amendments to the Plan are now deemed
desirable;


NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the power reserved to the
Company in Article XII of the Plan, the Plan is hereby
amended as follows:


     1.   Effective as of January 1, 1997 by deleting the word
"cash" where it appears in subsection 2.11 of the Plan.

     2.   Effective as of January 1, 1996, by adding the
following sentence after the last sentence of subsection
2.11 of the Plan;

       "For purpose of this subsection, the term `Employer'
       shall include all Affiliated Companies, the
       determination year shall be the plan year for which
       the determination of who is highly compensated is
       being made and the look-back year shall be the 12-
       month period immediately preceding the determination
       year."


     3.   Effective as of January 1, 1996, by adding the

       following at the end of subsection 4.5 of the Plan:


       "If a Participant has made Pre-Tax
       Contributions to the Plan which exceed
       the limits specified in this subsection
       ("excess 401(k) contributions") and those
       excess 401(k) contributions are to be
       distributed or re-characterized, then the
       excess 401(k) contributions shall be
       reduced by the amount of Pre-Tax
       Contributions which exceeded the limit
       specified in subsection
       4.6 ("excess deferrals") which have
       previously been distributed for the
       taxable year ending in the same plan
       year.  The excess deferrals to be
       distributed for a taxable year will be
       reduced by the excess 401(k)
       contributions previously distributed or
       re-characterized for the plan year
       beginning in such taxable year.  For
       purposes of satisfying the limitations of
       this subsection 4.5, all elective
       contributions made under two or more
       plans of the Employer that are aggregated
       for purposes of Sections 401(a)(4) and
       410(b) of the Internal Revenue Code
       (other than Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) are
       to be treated as made under a single
       plan; and if two or more plans are
       permissively aggregated for purposes of
       Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
       Code, the aggregated plans must also
       satisfy Section 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of
       the Internal Revenue Code as if they were
       a single plan."


     4.   Effective as of January 1, 1996, by adding the
       following at the end of Section 5.5 of the Plan:


       "The contribution percentage of a highly
       compensated employee who is eligible to
       participate in more than one plan of the
       Employer to which employee or matching
       contributions are made is calculated by
       treating all plans in which such employee
       is eligible to participate as one plan.
       However, plans that may not be
       permissively aggregated are not
       aggregated for purposes of the preceding
       sentence.  For purposes of satisfying the
       limitations of this subsection 5.5, all
       employee and matching contributions made
       under two or more plans of the Employer
       that are aggregated for purposes of
       Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the
       Internal Revenue Code (other than Section
       410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) are to be treated as
       made under a single plan.  If two or more
       plans are permissively aggregated for
       purposes of Section 401(m) of the
       Internal Revenue Code, the aggregated
       plans must also satisfy Sections
       401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the Internal
       Revenue Code as if they were a single
       plan."


     5.   Effective as of January 1, 1996, by adding the
       following sentence at the end of paragraph A-3 of Supplement
       A of the Plan:

       "For purposes of this paragraph A-3,
       `compensation' has the meaning set forth
       in Section 414(q)(4) of the Internal
       Revenue Code."

     6.   Effective as of January 1, 1996, by adding the phrase
       "as defined in Section 415(c (3) of the Internal Revenue
       Code" immediately after the word "compensation" wherever it
       appears in paragraph A-5 of Supplement A to the Plan.




I, William S. Johnson, President of Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, hereby approve and adopt the foregoing amendments
to the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k)
Savings Plan.

Dated this ___ day of ___________, 1999.




President
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                      EXHIBIT 4.6













                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                   HOURLY 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN


                     As Amended and Restated

                   Effective January 1, 1996


<PAGE>
                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY
                   HOURLY 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

                       TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                             Page
I    INTRODUCTION
           1.1                                    Effective Date   1
           1.2                    Compliance with Code and ERISA   1
           1.3                 Exclusive Benefit of Participants   1
           1.4              Limitation on Rights Created by Plan   1
           1.5                       Application of Plan's Terms   2
           1.6                           Benefits Not Guaranteed   2

II   DEFINITIONS
           2.1                                Affiliated Company   3
           2.2                                             Amoco   3
           2.3                                 Amoco Corporation   3
           2.4                           Applicable Compensation   3
           2.5                                       Beneficiary   4
           2.6                                   Casual Employee   4
           2.7                                              Code   4
           2.8                                          Employer   4
           2.9                                        Entry Date   4
           2.10                                            ERISA   4
           2.11                      Highly-Compensated Employee   4
           2.12                                  Hour of Service   6
           2.13                                  Hourly Employee   6
           2.14                               Part-Time Employee   6
           2.15                                      Participant   6
           2.16                                             Plan   7
           2.17                                        Plan Year   7
           2.18                            Pre-Tax Contributions   7
           2.19                                 Regular Employee   7
           2.20                                Salaried Employee   7
           2.21                                          Spouse.   7
           2.22                               Temporary Employee   7
           2.23                                  Trust Agreement   7
           2.24                                     Trust Fund.    7
           2.25                                         Trustee    7

III  PARTICIPATION
           3.1                                   Eligible Class.    9
           3.2                                     Participation   10
           3.3                              End of Participation   10
           3.4                     Reentry of Former Participant   10

IV   PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS
           4.1                             Pre-Tax Contributions   11
           4.2               Procedure for Pre-Tax Contributions   11
           4.3               Collection of Pre-Tax Contributions   11
           4.4                   Change in Pre-Tax Contributions   11
           4.5           401(k) Pre-Tax Contributions Limitation   12
           4.6Maximum Amount of Participant Pre-Tax Contributions  13
           4.7                     Direct Rollover Contributions   13

V    COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
           5.1                    Company Matching Contributions   15
           5.2                              Time of Contribution   15
           5.3        Section 415 Annual Contribution Limitation   15
           5.4                      Combined Benefit Limitations   16
           5.5         Limitation on Allocation of Contributions   16
           5.6         Allocation of Earnings to Distributions of
                                            Excess Contributions   17
           5.7            Multiple Use of Alternative Limitation   17
           5.8                         No Interest in Company.     18

VI   ACCOUNTS AND CREDITS
           6.1                         Establishment of Accounts   19
           6.2     Crediting Participants' Pre-Tax Contributions   19
           6.3                  Crediting Matching Contributions   19
           6.4                               Crediting Rollovers   19
           6.5                                Charge to Accounts   19

VII  INVESTMENT FUNDS AND CREDITING INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE
           7.1                                  Investment Funds   20
           7.2   Investment Directions and Transfers Among Funds   20
           7.3                               Valuation of Assets   21
           7.4                   Crediting Investment Experience   21

VIII LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
           8.1Plan Administrator Shall Administer the Loan Program 23
           8.2                             Availability of Loans   23
           8.3                                Conditions of Loan   23
           8.4                              Accounting for Loans   25

IX   IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
           9.1                 Withdrawals From Rollover Account   26
           9.2     Withdrawals From Pre-Tax Contribution Account   26
           9.3    Order of Asset Liquidation for All Withdrawals   27
X    DISTRIBUTIONS
           10.1                                    Distributions   28
           10.2    Termination of Employment Prior to Retirement
                                                       or Death    28
           10.3                                     Reemployment   31
           10.4                                  $3,500 Cash-Out   31
           10.5                       Required Distribution Date   32
           10.6         Distribution Upon Death of a Participant   32
           10.7                       Rehire Before Distribution   33
           10.8                            Waiver of 30-Day Notice 33

XI   DIRECT ROLLOVERS
           11.1                                  Direct Rollover   34
           11.2                                       Definitions  34

XII  AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
           12.1                                Amendment of Plan   36
           12.2                                  Merger of Plans   36
           12.3                                      Termination   36
           12.4                            Effect of Termination   36

XIII NAMED FIDUCIARIES
           13.1                    Identity of Named Fiduciaries   38
           13.2Responsibilities and Authority of Plan Administrator38
           13.3        Responsibilities and Authority of Trustee   38
           13.4                        Responsibilities of Amoco   38
           13.5                      Responsibilities Not Shared   38
           13.6                Dual Fiduciary Capacity Permitted   39
           13.7                                Actions by Amoco.   39
           13.8                                           Advice   39

XIV  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
           14.1                                      Appointment   40
           14.2                                Notice to Trustee   40
           14.3                          Administration of Plan.   40
           14.4                         Reporting and Disclosure   40
           14.5                                          Records   40
           14.6                         Claims Review Procedure.   40
           14.7       Administrative Discretion; Final Authority   41

XV   PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
           15.1                      Adoption by Other Employers   42
           15.2                             Designation of Agent   42
           15.3                               Employee Transfers   42
           15.4                  Discontinuance of Participation   42
           15.5Participating Employer Contribution for Affiliate   42

XVI  MISCELLANEOUS
           16.1              Qualified Domestic Relations Orders   44
           16.2                        Nonalienation of Benefits   44
           16.3               Payment of Minors and Incompetents   44
           16.4                         Current Address of Payee   44
           16.5            Disputes over Entitlement to Benefits   45
           16.6                              Payment of Benefits   45
           16.7                                 Plan Supplements   45
           16.8                            Rules of Construction   45
           16.9                                    Text Controls   46
           16.10                            Applicable State Law   46
           16.11                    Plan Administration Expenses   46
           16.12             Voting and Tendering of Amoco Stock   46
           16.13                               Action by Company   47

SUPPLEMENT A
     Special Rules for Top-Heavy Plans                            A-1

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE I    INTRODUCTION



      1.1   Effective  Date.  Amoco Fabrics  and  Fibers  Company

established  the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company 401(k)  Savings

Plan as of January 1, 1994.  The Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company

401(k) Savings Plan was amended and restated effective August 15,

1994.   Effective January 1, 1996, the Amoco Fabrics  and  Fibers

Company  401(k)  Savings Plan is renamed the  Amoco  Fabrics  and

Fibers  Company Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Plan"), and  the

Plan is amended and restated as set forth herein.

      1.2  Compliance with Code and ERISA.  This Plan is intended

to qualify as a profit-sharing plan under Code Section 401(a) and

a  cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k).  It is

also  intended to comply with the applicable provisions of ERISA.

The Plan will be interpreted in a manner that comports with these

intentions.

     1.3  Exclusive Benefit of Participants.  The Plan is for the

exclusive   benefit  of  Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries.

Employer and Participant contributions are made to the Trust Fund

for  the  purpose  of  accumulating a fund  for  distribution  to

Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the Plan.

Except  as provided in Section 5.6, no part of the Trust Fund  or

any  distribution  therefrom will be  used  for  or  diverted  to

purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and

their  Beneficiaries  and defraying the  reasonable  expenses  of

administering the Plan and Trust Fund not paid by the Employer.

       1.4   Limitation  on  Rights  Created  by  Plan.   Nothing

appearing  in the Plan will be construed (a) to give  any  person

any  benefit,  right  or  interest except as  expressly  provided

herein, or (b) to create a contract of employment or to give  any

Employee  the  right to continue as an Employee or to  affect  or

modify his terms of employment in any way.

      1.5   Application of Plan's Terms.  The benefits and rights

of  a  Participant and his Beneficiaries under the Plan  will  be

determined in accordance with the terms of the Plan that  are  in

effect  on the date that contributions on a Participant's  behalf

are  made  or  credited to his Accounts or on  the  date  of  the

Participant's   retirement,  death  or   other   termination   of

employment, whichever may be applicable.

      1.6  Benefits Not Guaranteed.  The Employer and the Trustee

do  not  guarantee  the payment of benefits hereunder.   Benefits

will be paid from the assets of the Trust Fund and are limited to

the amount of assets therein.

                           ARTICLE II   DEFINITIONS



      This article contains a number of definitions of terms used

in  the Plan.  Other terms are defined, explained or clarified in

other   articles.    This  is  done  for  convenience   of   plan

administration.  There is no other significance to  the  location

of a definition.

     2.1  "Affiliated Company" means (i) any corporation (foreign

or  domestic) controlled by, controlling or under common  control

with Amoco Corporation, by ownership, direct or indirect, of more

than eighty percent (80%) of the voting stock thereof, and any of

their respective successors in business; (ii) a trade or business

which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c))

with Amoco Corporation; (iii) a corporation, partnership or other

entity  which, together with Amoco, is a member of an  affiliated

service  group (as defined in Code Section 414(m));  or  (iv)  an

organization  which  is  required to  be  aggregated  with  Amoco

pursuant to regulations promulgated under Code Section 414(o).

      2.2   "Amoco"  means Amoco Fabrics and  Fibers  Company,  a

Delaware Corporation, or its successor.

     2.3  "Amoco Corporation" means Amoco Corporation, an Indiana

Corporation, or its successor.

      2.4   "Applicable Compensation" of a Participant means  his

total salary, wages and commissions, including forms of base  pay

delivered in alternative manners such as piecework and payment by

mileage  for  drivers;  overtime; shift  differentials;  bonuses,

including  bonuses  in  the  form of  premium  pay  for  services

rendered  outside  of  normal working hours  or  conditions;  and

variable incentive payments, paid to him for services rendered to

an  Employer,  before reduction for any pre-tax contributions  he

elected  under  section  4.1 and any Code Section  125  cafeteria

plan,  but  excluding any compensation for any year in excess  of

$150,000  (or  such  greater amount as may be determined  by  the

Commissioner of Internal Revenue for that year).

      2.5   "Beneficiary" means a person or persons  (natural  or

otherwise) designated by a Participant in accordance with Section

10.6 (b) to receive any death benefit payable under this Plan, or

if there is no such designation, the person (natural or otherwise

entitled) to receive any death benefit in accordance with Section

10.6 (c).

      2.6   "Casual Employee" means a person who is employed  for

work  which is irregular or occasional in nature, and  who  works

the  schedule of hours (either daily or weekly) in effect at  the

place of employment for employees regularly assigned to the  same

or similar work.

      2.7   "Code"  means the Internal Revenue Code of  1986,  as

amended  from time to time, or any successor statute  enacted  in

its place.

      2.8   "Employer" means Amoco or any successor organization,

and  any  other  entity of Amoco that adopts  the  Plan  for  its

Employees  with the consent of Amoco in accordance  with  Section

15.   The term "Employer" may refer to each Employer individually

or to all the Employers collectively, as the context may require.

      2.9  "Entry Date" means the date an Employee is eligible to

participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.4.

      2.10  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security

Act  of  1974,  as  amended from time to time, or  any  successor

statute enacted in its place.

      2.11  "Highly-Compensated Employee" means  any  present  or

former  employee who, during the current or immediately preceding

plan year:

                     (a)   was a five percent (5%) owner  of  the

               company  at  any  time during  the  "determination

               year" or "look-back year";

                     (b)   received  annual compensation  from  a

               participating Employer of more than $75,000 during

               the  "look-back year" (or such greater  amount  as

               may  be determined by the Commissioner of Internal

               Revenue for that year);

                     (c)  received annual compensation during the

               "look-back year" from a participating Employer  of

               more  than $50,000 (or such greater amount as  may

               be  determined  by  the Commissioner  of  Internal

               Revenue  for  that year) and was in  the  top-paid

               twenty percent (20%) of the employees; or

                     (d)   was  an  officer  of  a  participating

               Employer  during  the "look-back  year"  receiving

               annual  compensation greater  than  fifty  percent

               (50%)  of  the limitation in effect under  Section

               415(b)(1)(A)   of  the  Internal   Revenue   Code;

               provided,  that for purposes of this  subparagraph

               (d), no more than 50 employees of the company  (or

               if  lesser,  the  greater of 3  employees  or  ten

               percent  (10%) of the employees) shall be  treated

               as officers.

For  purposes  of  subsection 2.11, 4.5 and  5.5,  an  employee's

compensation  means  his  total cash  compensation  for  services

rendered  to a participating Employer as an employee,  determined

in accordance with Section 415(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code

and   the   regulations   thereunder,   but   including   Pre-Tax

Contributions he had elected under subsection 4.1  and  any  Code

Section 125 cafeteria plan.

     The term highly-compensated employee also includes employees

who  are  both described in the preceding sentence  if  the  term

"determination year" is substituted for the term "look-back year"

and  the  employee is one of the 100 employees who  received  the

most  compensation  from  a  participating  Employer  during  the

determination year.  The "look-back year" shall be  the  calendar

year  ending  with or within the Plan Year for which  testing  is

being  performed,  and the "determination year"  (if  applicable)

shall  be  the period of time, if any, which extends  beyond  the

"look-back  year" and ends on the last day of the Plan  Year  for

which testing is being performed (the "lag period").  If the "lag

period"  is  less  than twelve months long, the dollar  threshold

amounts  specified in this section shall be prorated  based  upon

the number of months in the "lag period".

      If an employee is, during a determination year or look-back

year, a family member of either a five percent (5%) owner who  is

an active or former employee or a highly-compensated employee who

is  one of the 10 most highly-compensated employees ranked on the

basis of compensation paid by the employer during such year, then

the  family  member  and the five percent (5%)  owner  or  top-10

highly-compensated employee shall be aggregated.  In  such  case,

the  family member and five percent (5%) owner or top-10  highly-

compensated  employee  shall  be treated  as  a  single  employee

receiving  compensation and plan contributions or benefits  equal

to  the sum of such compensation and contributions or benefits of

the  family member and five percent (5%) owner or top-10  highly-

compensated  employee.   For purposes  of  this  section,  family

member includes the spouse, lineal ascendants and descendants  of

the  employee or former employee and the spouses of  such  lineal

ascendants and descendants.

      2.12  "Hour  of  Service," for purposes of  determining  an

Employee's eligibility to participate under Section 3.2 and  Year

of  Vesting  Service under Section 10.2 (b), means any  hour  for

which  an  Employee  is compensated by an Employer,  directly  or

indirectly,  or is entitled to compensation from an Employer  for

the  performance  of  duties  and  for  reasons  other  than  the

performance  of duties, and each previously uncredited  hour  for

which  back  pay  has been awarded or agreed to by  an  Employer,

irrespective of mitigation of damages.  Hours of Service shall be

credited  to  the period for which duties are performed  (or  for

which  payment is made if no duties were performed), except  that

Hours of Service for which back pay is awarded or agreed to by an

Employer  shall be credited to the period to which the  back  pay

award  or  agreement pertains.  The rules for crediting Hours  of

Service set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 2530.200b-

2   of  Department  of  Labor  regulations  are  incorporated  by

reference.   References  in this section  to  an  Employer  shall

include  any  affiliated  or  related  corporation  which  is   a

controlled group member as defined in the Code.

      2.13 "Hourly Employee" means a person who is compensated on

the basis of an hourly rate or rates of pay.

     2.14 "Part-Time Employee" means a person who is employed for

work  which  is irregular or occasional in nature and  who  works

less  than  the  schedule of hours (either daily  or  weekly)  in

effect  at  the  place  of  employment  for  employees  regularly

assigned to the same or similar work.

      2.15  "Participant" means an Employee  or  former  Employee

whose participation in the Plan has begun and has not yet ended.

      2.16  "Plan"  means  the Amoco Fabrics and  Fibers  Company

Employee Savings Plan, as set forth in this Plan document, and as

it may be amended from time to time.

      2.17  "Plan  Year" means the 12-month period  beginning  on

January 1 and ending on the next following December 31.

      2.18  "Pre-Tax  Contributions" means  contributions  by  an

Employer  on behalf of a Participant in the amount equal  to  the

amount  such  Participant  elects,  in  writing  filed  with  his

Employer,  which  reduces  his compensation  subject  to  federal

income taxation.

      2.19 "Regular Employee" means a person who is assigned to a

position  which requires full-time service as determined  by  his

Employer,  which  is  established to fill  regular  and  ordinary

employment requirements, and which is expected to continue for an

indefinite period of time.

      2.20  "Salaried Employee" means a person who is principally

compensated on the basis of a monthly or annual rate of pay.

      2.21  "Spouse"  means the person to whom a  Participant  is

lawfully  married  (under  the law of  the  state  in  which  the

Participant resides).

      2.22 "Temporary Employee" means a person who is assigned to

a  position which requires full-time service as determined by his

Employer,  which  is established due to an unusual  circumstance,

and  which will continue for a specific period of time  or  until

the occurrence of a specified event such as the return to work of

a  regular employee or the completion of a special assignment  or

project.

      2.23  "Trust  Agreement" means the instrument  executed  by

Amoco  and the Trustee, as amended from time to time, fixing  the

rights  and  responsibilities of each party with respect  to  the

holding, investment and administration of the Trust Fund.

     2.24 "Trust Fund" means the property held by the Trustee for

the purposes of the Plan.

      2.25 "Trustee" means the person, individual or corporation,

serving  as  sole trustee, or the persons serving as co-trustees,

at  any  time under the terms of the Trust Agreement.  Copies  of

the Plan and Trust Agreement, and any amendments thereto, will be

on file at Amoco Corporation at 200 East Randolph Drive, Chicago,

Illinois 60601, where they may be examined by any participant  or

other person entitled to benefits under the Plan.  The provisions

of  and  benefits  under the Plan are subject to  the  terms  and

provisions of the Trust Agreement.

                          ARTICLE III   PARTICIPATION



      3.1   Eligible Class.  Each Hourly Employee employed  by  a

participating  Employer  is  in the eligible  class,  except  the

following:

     (a) Hourly Employees included in a unit of Employees covered

by  a  collective bargaining agreement between the  employer  and

Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject

of  good  faith  bargaining and if two percent  or  less  of  the

employees  who  are  covered  pursuant  to  that  agreement   are

professionals  as defined in section 1.410(b)-9 of  the  Internal

Revenue   Service  regulations.   For  this  purpose,  the   term

"Employee representatives" does not include any organization more

than  half  of  whose  members  are  Employees  who  are  owners,

officers, or executives of the employer.

      (b) Hourly Employees who are nonresident aliens (within the

meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) and who receive no  earned

income  (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2))  from  the

employer which constitutes income from sources within the  United

States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

      (c)  Hourly Employees who are leased employees (as  defined

below).   A  "leased employee" means any person  who  is  not  an

employee  of  a  participating Employer,  but  who  has  provided

services  to  a  participating Employer  of  a  type  which  have

historically  (within  the  business  field  of  a  participating

Employer)  been  provided by employees, on a substantially  full-

time  basis  for  a period of at least one year, pursuant  to  an

agreement   between  a  participating  Employer  and  a   leasing

organization.  The period during which a leased employee performs

services for a participating Employer shall be taken into account

for  purposes  of  subsection 3.2 and 10.2 of the  Plan  if  such

leased  employee becomes an employee of a participating Employer;

unless  (i)  such  leased employee is a participant  in  a  money

purchase  pension  plan  maintained by the  leasing  organization

which provides a non-integrated employer contribution rate of  at

least  ten percent (10%) of compensation, immediate participation

for all employees and full and immediate vesting, and (ii) leased

employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%)  of  a

participating Employer's nonhighly compensated workforce.

      3.2  Participation.  Participation in the Plan is voluntary

and  no Hourly Employee will be required to participate.  Subject

to  the  conditions  and  limitations of the  Plan,  each  Hourly

Employee of a participating Employer who is a Participant in  the

Plan  (or eligible to participate) immediately preceding  January

1,  1996, will continue as a Participant in the Plan on and after

that  date.  Each Hourly Employee in the Eligible Class  will  be

eligible  to  participate as follows.   A  Regular  or  Temporary

Employee  in  the Eligible Class will be eligible to  participate

starting as soon as administratively practicable after the  first

day his employment commences with his Employer.  A Casual or Part-

Time  Employee  in  the  Eligible  Class  will  be  eligible   to

participate  as soon as administratively practicable   after  the

first  day of his payroll cycle starting immediately after he  is

credited  with  1,000  Hours of Service within  the  fiscal  year

commencing  with his date of hire or, if he fails  to  meet  that

requirement,  as soon as administratively practicable  after  the

first  day of his payroll cycle starting immediately after he  is

credited  with 1,000 Hours of Service within any succeeding  Plan

Year.

       3.3    End  of  Participation.   A  Participant's   active

participation  in the Plan will end upon the termination  of  his

service  as  an  Hourly Employee in the Eligible  Class  for  any

reason.  A Participant's participation in the Plan will end  when

he has no further interest under the Plan.

      3.4   Reentry of Former Participant.  A former  Participant

who  terminates his service with his Employer and who returns  to

service  as an Hourly Employee in the Eligible Class will  become

an  active Participant on his date of rehire and will be eligible

to  make Pre-Tax Contributions starting on the first date of  his

payroll cycle, of the calendar month, starting immediately on  or

after his date of rehire.

         ARTICLE IV   PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS



      4.1   Pre-Tax Contributions.  Under the terms stated below,

and  subject  to  any  limitations  contained  in  the  Plan,   a

Participant may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to  the  Plan

in  integral  percentages of his Applicable Compensation  from  a

minimum of one percent to a maximum of thirteen percent (13%).

     4.2  Procedure for Pre-Tax Contributions.  A Participant who

wishes  to  make  Pre-Tax  Contributions  must  notify  the  Plan

Administrator and specify the amount of his Pre-Tax Contributions

and  provide such other information as the Plan Administrator may

require.   A Participant will be given the opportunity  to  elect

Pre-Tax  Contributions beginning on the first  date  when  he  is

eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article III.  His

Pre-Tax  Contributions will begin on such date provided he  gives

the Plan Administrator advance notice in the manner prescribed by

the   Plan  Administrator  by  the  date  required  by  the  Plan

Administrator.   If  the  Participant declines  to  make  Pre-Tax

Contributions  initially, he may elect to  begin  making  Pre-Tax

Contributions  as  of  the first day of  any  of  his  subsequent

payroll  cycles,  of the applicable calendar month,  provided  he

notifies the Plan Administrator by the date required by the  Plan

Administrator.

     4.3  Collection of Pre-Tax Contributions.  The Employer will

collect   Participants'  Pre-Tax  Contributions   using   payroll

procedures.   A  Participant's  Pre-Tax  Contributions  shall  be

deducted  by  his Employer from his compensation at the  time  of

payment of such compensation.  Amounts so deducted (or by which a

Participant's   compensation  has  been  so  reduced)   for   any

accounting period under the Plan shall be paid to the trustee  as

soon  as  practicable thereafter, but no later than  thirty  days

after the accounting date which ends that accounting period.

     4.4  Change in Pre-Tax Contributions.

           (a)  Increase or Reduction.  A Participant making Pre-

Tax  Contributions may increase or reduce the rate of his Pre-Tax

Contributions to any higher or lower rate he elects  (subject  to

the  limitations  stated in Section 4.1) by  notifying  the  Plan

Administrator  once a calendar month.  The new rate  will  become

effective with his first payroll cycle of the applicable calendar

month after the Plan Administrator has been notified.

          (b)  Suspension.  A Participant may suspend his Pre-Tax

Contributions   by   notifying  the  Plan   Administrator.    The

suspension  of  Pre-Tax Contributions will become effective  with

his  first  payroll cycle of the applicable calendar month  after

notifying the Plan Administrator.

           (c)  Resumption.  A Participant who suspended his Pre-

Tax  Contributions may resume such contributions on the first day

of  his  payroll  cycle  of the applicable calendar  month  after

notifying the Plan Administrator by the date required by the Plan

Administrator.

           (d)  Plan Administrator Rules.  The Plan Administrator

may establish such rules and procedures for Pre-Tax Contributions

as  the  Plan  Administrator deems necessary  for  the  efficient

administration of the Plan.

        4.5     401(k)    Pre-Tax    Contributions    Limitation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4, in no

event  shall  the average deferral percentage (as defined  below)

for  any  Plan Year of the highly compensated employees  who  are

Plan Participants exceed the greater of:

                     (a)  the average deferral percentage of  all

               other  Participants for such Plan Year  multiplied

               by 1.25; or

                     (b)  the average deferral percentage of  all

               other  Participants for such Plan Year  multiplied

               by   2.0;   provided  that  the  average  deferral

               percentage  of  such highly compensated  employees

               does not exceed that of all other Participants  by

               more than 2 percentage points.

The  "average deferral percentage" of a group of Participants for

a   Plan  Year  means  the  average  of  the  ratios  (determined

separately for each Participant in such group to the nearest one-

hundredth of one percent) of: (i) the Pre-Tax Contributions  made

by such Participant for such Plan Year; to (ii) the Participant's

compensation (as defined in subsection 2.11) for such Plan  Year.

For  purposes  of  this subsection 4.5, a Participant  means  any

employee  who is eligible to make contributions under  the  Plan.

The   Pre-Tax   Contributions  made  by  the  highly  compensated

employees  will  be  reduced (in the order of their  contribution

percentages beginning with the highest percentage) to the  extent

necessary to meet the requirements of this subsection  4.5.   If,

because  of  the foregoing limitations, a portion of the  Pre-Tax

Contributions made by a highly compensated employee  may  not  be

credited  to his account for a Plan Year, such portion  (and  the

earnings  thereon) shall be distributed to such  employee  within

two and one-half months after the end of that Plan Year.

      4.6   Maximum  Amount of Participant Pre-Tax Contributions.

In  no  event  shall  the amount of Pre-Tax  Contributions  by  a

Participant for any calendar year exceed $9,500 (or such  greater

amount  as  may  be  determined by the Commissioner  of  Internal

Revenue  for  that calendar year).  If, because of the  foregoing

limitation,  a  portion of the Pre-Tax Contributions  made  by  a

Participant  may not be credited to his account  for  a  calendar

year,   such  portion  (and  the  earnings  thereon)   shall   be

distributed  to  the  Participant by April 15  of  the  following

calendar year.

     4.7  Direct Rollover Contributions.

           (a)   With the approval of the Plan Administrator,  an

Hourly   Employee   may   make  a  direct   rollover   ("Rollover

Contribution") to the Plan in cash in an amount which constitutes

all or part of an "Eligible Rollover Distribution" (as defined in

Section  401(a)(31)(C)  of  the Code) from  a  qualified  defined

benefit  and/or defined contribution plan (except a "Keogh"  plan

and/or an Individual Retirement Account) as defined in the  Code.

However, a direct rollover to this Plan of accumulated deductible

employee  contributions  made under  another  plan  will  not  be

permitted,  and a direct or indirect transfer to this  Plan  from

another  qualified plan will not be permitted  if  such  transfer

would subject this Plan to the qualified joint and survivor rules

of Code Section 401(a)(11).

           (b)   The  Employer,  the Plan Administrator  and  the

Trustee have no responsibility for determining the propriety  of,

proper amount or time of, or status as a tax-free transaction of,

any transfer under subsection (a) above.

            (c)   The  Plan  Administrator  shall  develop   such

procedures,  and  may  require  such  information  from  an   the

individual  who  is requesting to make a direct rollover  to  the

Plan,  as  necessary or desirable in order to determine that  the

proposed rollover will meet the requirements of this Section 4.7.

           (d)   A direct rollover will be credited to a separate

Rollover  Account  in  the  name of the Participant  making  such

Rollover Contribution.  Such account shall be 100% vested in  the

Participant.

           (e)   The  Plan  Administrator in its  discretion  may

direct the return to the Participant of any Rollover Contribution

to  the extent the Plan Administrator determines that such return

may  be  necessary to insure the continued qualification of  this

Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code or that the holding of such

Rollover Contributions would be administratively burdensome.

ARTICLE V    COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS



     5.1  Company Matching Contributions.  For each Plan Year the

Employer  will  make  a matching contribution ("Company  Matching

Contributions") on behalf of each Participant who  makes  Pre-Tax

Contributions  during  such  Plan Year  in  accordance  with  the

following  schedule.   For each Plan Year  the  Company  Matching

Contributions made on behalf of each Participant will equal fifty

percent   (50%)   of  the  sum  of  such  Participant's   Pre-Tax

Contributions which are equal to or less than three percent  (3%)

of such Participant's Applicable Compensation.

      5.2   Time of Contribution.  The Employer will make Company

Matching Contributions under Section 5.1 to the Trustee  in  cash

and  will normally make such contributions as soon as practicable

after each payroll cycle.  In any event, such contributions  will

be  made, without interest, to the Trustee no later than the  due

date  (including  extensions) for filing the  Employer's  federal

income tax return for such year.

     5.3  Section 415 Annual Contribution Limitation.

           (a)  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to  the

contrary, the annual additions (Pre-Tax Contributions and Company

Matching Contributions) to a Participant's Accounts for each Plan

Year  (which  will  be the limitation year for purposes  of  Code

Section  415)  may  not  exceed the lesser  of  (i)  $30,000,  as

adjusted  periodically for cost-of-living changes  in  accordance

with Code Section 415 and regulations thereunder, or (ii) twenty-

five percent (25%) of his total Code Section 415 compensation for

such  Plan  Year.   "Code  Section  415  compensation"  means   a

Participant's compensation for services rendered to  an  Employer

as an employee determined in accordance with Section 415(c)(3) of

the Code and the regulations thereunder.

           (b)   Annual additions to a Participant's Account  for

any  Plan Year means the sum of the annual additions (as  defined

in   Code   Section   415(c)(2))  under  all  qualified   defined

contribution plans maintained by Amoco or any Affiliated Company.

           (c)   If  the  foregoing  limit  is  applicable  to  a

Participant for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator shall  reduce

the  annual additions to such Participants' Accounts by returning

contributions in the following order of priority:

                (i)  the Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf  of

the Participant under this Plan; and

                (ii)  the Company Matching Contributions made  on

behalf of the Participant under this Plan.

     5.4  Combined Benefit Limitations.  If a Participant in this

Plan  also  is a Participant in a defined benefit plan maintained

by  Amoco or a member of Amoco Corporation's controlled group  of

corporations,  the aggregate benefits payable to, or  on  account

of,  him  under  both  plans  will  be  determined  in  a  manner

consistent with Section 415 of the Code and Section 1106  of  the

Tax  Reform  Act of 1986.  Accordingly, there will be  determined

with  respect  to  the  Participant a defined  contribution  plan

fraction  and a defined benefit plan fraction in accordance  with

said  Sections  415  and  1106.  The benefits  provided  for  the

Participant  under the defined benefit plan will be  adjusted  to

the extent necessary so that the sum of such fractions determined

with respect to the Participant does not exceed 1.0.

        5.5    Limitation   on   Allocation   of   Contributions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in no

event shall the contribution percentage (as defined below) of the

highly  compensate  employees who are Plan Participants  for  any

Plan Year exceed the greater of:

                    (a)  the contribution percentage of all other

               Participants  for  such Plan  Year  multiplied  by

               1.25; or

                    (b)  the contribution percentage of all other

               Participants for such Plan Year multiplied by 2.0;

               provided that the contribution percentage  of  the

               highly  compensate employees does not exceed  that

               of   all   other  Participants  by  more  than   2

               percentage points.

The  "contribution percentage" of a group of Participants  for  a

Plan  Year means the average of the ratios (determined separately

for  each Participant in such group) of:  (i) the sum of  company

matching   contributions  for  such  Plan  Year;  to   (ii)   the

Participant's  compensation (as defined in  subsection  2.4)  for

such  Plan  Year.   For  purposes  of  this  subsection  5.5,   a

Participant means any employee who is eligible to receive company

matching   contributions.   The  company  matching  contributions

allocated to the highly compensated employees will be reduced (in

the  order of their contribution percentages beginning  with  the

highest   percentage)  to  the  extent  necessary  to  meet   the

requirements  of this subsection.  If, because of  the  foregoing

limitations, a portion of the matching contributions allocated to

a  highly compensated employee may not be credited to his account

for a Plan Year, such portion (and the earnings thereon) shall be

distributed to such employee within two and one-half months after

the end of that Plan Year.

      5.6   Allocation  of  Earnings to Distributions  of  Excess

Contributions.  The earnings allocable to distributions  of  Pre-

Tax Contributions exceeding the limits of subsection 4.5 and Pre-

Tax Contributions exceeding the limits of subsection 4.6 shall be

determined  by  multiplying  the  earnings  attributable  to  the

Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the year by  a  fraction,

the  numerator of which is the applicable excess amount, and  the

denominator of which is the balance in the appropriate account of

the Participant on the last day of such year reduced by gains (or

increased  by losses) attributable to such account for the  year.

The  earnings as so determined shall be increased by ten  percent

(10%) thereof for each month (or portion thereof in excess of  15

days) between the end of the year and the date of distribution.

      5.7  Multiple Use of Alternative Limitation.  In accordance

with  Treasury  regulation 1.401(m)-2(c),  multiple  use  of  the

alternative limitation which occurs as a result of testing  under

the  limitations  described in subsections 4.5 and  5.5  will  be

corrected in the manner described in Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-

1(e).  The term "alternative limitation" as used above means  the

alternative methods of compliance with Sections 401(k) and 401(m)

of  the  Code  contained  in  Sections  401(k)(3)(A)(ii)(II)  and

401(m)(2)(A)(ii) thereof, respectively.

     5.8  No Interest in Company.  A Participating Employer shall

have no right, title or interest in the trust fund, nor shall any

part  of  the  trust fund revert or be repaid to a  Participating

Employer, directly or indirectly, unless:

                     (a)   the Internal Revenue Service initially

               determines  that  the  Plan  does  not  meet   the

               requirements  of Section 401(a) of  the  Code,  in

               which event the contributions made to the Plan  by

               a  Participating Employer shall be returned to  it

               within one year after such adverse determination;

                      (b)    a   contribution  is   made   by   a

               Participating Employer by mistake of fact and such

               contribution  is  returned  to  the  Participating

               Employer  within  one year after  payment  to  the

               trustee; or

                      (c)   a  contribution  conditioned  on  the

               deductibility thereof is disallowed as an  expense

               for   federal   income  tax  purposes   and   such

               contribution   (to  the  extent   disallowed)   is

               returned  to a Participating Employer  within  one

               year after the disallowance of the deduction.

Contributions  may  be  returned  to  a  Participating   Employer

pursuant  to  the  subparagraph  (a)  above  only  if  they   are

conditioned  upon  initial qualification  of  the  Plan,  and  an

application for determination was made by the time prescribed  by

law  for filing Amoco's Federal income tax return for the taxable

year  in  which the Plan was adopted (or such later date  as  the

Secretary  of  the Treasury may prescribe).  The  amount  of  any

contribution  that  may  be returned to a Participating  Employer

pursuant to subparagraph (b) or (c) above must be reduced by  any

portion thereof previously distributed from the trust fund and by

any  losses of the trust fund allocable thereto, and in no  event

may  the  return  of  such contribution cause  any  Participant's

account balances to be less than the amount of such balances  had

the contribution not been made under the Plan.

                           ARTICLE VI   ACCOUNTS AND CREDITS



     6.1  Establishment of Accounts.  The Plan Administrator will

establish  and maintain in the name of each Participant  such  of

the following accounts as are appropriate for the Participant:

          (a)  Pre-Tax Contribution Account;

          (b)  Company Contribution Account; and

          (c)  Rollover Account.

Credit  and charges to such Accounts will be made as provided  in

the   Plan.   A  Participant  is  100%  vested  in  his   Pre-Tax

Contributions Account and Rollover Account at all times.

     6.2  Crediting Participants' Pre-Tax Contributions.  Pre-Tax

Contributions made by a Participant for a payroll cycle  will  be

credited to such Participant's Accounts as of the Valuation  Date

(as  defined in Section 7.3) (as soon as practicable) immediately

following receipt thereof by the Trustee.

      6.3   Crediting  Matching Contributions.  Company  Matching

Contributions  made pursuant to Section 5.1 for a  payroll  cycle

will  be  credited to the Company Contribution Account  of  those

Participants entitled to a Company Matching Contribution for such

payroll  cycle as of the Valuation Date (as soon as  practicable)

immediately following receipt thereof by the Trustee.

     6.4  Crediting Rollovers.  Rollovers will be credited to the

Participant's Rollover Account as of the Valuation Date (as  soon

as  practicable)  immediately following receipt  thereof  by  the

Trustee.

      6.5   Charge to Accounts.  Any amount distributed, paid  or

withdrawn from an Account will be charged against such Account as

of  the  Valuation  Date  on which the distribution,  payment  or

withdrawal occurs.

ARTICLE  VII    INVESTMENT FUNDS AND CREDITING INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE



      7.1  Investment Funds.  The Trustee will separate the Trust

Fund into four Investment Funds as follows:

          (a)  Amoco Stock Fund

          (b)  Money Market Fund

          (c)  Equity Index Fund

          (d)  Balanced Fund

      The  Plan Administrator will maintain records which reflect

the portion of each Account of a Participant that is invested  in

each separate Investment Fund.  The existence of such records and

of  Participants' Accounts will not be deemed to give any  person

any right, title or interest in or to any specific assets or part

of the Trust Fund or any separate Investment Fund.

     7.2  Investment Directions and Transfers Among Funds.

           (a)   Investment  of Accounts.  Each  Participant  may

direct  the  separate  Investment Fund  or  Funds  in  which  his

Accounts  will be invested.  Once a calendar month, a Participant

may direct investment of his Pre-Tax Contributions to his Account

entirely  in one Investment Fund or in a combination  of  two  or

more of the Investment Funds, provided that combinations must  be

specified   in  five  percent  (5%)  increments  and  the   total

combinations  must  equal 100%.  Company  Matching  Contributions

will be invested initially in the Amoco Stock Fund.

           In addition, once a calendar month the Participant may

direct transfers among the Investment Funds, so that his Accounts

are  invested entirely in one Investment Fund or in a combination

of   two   or  more  of  the  Investment  Funds,  provided   that

combinations  must be specified in five percent  (5%)  increments

and the total combinations must equal 100%.

           The  Participant's change in investment  direction  or

transfer of assets among Investment Funds shall be effective  the

first day of the first full payroll cycle following the election.

           The Participant will have sole responsibility for  the

investment of his Accounts and for transfers among the  available

Investment  Funds,  and no named fiduciary or other  person  will

have  any liability for any loss or diminution in value resulting

from    the    Participant's   exercise   of   such    investment

responsibility.  It is intended that Section 404(c) of ERISA will

apply  to a Participant's exercise of investment responsibilities

under this subsection.

            (b)   Manner  and  Time  of  Giving  Directions.    A

Participant's initial directions governing the investment of  his

Pre-Tax Contribution Account and Rollover Account must be made by

notifying the Plan Administrator and must be in five percent (5%)

increments.  A  Participant may change the investment  of  future

contributions  to  his  Accounts or direct  transfers  among  the

Investment Funds in five percent (5%) increments once a  calendar

month  by  contacting the Plan Administrator in  accordance  with

uniform   rules.   If  a  Participant  does  not  give   complete

directions  to  the Plan Administrator, his Pre-Tax Contributions

or  Rollover  Contribution will be invested pro rata (rounded  to

the  applicable  five percent (5%) increment) in  the  Investment

Funds as directed in the incomplete directions.  If no directions

are given, all contributions will be invested in the Money Market

Fund.

      7.3   Valuation of Assets.  As of the last business day  of

each calendar month and at any other date ("Valuation Date") that

the Plan Administrator may direct, the Trustee will determine the

fair  market value of the assets in each separate Investment Fund

of the Trust Fund, relying upon such evidence of valuation as the

Trustee deems appropriate.

      7.4  Crediting Investment Experience.  As of each Valuation

Date (before crediting any contributions or making any investment

transfers  as of such date), Investment Fund management  expenses

not  paid  directly by the Employer, investment income and  gains

and losses in asset values in each separate Investment Fund since

the  preceding  Valuation Date will be  credited  or  charged  to

Participants' Accounts invested in such fund.  The allocation  of

Investment  Fund management expenses and investment results  will

be in proportion to the adjusted account balances in such fund as

of  each  Valuation  Date.  The adjusted account  balance  of  an

Account  invested in a separate Investment Fund is the amount  in

such  Account  as  of  the  close of business  on  the  preceding

Valuation  Date, increased by any Pre-Tax Contributions,  Company

Matching  Contributions  and  loan repayments  credited  to  such

Account  as  of the current Valuation Date under Article  VI  and

Article   VIII,  decreased  by  any  withdrawals,  transfers   or

distributions  from  such Account since the  preceding  Valuation

Date, and increased or decreased in accordance with uniform rules

established  by  the  Plan Administrator  to  allocate  equitable

expenses and investment results.

                          ARTICLE VIII  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS



      8.1   Plan Administrator Shall Administer the Loan Program.

The  Plan  Administrator shall administer  the  loan  program  in

accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, in a uniform  and

nondiscriminatory manner.

       8.2   Availability  of  Loans.   Upon  application  by   a

Participant who is an active Employee, the Plan Administrator may

direct  the Trustee to make a loan (in increments of $50) to  the

Participant from his Accounts.

                   A  Participant  may make two  loans  during  a

calendar   year.   However,  he  may  not  have  more  than   two

outstanding loans.  Also, a Participant will not be permitted  to

make a loan if he previously defaulted on a Plan loan within  the

preceding 36 months.

     8.3  Conditions of Loan.

           (a)   Maximum Amount.  The loan shall not  exceed  the

lesser  of  (A)  $50,000 reduced by the highest outstanding  loan

balance  during the one-year period ending on the day before  the

Valuation Date the current loan is made or (B) 50% of the  market

value of the Participant's non-forfeitable accrued benefit on the

Valuation Date the loan request from the Participant is processed

by the Plan Administrator.

          (b)  Minimum Amount.  The minimum loan shall be $500.

           (c)  Repayment Period.  The term of the loan shall not

be  less  than 6 months and not more than 54 months in increments

of  6  months.   The payment of interest and principal  shall  be

amortized in level payments not less frequently than quarterly.

           (d)  Interest Rate.  The interest rate shall equal the

prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, in effect on

the next-to-last business day of the month immediately before the

month  in  which  the  loan  request  is  received  by  the  Plan

Administrator and will be fixed for the term of the loan.

           (e)  Participant Fees.  Reasonable fees may be charged

to the borrower for making and administering the loan.  Effective

January 1, 1996 this fee shall be $40.

           (f)  Security for Repayment.  Each loan hereunder will

be  a  Participant-directed investment for  the  benefit  of  the

Participant requesting such loan; accordingly, any default in the

repayment  of  principal or interest of any loan  hereunder  will

reduce  the amount available for distribution to such Participant

(or his Beneficiary).  Any loan hereunder will be effectively and

adequately  secured by fifty percent (50%) of  the  non-forfeited

accrued benefit in the Participant's Accounts.

           (g)   Repayment.  Each Participant who requests a loan

from  his  Accounts  will  execute  an  agreement  to  repay  the

principal  and  interest of the loan through payroll  withholding

from his compensation.  The Plan Administrator may establish back-

up  repayment procedures for Participants on an "authorized leave

of  absence."   Any  loan hereunder may be  prepaid  in  full  by

certified  or cashier's check at any time after six months  since

the first repayment by payroll without penalty.  If the automatic

payroll  arrangement lapses by the Participant's  termination  of

employment  for any reason or is canceled, and a new  arrangement

is  not in place before the next payment is due the loan shall be

in  default and the entire unpaid principal and interest  of  any

loan then outstanding to such Participant will become immediately

due and payable.

          (h)  Action Upon Default.  If a Participant defaults on

any  payment  of  interest or principal on a  loan  hereunder  or

defaults  upon  any other obligation relating to such  loan,  the

Plan Administrator shall immediately request payment of principal

and  interest  on  the  loan, and if not  paid  within  the  time

specified in the request for payment, the amount of the loan will

be  deemed  distributed to him.  If the default is by  reason  of

termination of employment, and the Participant refuses to pay the

entire  outstanding principal and interest on the  loan  in  full

within   90  days  of  the  default,  the  loan  will  be  deemed

distributed to him.  However, no foreclosure on the Participant's

loan  or  attachment of the Participant's Account  balances  will

occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan.

           (i)   Distribution to Participant With Loan.   In  the

case  of  any Participant who terminates employment with  a  loan

outstanding  hereunder, the amount available for distribution  to

such Participant (or his Beneficiary) will consist of the portion

of  his  Accounts invested in the Investment Funds of  the  Trust

Fund.   In  the  case of a Participant dying with an  outstanding

loan, such loan will be deemed distributed to his estate upon his

death.

     8.4  Accounting for Loans.

           (a)   Source  of  Loan.  The Plan Administrator  shall

liquidate  the Participant's Accounts in the following  order  to

make a loan to him:

               Participant Accounts.

               (1)  Pre-Tax Contribution Account

               (2)  Rollover Account

               (3)  Company Contribution Account

The  Plan  Administrator shall also liquidate  the  Participant's

Investment Funds pro rata.

           (b)  Loan  Investment Account.  The Plan Administrator

will  establish and maintain a loan investment account  for  each

borrowing  Participant.   The unpaid principal  and  accrued  but

unpaid  interest on the loan to a Participant will  be  reflected

for  plan  accounting purposes in the Participant's loan account.

Repayments  of  principal  by  the Participant  will  reduce  the

Participant's  loan account balance and will be credited  to  the

Participant's other Accounts in the following order:

               Participant Accounts.

               (1)  Company Contribution Account

               (2)  Rollover Account

               (3)  Pre-Tax Contribution Account

Repayments will be invested in the Investment Funds according  to

a Participant's current investment election.

                           ARTICLE IX   IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS



      9.1  Withdrawals From Rollover Account.  A Participant  may

withdraw  in  cash  any  portion of his accrued  benefit  in  his

Rollover Account once during a calendar year. Notwithstanding the

foregoing, the minimum amount a Participant may withdraw is $300.

      9.2   Withdrawals  From  Pre-Tax Contribution  Account.   A

Participant  may  withdraw in cash from his Pre-Tax  Contribution

Account once every calendar year the amount necessary to meet one

of the following immediate and heavy financial needs:

                     1.    Medical  expenses  described  in  Code

               Section   213(d)   previously  incurred   by   the

               Participant, his spouse, or any of his  dependents

               (as  defined in Code Section 152) or necessary for

               these persons to obtain medical care described  in

               Code Section 213(d);

                      2.     The   purchase  (excluding  mortgage

               payments)  of  a  principal  residence   for   the

               Participant;

                    3.   Payment of tuition, housing, and related

               educational fees for the next 12 months  of  post-

               secondary  education  for  the  Participant,   his

               spouse, children, or dependents;

                     4.   The need to prevent the eviction of the

               Participant   from  his  principal  residence   or

               foreclosure  on the mortgage of the  Participant's

               principal residence; or

                     5.    Other  unexpected or unusual  expenses

               creating a financial need for which withdrawal  is

               permitted by Code Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1.

           The  amount  of an immediate and heavy financial  need

includes  any  amounts necessary to pay any  federal,  state,  or

local  income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result

from  a  withdrawal  from  a Participant's  Pre-Tax  Contribution

Account.   Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the  amount  withdrawn

cannot  include  the Participant's earnings on  all  his  Pre-Tax

Contributions.   In  addition,  before  a  Participant  makes   a

withdrawal from his Pre-Tax Contribution Account he must  make  a

loan  under  the Plan for the maximum amount permitted  and  then

withdraw  the  maximum  amount permitted by  the  Plan  from  his

Rollover  Account.  If a Participant makes a withdrawal from  his

Pre-Tax  Contribution Account he will be prohibited  from  making

any Pre-Tax Contributions for the 12-month period commencing with

the first day of his payroll cycle of the calendar month starting

immediately  after the distribution of such withdrawal.  Finally,

notwithstanding Section 4.6, if a Participant makes a  withdrawal

from his Pre-Tax Account, the Code Section 402(g) limitation that

applies  to  his  Pre-Tax  Contributions  during  the  Plan  Year

immediately after such withdrawal shall be reduced by  the  total

amount  of his Tax-Deferred Contributions during the year of  the

withdrawal.

      9.3   Order of Asset Liquidation for All Withdrawals.   The

Plan  Administrator shall liquidate the Investment Funds  of  the

Account from which the withdrawal is being made pro rata.

                           ARTICLE X    DISTRIBUTIONS



     10.1 Distributions.

          (a)  Amount.  A Participant whose employment terminates

as  a  result of Retirement will receive the total amount in  his

Accounts  in  a  single-sum payment as soon  as  administratively

practicable  after the month such separation of  service  occurs.

If a Participant receives immediate distribution of his Accounts,

his  Account balances will be determined as of the Valuation Date

immediately preceding such distribution.  If a Participant defers

payment of part or all of his Accounts, his Account balances will

be  determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding his

subsequent distribution.

           (b)   Retirement Defined.  For purposes of this  Plan,

"Retirement"  means a Participant's termination of employment  on

or  after  his  65th birthday.  A Participant will  become  fully

vested  in his Company Contribution Account balance upon reaching

his 65th birthday (normal retirement age).

          (c)  Form of Payment.  Upon a Participant's termination

of service with his Employer, a distribution of his Accounts will

be paid in a single-sum payment of his entire Account balances at

any  time until age 65.  All distributions made pursuant to  this

subsection  shall be made in cash, except that a Participant  can

elect to receive Amoco common stock in-kind.

     10.2 Termination of Employment Prior to Retirement or Death.

           (a)   If  a  Participant's service  with  an  Employer

terminates  prior to his attainment of age 65, he shall  be  100%

vested  in  an  amount equal to the market value of  his  Pre-Tax

Contribution  Account and Rollover Account.   In  addition,  such

Participant  shall  acquire  a vested  interest  in  his  Company

Contribution  Account balance in accordance  with  the  following

vesting schedule:

           Years of
        Vesting Service
                                                  Vested
            At     least                     But    Less     Than
Percentage
                               2 years                    0%
        2 years                3 years                   25%
        3 years                4 years                   50%
        4 years                5 years                   75%
        5 years                                    100%

The benefit determined in accordance with the foregoing provision

shall  never be adjusted or altered in any fashion on account  of

any years of Vesting Service which the Participant might complete

upon  reemployment with an Employer, except as otherwise provided

in Section 10.3.

         (b)      (i)    Vesting  Service or  Period  of  Vesting

Service.   Vesting Service means the aggregate of all  years  and

fractions  of  years of an Employee's Periods of Vesting  Service

with  an Employer and an Affiliated Company.  Fractions of  years

shall  be  expressed  in terms of months.  A  period  of  Vesting

Service  shall mean a period beginning on the first  day  of  the

calendar  month  during  which the Employee  enters  service  (or

reenters service) and ending on the termination date (as  defined

below)  with  respect to such period, subject  to  the  following

special rules:

                       (A)   An Employee shall be deemed to enter

     service on the date he first completes an Hour of Service.

                      (B)  An Employee shall be deemed to reenter

     service  on  the date following a termination date  when  he

     again completes an Hour of Service.

                       (C)   The  termination date of an Employee

     shall be the last day of the calendar month during which the

     earlier of the following occurs:  (i) the date he quits,  is

     discharged,  retires  or dies, or (ii)  except  as  provided

     below,  the first anniversary of the date he is absent  from

     service for any other reason (including, but not limited to,

     vacation,  holiday, leave of absence, and  layoff).   If  an

     Employee,  absent from service under circumstances described

     in  (ii),  quits, is discharged, retires or dies before  the

     first  anniversary  of  commencement of  said  absence,  his

     termination  date shall be the date he quits, is discharged,

     retires  or  dies.  An absence described in  (ii)  shall  be

     deemed  to commence with respect to an Employee on the  date

     he  is  terminated as an Employee on the payroll records  of

     the  Employer and members of Amoco Corporation's  controlled

     group of corporations.  An Employee shall be deemed to  have

     continued  in  service  (and thus not  to  have  incurred  a

     termination date) for the following periods:

                                   i)   any  period for which  he

             shall  be  required to be given credit  for  service

             under any laws of the United States; and

                                  ii)  any period for which he is

             on an approved "leave of absence".

                      (D)   All periods of service of an Employee

     shall be aggregated in determining his Vesting Service.

                       (E)   If an Employee shall be absent  from

     work  because  he  quits, is discharged or retires,  and  he

     reenters service before the first anniversary of the date of

     such  absence, such date shall not constitute a  termination

     date  and  the period of such absence shall be  included  as

     service.

                 (ii)   Month  of Vesting Service.   A  Month  of

Vesting  Service means a calendar month during any part of  which

an  Employee was credited with an Hour of Service as  defined  in

Section 2.12.

                (iii) Year of Vesting Service.  A Year of Vesting

Service  means  12  Months  of vesting service,  whether  or  not

consecutive.

                 (iv)   One-Year  Break In Service.   A  One-Year

Break  In  Service means a Period of twelve consecutive  calendar

months  during which the Employee is not credited with one  month

of Vesting Service.

         (c)      Form  of Payment.  A Participant whose  service

terminates with his Employer will be paid a distribution  of  his

vested  Account  balances  in a single-sum  payment  as  soon  as

administratively practicable after the month such  separation  of

service  occurs,  unless  he  elects  to  defer  receipt  of  his

distribution  until a date not later than his attainment  of  age

65.

   A single-sum payment made pursuant to this subsection shall be

made  in  cash,  unless the Participant elects to  receive  Amoco

common stock in kind.

         (d)     If a Participant receives immediate distribution

of  his Accounts, his Account balances will be determined  as  of

the Valuation Date immediately preceding such distribution.  If a

Participant defers payment of his Accounts, his Account  balances

will be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding

his subsequent distribution.

         (e)      The  determination of the amount to which  such

terminated  Participant  is  entitled  in  accordance  with   the

foregoing rules shall be made by the Plan Administrator.

          (f)       Any   amount   of  a  Participant's   Company

Contribution Account to which he is not entitled at the  time  of

his  termination of employment shall be forfeited by him when his

service  terminates  with his Employer.  As soon  as  practicable

after  such forfeiture occurs it shall be used to reduce  Company

Matching  Contributions  or pay Plan administration  expenses  in

accordance with Section 16.11.

    10.3 Reemployment.  If a terminated Participant is reemployed

by  an  Employer,  he  shall  again  become  a  Participant  upon

reemployment  pursuant  to  Section  3.4.   All  future   Company

Matching   Contributions  shall  be  credited  to   his   Company

Contribution Account, and his prior Period(s) of Vesting  Service

shall  be  restored  for  the purpose of calculating  the  vested

portion  of  such  Account.  Also, the  portion  of  his  Company

Contribution  Account that has been forfeited shall  be  restored

without interest to his Company Contribution Account.

    10.4  $3,500  Cash-Out.  If the value of  the  nonforfeitable

portion  of the Participant's Accounts does not exceed $3,500  as

of  the  Valuation Date immediately following his termination  of

service  for any reason, the Plan Administrator shall  distribute

in  cash  and in a single-sum payment the entire balance  in  his

Accounts as soon as administratively practicable.

     10.5  Required  Distribution  Date.   Distribution  to   any

Participant  must  be made no later than April  1  following  the

calendar  year in which he reaches age 70-1/2 in annual  payments

based  on  such Participant's life expectancy as of the  date  he

attained  age  70-1/2 in accordance with the minimum distribution

rules  of  Section  401(a)(9) of the  Code  and  the  regulations

promulgated thereunder.

   10.6 Distribution Upon Death of a Participant.

         (a)      In General.  If Participant dies while employed

by the Employer with a balance in any Account under the Plan, his

Beneficiary  will  receive 100% of the amount  in  his  Accounts.

Such   amount  will  be  determined  as  of  the  Valuation  Date

immediately preceding the date when the Plan Administrator  makes

such  distribution.  After the Plan Administrator identifies  the

Beneficiary, he shall distribute to such Beneficiary in cash, the

remaining amount in the deceased Participant's Accounts  as  soon

as administratively practicable.

         (b)      Designation of Beneficiary.  A Participant  may

designate one or more Beneficiaries and may revoke or change such

designation  at any time.  If the Participant names two  or  more

Beneficiaries,  distribution to them will be in such  proportions

as  the Participant designates or, if the Participant does not so

designate,  in  equal  shares pro rata  from  such  Participant's

Accounts.    If   the   Participant  designates   one   or   more

Beneficiaries   and   one  the  Beneficiaries   predeceases   the

Participant,  then  the  deceased  Beneficiary's  share  will  be

distributed   pro  rata  in  accordance  with  the  Participant's

beneficiary  election  as  to  the other  Beneficiary(ies).   Any

designation of Beneficiary will be in writing on such form as the

Plan  Administrator  may  prescribe and will  be  effective  upon

filing with the Plan Administrator.

          Notwithstanding  the  preceding  paragraph,  the   sole

Beneficiary  of  a married Participant will be the  Participant's

spouse  unless the spouse consents in writing to the  designation

of  another  person  as beneficiary.  The spouse's  consent  must

acknowledge  the  effect of such consent and be  witnessed  by  a

notary public.

         (c)      No  Designation.  Any portion of a distribution

payable upon the death of a Participant which is not disposed  of

by a designation of Beneficiary for any reason whatsoever will be

paid  to  the  Participant's  spouse  if  living  at  his  death,

otherwise to the Participant's estate.

         (d)      Payment  Under  Prior Designation.   Amoco  may

direct the Plan Administrator to make payment in accordance  with

a  prior  designation of Beneficiary (and will be fully protected

in  so  doing)  if  such direction (i) is given  before  a  later

designation  is received, or (ii) is due to Amoco's inability  to

verify   the  authenticity  of  a  later  designation.   Such   a

distribution  will  discharge all liability  therefor  under  the

Plan.

    10.7 Rehire Before Distribution.  If a former Participant  is

rehired   by  an  Employer  or  an  Affiliated  Company,   before

distribution  of  his Accounts has been made,  such  distribution

will be deferred until his subsequent termination of employment.

    10.8  Waiver of 30-Day Notice.  If a distribution is  one  to

which  Code  Section  401(a)(11)  and  417  do  not  apply,  such

distribution  may  commence less than 30 days  after  the  notice

required under Regulation 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that:

(1)  the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant  that

the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after

receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether  or  not

to  elect  a  distribution  (and,  if  applicable,  a  particular

distribution  option), and (2) the Participant,  after  receiving

the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

                           ARTICLE XI   DIRECT ROLLOVERS



    11.1  Direct Rollover.  Notwithstanding any provision of  the

Plan  to  the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's

election under this section, a distributee may elect, at the time

and  in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to  have

any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to

an  eligible  retirement plan specified by the distributee  in  a

direct rollover.

   11.2 Definitions.

          (a)       "Eligible  Rollover  Distribution"   is   any

distribution provided for in this Plan of all or any  portion  of

the  balance  to  the credit of the distributee, except  that  an

eligible   rollover   distribution   does   not   include:    any

distribution  that  is  one of a series  of  substantially  equal

periodic  payments (not less frequently than annually)  made  for

the  life  (or life expectancy) of the distributee or  the  joint

lives   (or   joint  life  expectancies)  of  the   distributee's

designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or

more;  any  distribution  to  the  extent  such  distribution  is

required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion  of

any   distribution  that  is  not  includable  in  gross   income

(determined  without regard to the exclusion for  net  unrealized

appreciation with respect to employer securities).

         (b)      "Eligible  Retirement Plan"  is  an  individual

retirement  account described in section 408(a) of the  Code,  an

individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of  the

Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or

a  qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the  Code  that

accepts   the   distributee's  eligible  rollover   distribution.

However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to  the

surviving  spouse, an eligible retirement plan is  an  individual

retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

          (c)      "Distributee"  includes  a  Participant,   the

Participant's surviving spouse and the Participant's  spouse  who

is  the  alternate  payee  under a qualified  domestic  relations

order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.

        (d)     "Direct Rollover" is a payment by the Plan to the

eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

    ARTICLE  XII   AMENDMENT,  MERGER  AND TERMINATION OF PLAN



    12.1  Amendment of Plan.  At any time and from time to  time,

Amoco  may  amend or modify any or all of the provisions  of  the

Plan  without  the  consent  of  any  person,  provided  that  no

amendment  will  reduce any Participant's nonforfeitable  Account

balance  as  of  the  date  such amendment  is  adopted  (or  its

effective  date  if  later)  or eliminate  an  optional  form  of

benefit,  and provided further that no amendment will permit  any

part  of the Trust Fund to revert to the Employer or be used  for

or  diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit  of

Participants  or  their  Beneficiaries,  except  as  provided  in

Section 5.6.

    12.2  Merger  of Plans.  A merger or consolidation  with,  or

transfer  of  assets or liabilities to, any other  plan  will  be

permitted  only if the benefit each Participant would receive  if

such   plan   were  terminated  immediately  after  the   merger,

consolidation or transfer is not less than the benefit  he  would

have received if this Plan had terminated immediately before  the

merger, consolidation or transfer.

    12.3  Termination.  Amoco has established  the  Plan  and  is

maintaining the Plan with the bona fide expectation and intention

that  it will continue the Plan indefinitely, but Amoco will  not

be  under any obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain  the

Plan  for  any  particular length of time.   Notwithstanding  any

other  provision  hereof, Amoco may terminate this  Plan  at  any

time.  There will be no liability to any Participant, Beneficiary

or  other  person  as  a  result of any  such  discontinuance  or

termination.

    The  Employer's failure to make contributions in any year  or

years  will  not operate to terminate the Plan in the absence  of

formal action by Amoco to terminate the Plan.

    12.4 Effect of Termination.  Upon complete discontinuance  of

contributions or termination or partial termination of the  Plan,

the  Pre-Tax and Rollover Accounts of affected Participants  will

remain nonforfeitable and their Company Contribution Account will

become  nonforfeitable.   After  termination  of  the  Plan,   no

Employee  will  become  a  Participant  and  no  further  Pre-Tax

Contributions  or  Company Matching Contributions  will  be  made

hereunder on behalf of Participants.

   The Trustee will continue to hold the assets of the Trust Fund

for distribution as directed by the Plan Administrator.  The Plan

Administrator  directs the Trustee to disburse the Plan's  assets

as immediate benefit payments, to retain and disburse them in the

future,  or  to  follow  any  other  procedure  which  it   deems

advisable.

                          ARTICLE XIII  NAMED FIDUCIARIES



   13.1 Identity of Named Fiduciaries.

           (a)        Named   Fiduciaries.    Amoco,   the   Plan

Administrator,  the Trustee and any investment manager  appointed

by  Amoco  will be the named fiduciaries under the Plan and  will

control and manage the Plan and its assets to the extent  and  in

the manner indicated in the Plan and in the Trust Agreement.  Any

responsibility assigned to a named fiduciary will not  be  deemed

to  be  a  duty  of  a "fiduciary" (as defined in  ERISA)  solely

because of such assignment.

         (b)      Plan Administrator.  Amoco Corporation  is  the

"Plan Administrator" as defined in ERISA.

    13.2  Responsibilities and Authority of  Plan  Administrator.

The   Plan  Administrator  will  have  the  responsibilities  and

authority with respect to control and management of the Plan  and

its assets as set forth in detail in various articles of the Plan

including Article XIII.

    13.3  Responsibilities and Authority of Trustee.  The Trustee

will  manage  and control the assets of the Plan, except  to  the

extent  that  such  responsibilities  are  specifically  assigned

hereunder  or  under  the  Trust  Agreement  to  Amoco,  or   the

Participants, or are delegated to one or more investment managers

by  Amoco.  The responsibilities and authority of the Trustee are

set forth in detail primarily in the Trust Agreement.

     13.4  Responsibilities  of  Amoco.   Amoco  will  have   the

responsibilities and authority to appoint, remove and replace the

Trustee  and  to  amend and terminate the Plan  and  Trust.   The

responsibilities and authority of Amoco are set forth in  further

detail  in  the  various articles of the Plan and  in  the  Trust

Agreement.

     13.5  Responsibilities  Not  Shared.   Except  as  otherwise

provided  herein  or required by law, each named  fiduciary  will

have  only those responsibilities that are specifically  assigned

to it hereunder, in the Administrative and Recordkeeping Services

Agreement,  and  in the Trust Agreement, and no  named  fiduciary

will   incur   liability  because  of  improper  performance   or

nonperformance  of  responsibilities assigned  to  another  named

fiduciary.

    13.6  Dual Fiduciary Capacity Permitted.  Any person or group

of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity.

   13.7 Actions by Amoco.  Wherever the Plan specifies that Amoco

is  required or permitted to take any action, such action will be

taken  by  its  board  of  directors, or  by  a  duly  authorized

committee  thereof,  or  by  one  or  more  directors,  officers,

employees or other persons duly authorized to do so by the  board

of directors.

    13.8  Advice.   A named fiduciary may employ or  retain  such

attorneys,   accountants,   investment   advisors,   consultants,

specialists  and other persons or firms as it deems necessary  or

desirable  to  advise  or  assist it in the  performance  of  its

duties.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the fiduciary will  be

fully  protected with respect to any action taken or  omitted  by

him  or  it  in  reliance upon any such person or  firm  rendered

within his or its area of expertise.

                          ARTICLE XIV   PLAN ADMINISTRATOR



    14.1 Appointment.  Amoco is the Plan Sponsor and retains  the

authority  to  appoint  a  Plan  Administrator.   Any  notice  or

document  required  to  be  given  to  or  filed  with  the  Plan

Administrator  will be properly given or filed  if  delivered  or

mailed,  by  registered  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to  the   Plan

Administrator, in care of Amoco Corporation at 200 East  Randolph

Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

    14.2  Notice  to Trustee.  Amoco will notify the  Trustee  in

writing  of  the  appointment, and the Trustee  may  assume  such

appointment  continues  in effect until  written  notice  to  the

contrary is given by Amoco.

   14.3 Administration of Plan.  The Plan Administrator and Amoco

will  have all powers and authority necessary and appropriate  to

carry  out  its  responsibilities as provided in the  Plan.   All

determinations  and  actions of the Plan  Administrator  will  be

conclusive  and  binding upon all persons,  except  as  otherwise

provided herein or by law, and except that the Plan Administrator

may revoke or modify a determination or action previously made in

error.   The  Plan  Administrator will exercise  all  powers  and

authority given to it in a nondiscriminatory manner.

    14.4  Reporting and Disclosure.  The Plan Administrator  will

prepare,  file,  submit, distribute or make  available  any  plan

descriptions, reports, statements, forms or other information  to

any   government   agency,  Employees,   former   Employees,   or

Beneficiary as may be required by law or by the Plan.

   14.5 Records.  The Plan Administrator will record its acts and

decisions,  and  keep  all data, records, books  of  account  and

instruments pertaining to plan administration. The Employer  will

supply  all  information required by the  Plan  Administrator  to

administer the Plan, and the Plan Administrator may rely upon the

accuracy of such information.

    14.6 Claims Review Procedure.  Any request for benefits  (the

"claim")  by  a  Participant or his Beneficiary (the  "claimant")

will  be filed in writing with the Plan Administrator.  Within  a

reasonable   period   after  receipt  of  a   claim,   the   Plan

Administrator  will provide written notice to any claimant  whose

claim  has  been  wholly or partly denied,  including:   (a)  the

reasons  for  the denial, (b) the Plan provisions  on  which  the

denial  is  based,  (c)  any additional material  or  information

necessary  to  perfect  the  claim and  the  reasons  why  it  is

necessary,  and  (d)  the Plan's claims  review  procedure.   The

claimant will be given a full and fair review in writing within a

reasonable period after notification of the denial.  The claimant

may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments

orally, in writing, or both.  The Plan Administrator will  render

its  decision or review properly and in writing and will  include

specific  reasons  for  the decision and reference  to  the  Plan

provisions  on which the decision is based.  The Participant  may

appeal the Plan Administrator's decision by making such appeal in

writing filed with Amoco Corporation (Director, Qualified Plans -

Human  Resources) within 60 days after his receipt  of  the  Plan

Administrator's decision.

   14.7 Administrative Discretion; Final Authority.

         (a)      The Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive

discretionary authority to interpret the provisions of, and  make

factual determinations under, the Plan and to decide any and  all

matters arising hereunder, including without limitation the right

to  remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions by

general  rule  or  particular decision; provided  that  all  such

interpretations and decisions shall be applied in a  uniform  and

nondiscriminatory  manner to all Participants  and  beneficiaries

who   are  similarly  situated.   The  Plan  Administrator  shall

determine conclusively for all parties all questions arising  out

of the interpretation or administration of the Plan.

         (b)      The  Plan Administrator may delegate  authority

with  respect to certain matters, and the Plan Administrator  may

allocate its responsibilities among Amoco employees.

         (c)      To  the  extent  that  the  Plan  Administrator

properly  delegates or allocates administrative powers or  duties

to  any  other  individual or entity, such individual  or  entity

shall  have  exclusive discretionary authority, as  described  in

subsection 14.7(a), to exercise such powers or duties.

                           ARTICLE XV   PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS



   15.1 Adoption by Other Employers.

        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the

consent of Amoco, any other entity may adopt this Plan and all of

the  provisions hereof, and participate herein and be known as  a

participating  Employer,  by  a properly  executed  Participation

Agreement  evidencing said intent and will of such  participating

Employer.   A  Participation  Agreement  may  contain  terms  and

conditions   approved  by  Amoco  that   apply   only   to   such

participating Employer and shall constitute an amendment  of  the

Plan.

    15.2 Designation of Agent.  Each participating Employer shall

be  deemed  a  part  of this Plan; provided, however,  that  with

respect  to  all  of  its relations with  the  Trustee  and  Plan

Administrator  for  the purpose of this Plan, each  participating

Employer shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably Amoco  as

its agent.

    15.3  Employee Transfers.  It is anticipated that an Employee

may  be  transferred  between participating  Employers  and  non-

participating  Affiliated  Companies.   No  such  transfer  shall

effect  a  termination of employment hereunder  for  purposes  of

Section 10.

    15.4  Discontinuance  of  Participation.   Any  participating

Employer  shall  be  permitted  to  discontinue  or  revoke   its

participation in the Plan with a properly executed document filed

with Amoco and with the consent of Amoco.

    15.5  Participating Employer Contribution for Affiliate.   If

any  participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part from

making  a contribution to the Trust Fund which it would otherwise

have  made under the Plan for any reason, then, pursuant to  Code

Section  404(a)(3)(B),  so much of the  contribution  which  such

participating Employer was so prevented from making may be  made,

for   the   benefit  of  the  participating  Employees  of   such

participating Employer, by the other participating Employers  who

are  members of the same affiliated group within the  meaning  of

Code Section 1504.

                          ARTICLE XVI   MISCELLANEOUS



   16.1 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

         (a)     A Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO) is a

judgment, decree, or order which meets the requirements  of  Code

Section 414(p).  An alternate payee is an individual named in the

QDRO who is to receive some or all of the Participant's benefits.

         (b)     A payment to an alternate payee shall be in cash

and in a single sum.

   16.2 Nonalienation of Benefits.  No benefit, right or interest

hereunder   of  any  person  will  be  subject  to  anticipation,

alienation,  sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,  encumbrance  or

charge,  or  to seizure, attachment or other legal, equitable  or

other  process,  or  be  liable for, or subject  to,  the  debts,

liabilities or other obligations of such person, except that  the

Plan  Administrator  may  prescribe  rules  for  the  payment  of

benefits  in accordance with Qualified Domestic Relations  Orders

as defined in Section 16.1.

    16.3  Payment  of  Minors  and  Incompetents.   If  the  Plan

Administrator  deems  any person incapable of  giving  a  binding

receipt  for  benefit payments because of his minority,  illness,

infirmity or other incapacity, it may direct payment directly for

the benefit of such person, or to any person selected by Amoco to

disburse it.  Such payment, to the extent thereof, will discharge

all liability for such payment under the Plan.

    16.4  Current  Address  of Payee.   Any  person  entitled  to

benefits is responsible for keeping Amoco informed of his current

address  at  all times.  The Plan Administrator, the Trustee  and

Amoco have no obligation to locate such person, and will be fully

protected  if all payments and communications are mailed  to  his

last  known address, or are withheld pending receipt of proof  of

his  current address and proof that he is alive.  If payments are

withheld  and  after  reasonable efforts, the Plan  Administrator

cannot  locate  a  former Participant (or Beneficiary)  within  a

reasonable time, but in any event not later than four (4)  years,

the  amount of the Participant's Accounts shall be forfeited  and

shall  be reapplied in such a way as to reduce succeeding Company

Matching Contributions under the Plan; provided, however, that if

such  former  Participant (or Beneficiary) subsequently  files  a

valid  claim  for benefits with the Plan Administrator  or  Amoco

with respect to his Account balances under the Plan, his Accounts

shall  be restored to the value previously forfeited (and without

interest) from such Accounts.

    16.5  Disputes over Entitlement to Benefits.  If two or  more

persons   claim  entitlement  to  payment  of  the  same  benefit

hereunder,  the Plan Administrator may withhold payment  of  such

benefit  until  the dispute has been determined  by  a  court  of

competent  jurisdiction  or  has  been  settled  by  the  persons

concerned.

    16.6  Payment  of  Benefits.  Unless he elects  otherwise,  a

Participant's benefit payments under the Plan will begin no later

than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest

of  the  following  dates  occurs:  (a) the  date  he  terminates

service  with  his Employer; (b) his 65th birthday;  or  (c)  the

tenth anniversary of the year in which he began participating  in

the Plan.

    16.7  Plan  Supplements.  The provisions of the Plan  may  be

modified by supplements to the Plan.  The terms and provisions of

each  supplement  are  a  part  of the  Plan  and  supersede  the

provisions  of  the  Plan  to the extent necessary  to  eliminate

inconsistencies between the Plan and the supplement.

   16.8 Rules of Construction.

         (a)      A  word  or phase defined or explained  in  any

section  or  article  has the same meaning  throughout  the  Plan

unless the context indicates otherwise.

         (b)      Where  the context so requires,  the  masculine

includes the feminine, the singular includes the plural, and  the

plural includes the singular.

        (c)     Unless the context indicates otherwise, the words

"herein,"  "hereof,"  "hereunder," and words  of  similar  import

refer to the Plan as a whole and not only to the section in which

they appear.

    16.9  Text Controls.  Headings and titles are for convenience

only and the text will control in all matters.

   16.10          Applicable State Law.  To the extent that state

law  applies,  the  provisions of the  Plan  will  be  construed,

enforced  and administered according to the laws of the State  of

Georgia.

    16.11   Plan  Administration Expenses.  All  reasonable  Plan

administration  expenses shall be paid out  of  the  Trust  Fund;

provided  that  the  obligation of the Trust  Fund  to  pay  such

expenses  shall  cease to exist to the extent such  expenses  are

paid  by  an  Employer  or  are paid  to  the  Trust  Fund  as  a

reimbursement by an Employer.  This provision shall be deemed  to

apply  to any contract or arrangement to provide for expenses  of

plan  administration  without  regard  to  whether  or  not   the

signatory  or  party  to such contract or arrangement  is,  as  a

matter   of   administrative  convenience,  an   Employer.    Any

reasonable plan administration expense paid to the Trust Fund  by

an  Employer  as  a  reimbursement shall  not  be  considered  an

Employer  contribution and shall not be credited to Participants'

Accounts.   The Plan Administrator shall only direct the  Trustee

to  pay Plan administration expenses from the Trust Fund upon the

written direction of Amoco.

   16.12          Voting and Tendering of Amoco Stock.

         (a)     For the purposes of voting or responding to bona

fide  offers with respect to the Amoco Corporation Stock held  by

the   Plan,  each  Participant  and  Beneficiary  of  a  deceased

Participant whose Accounts are invested in whole or  in  part  in

the  Amoco  Stock  Fund shall be a "named fiduciary"  within  the

meaning of Section 403(a)(1) of ERISA.  The Trustee shall  follow

the  proper instructions, which instructions shall be held by the

Trustee   in   strict   confidence,  of  the   Participants   and

Beneficiaries with respect to such Amoco Corporation stock in the

manner described in this Section 16.

         (b)      Before each annual or special meeting of  Amoco

Corporation,   there  shall  be  sent  to  each  Participant   or

Beneficiary to whom Amoco Corporation stock is allocated  a  copy

of the proxy solicitation material for the meeting, together with

a  form requesting instructions to the Trustee on how to vote the

Amoco  Corporation stock allocated to his Accounts.  Upon receipt

of   such   instructions,  the  Trustee  shall  vote  the   Amoco

Corporation stock as instructed.

         (c)      The Trustee shall vote Amoco Corporation  stock

for  which  no  voting instructions are timely  received  to  the

extent required by law in its uncontrolled discretion.

         (d)      In the event that a bona fide offer (such as  a

tender  offer  or exchange offer) shall be made  to  acquire  any

Amoco  Corporation  Employer stock  held  by  the  Trustee,  each

Participant  or  Beneficiary of a deceased Participant  shall  be

entitled to direct the Trustee as to the disposition of the Amoco

Corporation stock (including fractional shares) allocated to  his

Accounts,  and  to  direct the Trustee to  take  other  solicited

action  on  his behalf (including the voting of such Stock)  with

respect to the Amoco Corporation stock allocated to this account.

Amoco,  with the cooperation of the Trustee, shall use  its  best

efforts  to provide each Participant or Beneficiary to whom  this

paragraph  may  apply  with  a copy  of  any  offer  solicitation

material  generally available to members of the public  who  hold

the  Amoco Corporation stock affected by the offer, or with  such

other  written  information as the offeror  may  provide.    Such

material shall be provided with a form requesting instructions to

the  Trustee as to the disposition under the offer of  the  Amoco

Corporation  stock allocated to each Account.   Upon  receipt  of

such  instructions  from  the  Participant  or  Beneficiary,  the

Trustee  shall  respond  to the offer  in  accordance  with  such

instructions   with  respect  to  the  Amoco  Corporation   stock

allocated to the Account.

         (e)      The Trustee shall respond to an offer described

in  subsection  (d) with respect to Amoco Corporation  stock  for

which  no instructions are timely received to the extent required

by law in its uncontrolled discretion.

    16.13           Action  by Company.  Any action  required  or

permitted  to  be  taken  by Amoco (or a participating  Employer)

under  the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors,

by  resolution  of a duly authorized committee of  its  Board  of

Directors, or by a person or persons authorized by resolution  of

its Board of Directors or such committee.


                          SUPPLEMENT A

               Special Rules for Top-Heavy Plans


    A-1. Purpose and Effect.  The purpose of this Supplement A is
to  comply  with the requirements of Section 416 of the  Internal
Revenue  Code.   The  provisions of this Supplement  A  shall  be
effective  for each Plan Year in which the Plan is  a  "top-heavy
plan"  within  the  meaning of Section  416(g)  of  the  Internal
Revenue Code.


   A-2. Top-Heavy Plan.  In general, the Plan will be a top-heavy
plan  for  any Plan Year if, as of the last day of the  preceding
Plan  Year  (the  "determination date"),  the  aggregate  account
balances  of  Participants who are key employees (as  defined  in
Section 416(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) exceed 60 percent
of the aggregate account balances of all Participants.  In making
the  foregoing determination, the following special  rules  shall
apply:

                       (a)    A  Participant's  account  balances
                   shall    be   increased   by   the   aggregate
                   distributions,  if any, made with  respect  to
                   the   Participant  during  the  5-year  period
                   ending on the determination date.

                      (b)   The account balances of a Participant
                   who was previously a key employee, but who  is
                   no   longer   a   key   employee,   shall   be
                   disregarded.

                       (c)    The accounts of a beneficiary of  a
                   Participant  shall be considered  accounts  of
                   the Participant.

                      (d)   The account balances of a Participant
                   who  did  not  perform any  services  for  the
                   company during the 5-year period ending on the
                   determination date shall be disregarded.


    A-3.  Key  Employee.   In general, a  "key  employee"  is  an
employee who, at the time during the 5-year period ending on  the
determination date, is:

                       (a)   an officer of Amoco receiving annual
                   compensation   greater   than   50%   of   the
                   limitation    in    effect    under    Section
                   415(b)(1)(A)  of  the Internal  Revenue  Code;
                   provided,   that   for   purposes   of    this
                   subparagraph (a), no more than 50 employees of
                   Amoco  (or if lesser, the greater of employees
                   or  10  percent  of  the employees)  shall  be
                   treated as officers;

                       (b)    one  of the ten employees receiving
                   annual  compensation from Amoco of  more  than
                   the   limitation  in  effect   under   Section
                   415(c)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code  and
                   owning both more than 1/2 percent interest and
                   the largest interest in Amoco;

                      (c)   a 5 percent owner of Amoco; or



                               A-1

                       (d)   a 1 percent owner of Amoco receiving
                   annual  compensation from Amoco of  more  than
                   $150,000.

    A-4. Minimum Vesting.  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is
a  top-heavy  plan,  a  Participant's vested  percentage  in  his
company   contribution  account  shall  not  be  less  than   the
percentage determined under the following table:

  Years of Service       Vested Percentage
     Less than 2                 0
          2                     20
          3                     40
          4                     60
          5                     80
      6 or more                 100

If   the  foregoing  provisions  of  this  paragraph  A-4  become
effective,  and  the Plan subsequently ceases to be  a  top-heavy
plan, each Participant who has then completed three or more years
of service may elect to continue to have the vested percentage of
his  company contribution account determined under the provisions
of this paragraph A-4.


   A-5. Minimum Company Contribution.  For any Plan Year in which
the  Plan is a top-heavy plan, the company contributions, if any,
credited to each Participant who is not a key employee shall  not
be less than three percent of such Participant's compensation for
that year.  In no event, however, shall the company contributions
credited  in any year to a Participant who is not a key  employee
(expressed  as  a percentage of such Participant's  compensation)
exceed  the maximum company contribution and remainders  credited
in that year to a key employee (expressed as a percentage of such
key employee's compensation up to $150,000).


   A-6. Maximum Earnings.  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is
a  top-heavy plan, a Participant's earnings in excess of $150,000
(or  such greater amount as may be determined by the Commissioner
of  Internal Revenue for that Plan Year) shall be disregarded for
purposes of subsection 5.5 of the Plan.


    A-7.  Aggregation  of  Plans.   In  accordance  with  Section
416(g)(2) of the Internal Revenue code, other plans maintained by
Amoco  may  be required or permitted to be aggregated  with  this
Plan  for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a top-heavy
plan.


   A-8. No Duplication of Benefits.  If Amoco maintains more than
one  plan,  the  minimum company contribution otherwise  required
under  the paragraph A-5 above may be reduced in accordance  with
regulations  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury   to   prevent
inappropriate duplication of minimum contributions or benefits.


                               A-2


   A-9. Adjustment of Combined Benefit Limitations.  For any Plan
Year in which the Plan is a top-heavy plan, the determination  of
the  defined contribution plan fraction and defined benefit  plan
fraction  under subsection 5.4 of the Plan shall be  adjusted  in
accordance with the provisions of Section 416(h) of the  Internal
Revenue Code.


    A-10.         Use of Terms.  All terms and provisions of  the
Plan  shall  apply to this Supplement A, except  that  where  the
terms  and provisions of the Plan and this Supplement A conflict,
the terms and provisions of this Supplement A shall govern.









































                               A-3

<PAGE>
                AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                      CONSENT ACTION OF THE
                       BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                        December 6, 1995


     Action by Consent of Directors, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers

Company, (the Company) effective December 6, 1995.



     We, the undersigned, being all of the Directors of the

Company, do hereby waive call, notice, meeting and vote and do

hereby consent to, confirm and verify the following corporate

action pursuant to authority vested by Delaware General

Corporation Law, Section 141(f):



    1.WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amoco Fabrics and
       Fibers Company 401(k) Savings Plan ("Plan"); and

       WHEREAS,   amendment  and  reinstatement  of   the   Plan,
       effective January 1, 1996, is now considered desirable;

       NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT

       RESOLVED,  that  the Plan as presented  to  the  Board  of
       Directors,  be  and is hereby amended and restated  as  of
       January  1,  1996, and is hereinafter known as  the  Amoco
       Fabrics  and  Fibers Company Hourly 401(k)  Savings  Plan;
       and

       FURTHER  RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company
       should be, and hereby are, authorized and directed in  the
       name  of and for the Company to take any action that  they
       deem  proper,  necessary, or advisable to  carry  out  the
       purposes of these resolutions.

    2.WHEREAS, the Company considers it desirable to establish
       a qualified Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) Savings
       Plan titled the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried
       401(k) Savings Plan ("Plan") for its salaried employees
       effective January 1, 1996; and

       WHEREAS,   the  Company  considers  it  appropriate   that
       Bankers   Trust  Company  should  be  appointed   trustee,
       investment  manager,  and  record  keeper  of   the   Plan
       effective January 1, 1996;

       NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT

                                                          P
                                                          a
                                                          g
                                                          e
                                                          2

       RESOLVED, that the Plan as presented to the Board of
       Directors, be and is hereby approved effective
       January 1, 1996; and

       FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Company approves the
       appointment of Bankers Trust Company as the trustee,
       investment manager, and record keeper of the Plan
       effective January 1, 1996; and

       FURTHER RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the
       Company should be, and hereby are, authorized and
       directed in the name of and for the Company to take
       any action that they deem proper, necessary, or
       advisable to carry out the purposes of these
       resolutions.



                                        F.   G. Andrusko



                                        B.   J. Armistead



                                        R. J. Stover


      I do hereby certify that the signatories to the above

instrument are, as of the date hereof, all of the Directors

of the Company.





                                        Assistant Secretary

<PAGE>
              AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                    CONSENT ACTION OF THE
                     BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                      October 15, 1996


     Action by Consent of Directors, Amoco Fabrics and

Fibers Company, ("the Company") effective October 15, 1996.



     We, the undersigned, being all of the Directors of the

Company, do hereby waive call, notice, meeting and vote and

do hereby consent to, confirm and verify the following

corporate action pursuant to authority vested by Delaware

General Corporation Law, Section 141(f):



              Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                 Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan


     WHEREAS, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company maintains
     the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Hourly 401(k)
     Savings Plan ("Plan"); and

     WHEREAS, the first amendment of the Plan as Amended
     and Restated effective January 1, 1996 is now
     considered desirable;

     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved the
     Company under subsection 12.1 of the Plan, the Plan is
     hereby amended, effective November 1, 1996, as
     reflected on Attachment A.

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Company be
     and they hereby are authorized to take such actions as
     they may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out
     the intent and purpose of the foregoing resolution.


              Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan


     WHEREAS, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company maintains
     the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k)
     Savings Plan ("Plan"); and

     WHEREAS, the first amendment of the Plan is now
     considered desirable;


                                       Amoco Fabrics and
                                       Fibers Company

                                       Page 2


     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to the power reserved the
     Company under subsection 12.1 of the Plan, the Plan is
     hereby amended, effective November 1, 1996, as
     reflected on Attachment B.

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Company be
     and they hereby are authorized to take such actions as
     they may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out
     the intent and purpose of the foregoing resolution.


                                       F. G. Andrusko


                                       B.   J. Armistead


                                       J. Stover


      The undersigned Assistant Secretary does hereby
certify that the signatories to the above instrument are, as
of the date hereof, all of the Directors of the Company.




                                       Assistant Secretary



<PAGE>

                                                    Attachment A
                        Amendment to
              Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                 Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan

1. By substituting for Section 2.4 of the Plan the following
new Section 2.4:

         "2.4  "Applicable Compensation" means amounts  paid
    by  Amoco or an Affiliated Company to an Employee who is
    eligible  to participate as (i) basic salary and  wages,
    including  forms  of base pay delivered  in  alternative
    forms   such  as  piecework,  payment  by  mileage   for
    drivers; overtime; and shift differentials, (ii) pay-in-
    lieu  of  vacation,  (iii)  commissions,  (iv)  variable
    incentive  payments, (v) bonuses in  the  year  received
    while  an  Employee, including foreign  service  premium
    payments  made prior to January 1, 1997, (vi)  lump  sum
    performance  awards,  and (vii) amounts  contributed  on
    behalf of the Employee to a cafeteria plan or a cash  or
    deferred  arrangement and not included in the Employee's
    gross  income  for  federal income  tax  purposes  under
    Section 125 or 402(e)(3) of the Code, but excluding  (i)
    sign-on,  retention, severance and separation  payments,
    (ii)    reward    and   recognition   payments,    (iii)
    remuneration   received  attributable  to   moving   and
    educational   expenses,  (iv)  expense  allowances   and
    reimbursement for federal income tax purposes, and  (vi)
    any other items of remuneration.

    For  any  Plan  Year beginning on or  after  January  1,
    1994,  the amount of Applicable Compensation taken  into
    account  under  the  Plan for any Participant  will  not
    exceed  $150,000  or  such  greater  amount  as  may  be
    determined  by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue  for
    that   year.  In  determining  the  compensation  of   a
    Participant for purposes of this limitation,  the  rules
    of  section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in
    applying  such  rules, the term "family"  shall  include
    only  the  spouse  of  the Participant  and  any  lineal
    descendants  of  the Participant who have  not  attained
    age  19 before the close of the year. If as a result  of
    the  application  of  such  rules  the  adjusted  annual
    compensation   limitation   is   exceeded,   then    the
    limitation   shall  be  prorated  among   the   affected
    individuals  in  proportion to  each  such  individual's
    compensation as determined under this section  prior  to
    the application of this limitation.

    If  compensation for any prior determination  period  is
    taken   into  account  in  determining  a  Participant's
    allocations  for the current Plan Year, the compensation
    for  such prior determination period is subject  to  the
    applicable annual compensation limit in effect for  that
    prior   period.   For   this  purpose   in   determining
    allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after  January
    1,  1994,  the annual compensation limit in  effect  for
    determination  periods beginning  before  that  date  is
    $150,000  (as  adjusted in accordance with Code  Section
    401(a)(17))."

2. By adding the following new Section 2.26 immediately
after Section 2.25:

          "2.26   "Employee"  means  a  person  who  is   an
     employee of Amoco or an Affiliated Company."

3. By substituting for Section 3.1 of the Plan the following
new Section 3.1:

          "3.1    Eligible  Class.   Each  Hourly   Employee
    employed  by  an Employer who is remunerated  in  U.  S.
    Currency  through an Employer's payroll system,  who  is
    classified  as an employee by an Employer  and  who  has
    not   been   specifically  excluded  pursuant   to   his
    Employer's  participation agreement is in  the  eligible
    class, except the following:

          (a)    an Hourly Employee who is represented by  a
    union  unless  the union and the Employer  have  entered
    into  a  collective bargaining or other  agreement  that
    provides  that the Hourly Employee shall participate  in
    the Plan; or

          (b)    an  Hourly  Employee who is  a  nonresident
    alien  (within the meaning of Code Section 7701(bXl)(B))
    and  who  receives no earned income (within the  meaning
    of   Code  Section  911  (d)  from  the  Employer  which
    constitutes  income  from  sources  within  the   United
    States  (within the meaning of Code Section  861(a)(3));
    or

          (c)   an Hourly Employee who is employed by an
     Employer pursuant to an agreement that provides that
     the individual shall not be eligible to participate in
     the Plan."

4. By adding the following new Section 16.14 immediately
after Section 16.13:

          "   16.14   Uniformed  Services   Employment   and
     Reemployment   Rights   Act  of   1994   ("USERRA")   .
     Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  the  Plan  to  the
     contrary, any Participant or Eligible Employee  who  is
     reemployed  by an Employer after serving in the  United
     States  military within the time period  prescribed  by
     USERRA  on or after December 12, 1994 shall be  treated
     as  not  having  incurred a break  in  service  due  to
     military  service.   Such reemployed  individual  shall
     have  up  to three times his period of military service
     to   make  missed  Participant  contributions,  not  to
     exceed   five  years.  The  Employer  will   make   the
     applicable Company Matching Contributions with  respect
     to  any Participant contributions made pursuant to this
     Section.  No  interest will be charged  on  either  the
     Participant  and  Company Matching  Contributions,  and
     the  Participant will not be credited with interest  or
     earnings   that   would  have  been  earned   on   such
     contributions. "


Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan

<PAGE>
                                                    Attachment B
                        Amendment to
              Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
                 Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan

1. By substituting for Section 2.4 of the Plan the following
new Section 2.4:

         "2.4  "Applicable Compensation" means amounts  paid
    by  Amoco or an Affiliated Company to an Employee who is
    eligible  to participate as (i) basic salary and  wages,
    including  forms  of base pay delivered  in  alternative
    forms   such  as  piecework;  payment  by  mileage   for
    drivers; overtime; and shift differentials, (ii) pay-in-
    lieu  of  vacation,  (iii)  commissions,  (iv)  variable
    incentive  payments, (v) bonuses in  the  year  received
    while  an  Employee, including foreign  service  premium
    payments  made prior to January 1, 1997, (vi)  lump  sum
    performance  awards,  and (vii) amounts  contributed  on
    behalf of the Employee to a cafeteria plan or a cash  or
    deferred  arrangement and not included in the Employee's
    gross  income  for  federal income  tax  purposes  under
    Section 125 or 402(e)(3) of the Code, but excluding  (i)
    sign-on,  retention, severance and separation  payments,
    (ii)    reward    and   recognition   payments,    (iii)
    remuneration   received  attributable  to   moving   and
    educational   expenses,  (iv)  expense  allowances   and
    reimbursement for federal income tax purposes, and  (vi)
    any other items of remuneration.

    For  any  Plan  Year beginning on or  after  January  1,
    1994,  the amount of Applicable Compensation taken  into
    account  under  the  Plan for any Participant  will  not
    exceed  $150,000  or  such  greater  amount  as  may  be
    determined  by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue  for
    that   year.  In  determining  the  compensation  of   a
    Participant for purposes of this limitation,  the  rules
    of  section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in
    applying  such  rules, the term "family"  shall  include
    only  the  spouse  of  the Participant  and  any  lineal
    descendants  of  the Participant who have  not  attained
    age  19 before the close of the year. If as a result  of
    the  application  of  such  rules  the  adjusted  annual
    compensation   limitation   is   exceeded,   then    the
    limitation   shall  be  prorated  among   the   affected
    individuals  in  proportion to  each  such  individual's
    compensation as determined under this section  prior  to
    the application of this limitation.

    If  compensation for any prior determination  period  is
    taken   into  account  in  determining  a  Participant's
    allocations  for the current Plan Year, the compensation
    for  such prior determination period is subject  to  the
    applicable annual compensation limit in effect for  that
    prior   period.   For   this  purpose   in   determining
    allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after  January
    1,  1994,  the annual compensation limit in  effect  for
    determination  periods beginning  before  that  date  is
    $150,000  (as  adjusted in accordance with Code  Section
    401(a)(17))."

2. By adding the following new Section 2.26 immediately
after Section 2.25:

          "2.26   "Employee"  means  a  person  who  is   an
     employee of Amoco or an Affiliated Company."

3. By substituting for Section 3.1 of the Plan the following
new Section 3.1:

          "3.1    Eligible  Class.   Each  Hourly   Employee
    employed  by  an Employer who is remunerated  in  U.  S.
    Currency  through an Employer's payroll system,  who  is
    classified  as an employee by an Employer  and  who  has
    not   been   specifically  excluded  pursuant   to   his
    Employer's  participation agreement is in  the  eligible
    class, except the following:

          (a)    an Salaried Employee who is represented  by
    a  union  unless the union and the Employer have entered
    into  a  collective bargaining or other  agreement  that
    provides  that  the Salaried Employee shall  participate
    in the Plan; or

          (b)    an  Salaried Employee who is a  nonresident
    alien    (within   the   meaning   of    Code    Section
    7701(b)(1)(B))  and  who  receives  no   earned   income
    (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from  the
    Employer  which  constitutes income from sources  within
    the  United  States (within the meaning of Code  Section
    861(a)(3)); or

          (c)   an Salaried Employee who is employed by an
     Employer pursuant to an agreement that provides that
     the individual shall not be eligible to participate in
     the Plan."

4. By adding the following new Section 16.14 immediately
after Section 16.13:

          "   16.14   Uniformed  Services   Employment   and
     Reemployment   Rights   Act  of   1994   ("USERRA")   .
     Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  the  Plan  to  the
     contrary, any Participant or Eligible Employee  who  is
     reemployed  by an Employer after serving in the  United
     States  military within the time period  prescribed  by
     USERRA  on or after December 12, 1994 shall be  treated
     as  not  having  incurred a break  in  service  due  to
     military  service.   Such reemployed  individual  shall
     have  up  to three times his period of military service
     to   make  missed  Participant  contributions,  not  to
     exceed   five  years.  The  Employer  will   make   the
     applicable Company Matching Contributions with  respect
     to  any Participant contributions made pursuant to this
     Section.  No  interest will be charged  on  either  the
     Participant  and  Company Matching  Contributions,  and
     the  Participant will not be credited with interest  or
     earnings   that   would  have  been  earned   on   such
     contributions. "


Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company
Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan

<PAGE>

                     SECOND AMENDMENT OF

              AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                 HOURLY 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

              (Effective as of January 1, 1996)


WHEREAS, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company (the "Company")

maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Hourly 401(k)

Savings Plan (the "Plan"); and



WHEREAS, Amoco Corporation ("Amoco") has entered into a Plan

and Agreement of Merger dated August 11, 1998, and amended

as of October 22, 1998 (the "Merger Agreement") by and among

The British Petroleum Company ("BP"), Eagle Holdings, Inc.,

a subsidiary of BP, and Amoco providing for the merger

("Merger") of Eagle Holdings, Inc. with and into Amoco,

resulting in, among other items (1) Amoco being a wholly

owned subsidiary of BP, (2) Amoco changing its name to BP

Amoco Corporation, and BP changing its name to BP Amoco

p.l.c., and (3) Amoco's outstanding common stock being

converted into ordinary shares of BP Amoco p.l.c. in the

form of American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"); and



WHEREAS, the Plan has previously been amended and further

amendment of the Plan is now considered desirable in

connection with the Merger;



NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the power reserved to the

Company in Article XII of the Plan and delegated to the

President of the Company, the Plan is hereby amended,

effective as of the close of the Merger, as follows:



     1.By substituting the following for Section 2.3 of the
     Plan:

       "2.3 'BP Amoco' means BP Amoco Corporation, an
       Indiana corporation, and any successor thereto."


    2.All references to the "Amoco Stock Fund" on and

       after the Merger will be to the "BP Amoco Stock

       Fund" and all references to "Amoco Corporation" on

       and after the Merger will be to "BP Amoco."

       Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the context of any

       Plan provision where BP Amoco refers to the issuer

       of common stock, "BP Amoco" will mean BP Amoco

       p.l.c., or any successor thereto.



I, William S. Johnson, President of Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, hereby approve and adopt the foregoing amendment of
the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Hourly 401(k) Savings
Plan.

Dated this ____ day of January, 1999.



President
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company

<PAGE>
                    THIRD AMENDMENT OF

              AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY

                 HOURLY 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

              (Effective as of January 1, 1996)


WHEREAS, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company (the "Company")
maintains the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Hourly 401(k)
Savings Plan (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, certain amendments of the Plan are now considered
desirable;

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the power reserved to the
Company in Article XII of the Plan, the Plan is hereby
amended as follows:

     1.  Effective as of April 1, 1999, by substituting the
     following for the second sentence of subsection 8.3(g)
     of the Plan:

          "The Plan Administrator may establish back-up
          repayment procedures for any Participant who is
          on an 'authorized leave of absence' or who files
          a petition in bankruptcy or becomes the subject
          of a wage earning plan under federal or state
          bankruptcy insolvency laws."

     2.  Effective as of January 1, 1998, by substituting
     the following for Section
     10.4 of the Plan:

          "10.4  $5,000 Cash-Out.  Effective as of January
          1, 1998, if the value of the nonforfeitable
          portion of a Participant's Account is $5,000 or
          less (or such higher amount as may be permitted
          under applicable law) as of the Valuation Date
          immediately following his termination of
          employment for any reason, the Plan Administrator
          shall direct that the Participant's Account be
          paid as soon as practicable in a single sum."

     3.  Effective as of April 1, 1999, by adding the
     following new sentence to the
     end of Section 10.4 of the Plan:

          "If a Participant's employment was terminated for
          any reason prior to January 1, 1998, and the value
          of his Account as of April 1, 1999 is $5,000 or
          less, the Plan Administrator shall direct that the
          Participant's Account as of April 1, 1999 be
          distributed as soon as practicable in a single
          sum."

      4.  Effective as of April 1, 1999, by adding the
      following new Supplement B

      immediately after Supplement A of the Plan:

                          "SUPPLEMENT B

             Direct Transfer from the Amoco Performance
             Share Plan

              Upon the termination of the Amoco
         Performance Share Plan (the 'APSP'), the
         APSP account balance of each Hourly
         Employee described in Section 3.1 who
         was a participant in the APSP (a
         'Supplement B Participant') shall be
         transferred to the Plan. Each Supplement
         B Participant who had not previously
         become a Participant in the Plan shall
         become a Participant in the Plan on the
         date of the transfer.  The amounts so
         transferred shall be credited to each
         Supplement B Participant's Rollover
         Account which will be established in
         accordance with Section 6.4 as of the
         Valuation Date (as defined in Section
         7.3) immediately following receipt by
         the Trustee.  The transferred portion of
         a Supplement B Participant's Rollover
         Account will be invested in the Money
         Market Fund until the Participant
         directs otherwise in accordance with
         Section 7.2.

              Except as otherwise provided in the
         preceding paragraph, all terms and
         conditions of the Plan shall apply to
         amounts transferred from the APSP to the
         Plan."

I, William S. Johnson, President of Amoco Fabrics and Fibers
Company, hereby approve and adopt the foregoing amendment of
the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Hourly 401(k) Savings
Plan.

Dated             , 1999.




President
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                      Exhibit 4.7



     Agreement and Declaration of Trust made as of this 14th  day

of  December,  1995,  by  and between Amoco  Fabrics  and  Fibers

Company, a Delaware corporation, and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a New

York banking corporation.



                       W I T N E S S E T H:



     WHEREAS,   Amoco  Fabrics  and  Fibers  Company  wishes   to

establish  a master trust to serve as a funding medium for  Amoco

Fabrics  and  Fibers  Company Hourly 401(k) Savings  Plan,  Amoco

Fabrics  and  Fibers Company Salaried 401(k)  Savings  Plan,  and

other eligible employee benefit plans of Amoco Fabrics and Fibers

Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, and

     WHEREAS, Bankers Trust Company is willing to act as  trustee

of  such  trust upon all of the terms and conditions  hereinafter

set forth.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  Amoco  Fabrics  and  Fibers  Company   and

Bankers  Trust  Company  declare and  agree  that  Bankers  Trust

Company  wilI receive, hold and administer all sums of money  and

such  other property acceptable to Bankers Trust Company as shall

from  time  to  time  be contributed, paid  or  delivered  to  it

hereunder,  IN  TRUST,  upon  all  of  the  following  terms  and

conditions:



                          ARTICLE I

                     Title-Purpose-Policy-Effect

     1.1.  Name. The master trust established hereunder shall  be

known as the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Master Trust and is

sometimes    hereinafter   referred    to    as    the    "Trust"



     1.2  Definitions.  Where used in this Agreement and Declaration

       of Trust, unless the context otherwise requires or unless

       otherwise expressly provided:

          (b)  "Account Party" shall mean the Person designated by the
       Company to represent the Company for this prupose, the Named
       Fiduciary and any Person to whom the Trustee shall be instructed
       by the Named Fiduciary to deliver its annual or other periodic
       account under Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, except, that with
       respect to any filings, notices, reports or accountings required
       to be given under the General Trust, "Account Party" shall be
       limited to that officer designated herein to represent the
       Company.

     (c)  "Accounting Period" shall mean either the twelve consecutive
month period conincident with the calendar year or, if different,
the common fiscal year of the Participating Plans or the shorter
period in any year in which the Trustee accepts apointment as
Trustee hereunder or, with respect to any Participating Plan or
Plans, ceases to act as Trustee for any reason.

     (d)  "Administrative Committee" shall mean, with respect to each
Participating Plan, the Committee or other Person responsible for
benefit administration under such Participating Plan, including
any representative (designated in writing as such) or designee
thereof authoirzed to act on behalf of such Committee.

     (e)  "Agreement" shall mean all of the provisions of this
instrument and of all other written instruments amendatory
hereof.

     (f)  "Asset Manager" shall mean the Trustee (other than for
purposes of Article VI), Named Fiduciary or Investment Manager,
individually or colletively as the context shall require, with
respect to those assets held in any Investment Fund established
hereunder over which it exercises, or to the extent it is
authorized to exercise, discretionary investment authority or
control.

     (g)  "Bank business day" shall mean a day on which the Trustee is
open for business.

     (h)  "Bankers" shall mean Bankers Trust Company.

     (i)  "Board of Directors" shall mean the board of directors of
the Company.

     (j)  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time, and Regulations issued thereunder.
     (k)  "Common Stock Fund" shall mean an Investment Fund consisting
of common stock of the Company.
(l)  "Company" shall mean Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company or any
successor thereto.
(m)  "Company Stock" shall mean the common stock of Amoco
Corporation.
(n)  "Directed Fund" shall mean any Investment Fund, or part
thereof, subject to the discretionary management and control of
the Named Fiduciary or any Investment Manager, other than the
Trustee.
(o)  "Discretionary Fund" shall mean any Investment Fund, or part
thereof, subject to the discretionary management and control of
the Trustee.
(p)  "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
(q)  "General Trust" shall mean the BT Pyramid Trust created by
Bankers Trust Company under Declaration of Trust effective June
30, 1991, as heretofore or hereafter amended.
(r)  "Insurance Contract" shall mean any contract or policy
(including any annuity contract) of any kind issued by an
insurance company, whether or not providing for the allocation of
amounts received by the insurance company thereunder solely to
the general account or solely to one or more separate accounts
(including separate accounts maintained for the collective
investment of qualified retirement plans), or a combination
thereof, and whether or not any such allocation may be made in
the discretion of the insurance company.
(s)  "Investment Fund" shall mean each pool of assets established
for investment purposes pursuant to Section 5.1 in the Trust in
which one or more Participating Plans has an interest during an
Accounting Period. The term shall also include for all purposes
hereof any sub-fund or account into which an Investment Fund
shall be divided from time to time at the direction of the Named
Fiduciary.
(t)  "Investment Manager" shall mean a bank, insurance company or
investment adviser satisfying the requirements of Section 3(38)
of ERISA.
(u)  "Investment Vehicle" shall mean any common, collective or
commingled trust (other than the General Trust or an Investment
Fund), investment company, corporation functioning as an
investment intermediary, Insurance Contract. partnership, joint
venture or other entity or arrangement to which, or pursuant to
which, assets of an Investment Fund within the Trust may be
transferred or in which the Trust has an interest, beneficial or
otherwise (whether or not the underlying assets thereof are
deemed to constitute "plan assets" for any purpose under ERISA).
(v)  "Master Fund" shall mean all cash and other property
contributed, paid or delivered to the Trustee hereunder, all
investments made therewith and proceeds thereof and all earnings
and profits thereon, less payments, transfers or other
distributions which, at the time of reference, shall have been
made by the Trustee, as authorized herein. The Master Fund shall
include each Investment Fund and all evidences of ownership,
interest or participation in an Investment Vehicle, but shall
not, solely by reason of the Master Fund's investment therein',
be deemed to include any assets of such Investment Vehicle.
(w)  "Named Fiduciary" shall mean the Person or its designee with
respect to a Participating Plan, who, within the meaning of
Section 402(a)(2), 402(c)(3) or 403(a)(1) of ERISA, has the
authority to perform the separate functions allocated to that
"Named Fiduciary" under this Agreement. Unless otherwise
specifically provided to the contrary, the Named Fiduciary shall
mean the Administrative Committee appointed pursuant to the
Participating Plans.
(x)  "Participating Plan" shall mean any employee benefit plan
which meets the requirements for eligibility specified in Section
2.1. [All Participating Plans are listed on Appendix A attached
hereto.]
(y)  "Person" shall mean a natural person, trust, estate,
corporation of any kind or purpose, mutual company, joint-stock
company, unincorporated organization, association, partnership,
joint venture, employee organization, committee, board,
participant, beneficiary, trustee, partner, or venturer acting in
an individual, fiduciary or representative capacity, as the
context may require.
(z)  "Section" shall mean any Section of this Agreement.
     (aa) "Share" shall mean the interest of any Participating
Plan in the Master Fund, and where appropriate any Investment
Fund, the accounting for which will be maintained by the Trustee
in a manner agreed upon between the Company and the Trustee and
may be expressed in "units".
      (bb) "Trustee" shall mean Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee
of the Trust.
      (cc) "Valuation Date" shall mean the last day of the
Accounting Period, calendar quarter or any more frequent date for
reporting and/or investment purposes agreed to by the Trustee.

     The  plural  of  any term shall have a meaning corresponding

to the singular thereof as so defined and any neuter pronoun used

herein  shall include the masculine or feminine, as  the  context

may require.

     1.3.  Purpose. The Trust is established to fund the benefits

payable  to  participants  and  their  beneficiaries  under  each

Participating Plan.

     1.4  Exclusive Benefit. Except as may otherwise be permitted

by  law and the terms of the Participating Plan, at no time prior

to   the   satisfaction  of  all  liabilities  with  respect   to

participants and their beneficiaries under any Participating Plan

shall  any part of the Share of such Participating Plan  be  used

for,  or  diverted to, any purposes other than for the  exclusive

benefit  of  such participants and their beneficiaries,  and  for

defraying the reasonable expenses of administering such Plan.  No

provision herein designed to provide for the pooling of assets of

Participating Plans for investment purposes shall  be  deemed  or

construed  to  authorize the utilization of  the  assets  of  any

Participating  Plan to discharge the obligations and  liabilities

of any other Plan.

     1.5.  Effect.  All  Persons at any time  interested  in  any

Participating  Plan  shall be bound by  the  provisions  of  this

Agreement  and,  in  the  event  of  any  conflict  between  this

Agreement  and  the  provisions of a Participating  Plan  or  any

instrument or agreement forming part of such Plan other than this

Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control

     1.6.  Domestic  Trust  The  Trust  shall  at  all  times  be

maintained as a domestic trust in the United States

     1.7. Trustee Not Responsible for Enforcing Contributions  or

for  Sufficiency.  The Trustee shall have no  responsibility  for

enforcing payment of any contribution to any Participating  Plan,

for  the  timing  or amount thereof, or for the adequacy  of  the

Master   Fund   or   the  funding  standards  adopted   for   any

Participating  Plan  to meet or discharge any  pension  or  other

liabilities of such Plan.



                          ARTICLE II

                          Participation

     2.1.  Eligibility. Any employee benefit plan established  by

the  Company, or a subsidiary or an affiliate of the Company, may

be funded, in whole or in part, through the Trust if (i) the plan

is qualified under Section 401 (a) of the Code, (ii) the Trust is

exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, and  (iii)

this  Agreement has been duly adopted as the trust under the Plan

by  the  Board  of Directors or by the board of  directors  of  a

subsidiary or affiliate of the Company and, in the case  of  such

subsidiary or affiliate, the Company has consented thereto.

     2.2.  Effect on Adopting Company. When the Master Trust  has

been  adopted by any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, such

subsidiary   or  affiliate  shall  be  bound  by  the  decisions,

instructions,  actions  and  directions  of  the   Company,   the

Administrative  Committee  or  the  Named  Fiduciary   under   or

affecting  this  Agreement,  and  the  Trustee  shall  be   fully

protected  by  the Company and such subsidiary  or  affiliate  in

relying  upon the decisions, instructions, actions and directions

of  the  Company,  the  Administrative  Committee  or  the  Named

Fiduciary. Except as may be hereafter specifically provided,  the

Trustee shall not be required to give notice to or to obtain  the

consent of any subsidiary or affiliate with respect to any action

to  be  taken by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, and  the

Company  shall have the sole authority to enforce this  Agreement

on behalf of any subsidiary or affiliate.

     2.3.  Shares. The Trustee shall maintain a separate  account

and  such sub-accounts as it and the Company shall deem advisable

to  reflect the Share of each Participating Plan, or part thereof

The  Named  Fiduciary  shall provide  the  Trustee  with  current

information in order that the Trustee may determine such  Shares.

An Investment Fund may be divided into such one or more sub-funds

or  accounts or described in a different manner on any books kept

or  reports rendered by the Trustee without in any way  affecting

the   duties  or  responsibilities  of  the  Trustee  under   the

provisions  of  this Agreement; provided, however the  books  and

records  of the Trustee shall at all times be maintained so  that

the interest of each Participating Plan may be determined.

     2.4.  Valuations. The Trustee shall determine the  value  of

the assets of the Master Fund and each Investment Fund as of each

Valuation Date. Except in the case of an Investment Fund in which

amortized cost is the valuation method designated, assets will be

valued  at  their market values at the close of business  on  the

Valuation  Date,  or,  in  the absence of  readily  ascertainable

market  values, at such values as the Trustee shall determine  in

accordance  with  methods  consistently  followed  and  uniformly

applied.   Anything   in   this   Agreement   to   the   contrary

notwithstanding, with respect to assets constituting  part  of  a

Directed  Fund,  the Trustee may rely for all  purposes  of  this

Agreement  on  the  latest valuation and transaction  information

submitted  to it by the Person responsible for the investment  of

such assets even if such information predates the Valuation Date.

The Named Fiduciary will cause such Person to provide the Trustee

with  all  information  needed by the Trustee  to  discharge  its

obligations  to  value  such assets and  to  account  under  this

Agreement.

     2.5.  Participant  Records and Accounts. The  Trustee  shall

maintain separate accounts for each Participant to which shall be

credited  units of participation in the Master Fund in accordance

with  the provisions of the Participating Plan. The Trustee shall

render a statement to each Participant at least annually, or more

often  if  requested  by  the Committee.  with  respect  to  such

accounts in accordance with the Plan. The Committee shall  direct

the  Trustee  as  to  the names of Participants,  the  respective

contributions  to  be  credited  to  the  account  of  each,  the

directions    of    Participants,    beneficiaries    or    legal

representatives,  and  other  data required  by  the  Trustee  to

maintain  a record of the accounts of Participants, to  determine

the amounts to be invested in the respective Investment Fund, and

to   make  distributions  therefrom.  The  Trustee  may  rely  on

directions   received   by  facsimile  transmission,   or   other

teleprocess or electronic transmission acceptable to it and which

it  believes  in good faith to have been given by  an  authorized

person  or  persons.  The  Trustee may  rely  absolutely  on  all

directions by the Committee. The Trustee shall be under  no  duty

or  obligation  to  question  such direction  or  to  verify  the

accuracy  of  such direction by reference to to  records  of  the

Company or Committee.

     The  undertaking  of the foregoing administrative  functions

by  the  Trustee is neither intended to nor shall be inferred  to

confer  any  other  power  or  responsibility,  discretionary  or

otherwise, upon the Trustee, or upon any employee of the  Trustee

with  respect to the administration of the Participating Plan  by

the   Administrative   Committee,  the   determination   of   any

Participants  rights  thereunder,  or  the  investment   of   any

Participant's account by an Investment Manager.



                          ARTICLE III

                  Administration of Participating Plans

     3.1.   Payment  of  Benefits.  On  the  direction   of   the

Administrative Committee, the Trustee shall pay moneys out of the

share  of a Participating Plan directly to or for the benefit  of

participants  in  such  Plan and their beneficiaries,  or  to  an

insurance company to provide for the payment of such benefits  by

the  purchase  of  an  Insurance Contract,  or  to  a  paying  or

disbursing agent (which may be the Administrative Committee). Any

assets  disbursed  or paid over by the Trustee pursuant  to  this

Section 3.1 shall no longer be part of the Master Fund.

     3.2.  Reliance  on Administrative Committee. Any  directions

pursuant   to  Section  3.1  may,  but  need  not.  specify   the

application  to be made of moneys so ordered. The  Trustee  shall

charge such transfer against the Share of such one or more of the

Participating Plans as the Administrative Committee shall direct.

Each  direction to the Trustee under Section 3.1 shall constitute

a   certification  by  the  Administrative  Committee  that  such

direction is in accordance with applicable law, the terms of  any

relevant Participating Plan and the terms of this Agreement,  and

the Trustee shall have no duty to make any independent inquiry or

investigation as to any of the foregoing before acting upon  such

direction, or to see to the application of any moneys paid over.

     3.3.  Trustee  Not Responsible for Plan Administration.  The

Trustee  shall  not  be  responsible  under  this  Agreement,  or

otherwise,  in any way respecting the determination, computation,

payment  or  application of any benefit,  for  the  form,  terms,

payment  provisions or issuer of any Insurance Contract which  it

is  directed  to purchase to provide for the payment of  benefits

under  any Participating Plan, for performing any functions under

any  such Insurance Contract which it may be directed to purchase

and/or  hold  as  contract  holder  thereunder  (other  than  the

execution  of  any documents incidental thereto and  transfer  or

receipt  of funds thereunder), or for any other matter  affecting

the administration of a Participating Plan, by the Company or the

Administrative  Committee  or  any  other  Person  to  whom  such

responsibility is allocated or delegated pursuant to the terms of

the Participating Plan.



                          ARTICLE IV

                     Investment of Trust Assets

     4.1.   Asset  Managers.  Discretionary  authority  for   the

management  and  control of assets of a Participating  Plan  from

time  to  time held in the Master Fund may be retained, allocated

or  delegated. as the case may be, for one or more  purposes,  to

and  among  the  Asset Managers by the Named  Fiduciary,  in  its

absolute  discretion.  The terms and conditions  of  appointment,

authority  and retention of any Asset Manager shall be  the  sole

responsibility of the Named Fiduciary. The Named Fiduciary  shall

promptly  notify  the Trustee in writing of  the  appointment  or

removal  of an Asset Manager. Any notice of appointment  pursuant

to  this  Section  4.1  shall  constitute  a  representation  and

warranty  that the Asset Manager has been appointed in accordance

with the provisions of the, Participating Plan and that any Asset

Manager  (other  than the Trustee or the Named Fiduciary)  is  an

Investment Manager.

     4.2.  Investment  Discretion. Subject to  Section  5.1,  the

assets  of  the  Trust shall be invested and reinvested,  without

distinction between principal and income, at such time  or  times

in such investments and pursuant to such investment strategies or

courses  of  action  and in such shares and proportions,  as  the

Asset Managers, in their sole discretion, shall deem advisable.

     4.3.  Limitations on Investment Discretion. In  addition  to

the  limitations imposed by Section 5.1, the Named Fiduciary  may

limit,  restrict or impose guidelines affecting the  exercise  of

the  discretion hereinabove conferred on any Asset  Manager.  Any

limitations,  restrictions  or  guidelines  applicable   to   the

Trustee,  as Asset Manager, shall be communicated in  writing  to

the  Trustee.  The  Trustee  shall have  no  responsibility  with

respect  to  the  formulation  of  any  funding  policy  or   any

investment  or  diversification policies  embodied  therein.  The

Named  Fiduciary  shall  be responsible  for  communicating,  and

monitoring adherence to, any limitations or guidelines imposed on

any  other  Asset Manager by Section 5.1 or Section  7.3  or  the

guidelines described above.

     4.4.   Responsibility   for   Diversification.   The   Named

Fiduciary    shall    be   responsible   for   determining    the

diversification  policy (if required) of  the  Master  Fund,  for

monitoring  adherence by the Asset Managers to such  policy,  and

for  advising  the Asset Managers with respect to limitations  on

employer  or  other  securities  or  property  contained  in  any

Participating Plan or imposed on such Plan by applicable  law  or

by the Named Fiduciary.



                         ARTICLE V

                Investment Funds Within the Master Fund

     5.1.  Participating investment Funds. At  the  direction  of

the  Named Fiduciary, the interest of a Participating Plan in the

Master Fund may be allocated and held and invested in one or more

Investment Funds established hereunder by the Named Fiduciary  as

required or permitted by the terms of each Participating Plan. As

of the date hereof, the Master Fund shall be hold and invested in

the  Investment  Funds  listed  and  described  in  [Appendix  B]

attached hereto. The Named Fiduciary, to the extent permitted  by

a  Participating Plan, may establish additional Investment Funds,

or  freeze, terminate or modify the description of any Investment

Fund.  The  determination of the Named Fiduciary  of  investments

eligible for inclusion in any Investment Fund shall be conclusive

and binding on all Persons interested in the Participating Plans.

Such  Investment Funds shall include. where applicable, a  Common

Stock  Fund which shall consist of Company Stock. The  income  of

each  Investment Fund shall be accumulated and invested  in  such

Fund.  To  the  extent that any cash shall be  allocated  to  the

Common  Stock  Fund,  the  Trustee shall regularly  purchase  the

Company  Stock  on the open market or, if the Plan  so  provides,

from the Company or in private transactions, in accordance with a

non-discretionary purchasing program.

     The  Trustee shall have no authority or obligation to invest

or  reinvest  cash balances of any Directed Fund in  the  General

Trust or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement unless and until it

receives  appropriate  directions from the  Asset  Manager.  Cash

balances  (including interim investment thereof)  in  the  Common

Stock  Fund shall be limited to the administrative needs of  such

Investment Fund. For the purpose of this Section 5.1 and  Section

5.2., "administrative needs" shall mean needs consistent with the

Trustee's  implementation  of  the  regular  purchasing   program

described herein, anticipated distributions and withdrawals  from

such Investment Fund, and transfers among the Investment Funds at

the election of participants. Any investment limitation affecting

Company  securities shall not be applicable  to  the  extent  any

Investment Fund is invested in units of the General Trust.

     5.2.   The   Company   Stock   Fund.   Notwithstanding   the

unrestricted  powers conferred on the Trustee in this  Agreement,

the  Trustee shall purchase and retain the Company Stock  in  the

Common  Stock Fund regardless of market fluctuations and, subject

to  Article XVI, the Trustee shall sell such stock only  to  meet

administrative needs of the Participating Plan. The Company shall

undertake   the  responsibility  to  inform  Participating   Plan

participants of the unique nature of the Common Stock Fund.



                          ARTICLE VI

                   Responsibility for Directed Funds

     6.1.   Responsibility   for   Selection   of   Agents.   All

transactions  of  any kind or nature in or from a  Directed  Fund

shall  be made upon such terms and conditions and from or through

such  brokers,  dealers and principals and other  agents  as  the

Asset  Manager  shall  direct.  No  such  transactions  shall  be

executed  through the facilities of the Trustee except where  the

Trustee  shall  make  available its  facilities  solely  for  the

purpose  of  temporary investment of cash reserves of a  Directed

Fund. However, nothing in the preceding sentence shall confer any

authority  upon  the Trustee to invest the cash balances  of  any

Directed  Fund unless and until it receives directions  from  the

Asset Manager.

     6.2.  Trustee  Not Responsible for Investments  in  Directed

Funds. The Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to review

or  to  question any direction of any Asset Manager, or to review

securities or any other property held in any Directed  Fund  with

respect to prudence or proper diversification or compliance  with

any  limitation  on  the  Asset  Managers  authority  under  this

Agreement  or  the terms of a Participating Plan,  any  agreement

entered  into between the Company or the Named Fiduciary and  the

Asset  Manager  or  imposed by applicable law,  or  to  make  any

suggestions or recommendation to the Company, the Named Fiduciary

or  the Asset Manager with respect to the retention or investment

of  any  assets of any Directed Fund, and shall have no authority

to  take  any  action or to refrain from taking any  action  with

respect  to any asset of a Directed Fund unless and until  it  is

directed to do so by the Asset Manager.

     6.3.   Investment  Vehicles.  Any  Investment  Vehicle,   or

interest therein, acquired by or transferred to the Trustee  upon

the  directions  of  the Asset Manager shall be  allocated  to  a

designated   Directed   Fund,  and  the  Trustee's   duties   and

responsibilities under this Agreement shall not be  increased  or

otherwise  affected  thereby. The Trustee  shall  be  responsible

solely  for the safekeeping of the physical evidence, if any,  of

the  Trust's  ownership of or interest or participation  in  such

Investment Vehicle.

     6.4.  Reliance  on  Asset Manager .  The  Trustee  shall  be

required  under  this Agreement to execute documents,  to  settle

transactions, to take action on behalf of or in the name  of  the

Trust  and to make and receive payments on the direction  of  the

Asset   Manager.  Any  direction  of  the  Asset  Manager   shall

constitute   a  certification  to  the  Trustee  (i)   that   the

transaction  will  not constitute a prohibited transaction  under

ERISA  or the Code, (ii) that the investment is authorized  under

the  terms  of  this  Agreement and any other  agreement  or  law

affecting the Asset Manager's authority to deal with the Directed

Fund,   (iii)  that  any  contract.  agency,  joinder,  adoption,

participation or partnership agreement, deed. assignment or other

document  of any kind which the Trustee is requested or  required

to execute to effectuate the transaction has been reviewed by the

Asset  Manager and, to the extent it deems advisable and prudent,

its  counsel, (iv) that such instrument or document is in  proper

form  for  execution by the Trustee, (v) that, where appropriate,

insurance protecting the Trust against loss or liability has been

or  will be maintained in the name of or for the benefit  of  the

Trustee, and (vi) that all other acts to perfect and protect  the

Trust's  rights have been taken, and the Trustee  shall  have  no

duty  to make any independent inquiry or investigation as to  any

of  the foregoing before acting upon such direction. In addition,

the  Trustee  shall not be liable for the default of  any  Person

with  respect  to any Investment Vehicle or any investment  in  a

Directed Fund or for the form, genuineness, validity, sufficiency

or effect of any document executed by, delivered to or held by it

for  any Directed Fund on account of such investment, or if,  for

any  reason  (other than the negligence or willful misconduct  of

the Trustee) any rights of the Trust therein shall lapse or shall

become unenforceable or worthless.

     6.5.  Merger  of  Funds.  The Trustee  shall  not  have  any

discretionary  responsibility or authority to manage  or  control

any asset held in a Directed Fund upon the resignation or removal

of  an  Asset  Manager unless and until it has been  notified  in

writing by the Named Fiduciary that the Asset Manager's authority

has  terminated and that such Directed Fund's assets  are  to  be

integrated with the Discretionary Fund. Such notice shall not  be

deemed  effective until two bank business days after it has  been

received by the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be liable for  any

losses  to the Master Fund resulting from the disposition of  any

investment made by the Asset Manager or for the retention of  any

illiquid  or unmarketable investment or any investment  which  is

not  widely  publicly  traded or for the  holding  of  any  other

investment acquired by the Asset Manager if the Trustee is unable

to dispose of such investment because of any restrictions imposed

by  the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state law,  or

if an orderly liquidation of such investment is impractical under

prevailing  conditions,  or  for  failure  to  comply  with   any

investment limitations imposed pursuant to Section 4.3 or 5.1, or

for  any  other  violation of the terms of  this  Agreement,  the

Participating Plans or applicable law as a result of the addition

of Directed Fund assets to the Discretionary Fund.

     6.6. Notification of Named Fiduciary in Event of Breach.  If

the  Trustee  has  knowledge of a breach committed  by  an  Asset

Manager,  it  shall notify the Named Fiduciary thereof,  and  the

Named  Fiduciary  shall thereafter assume full responsibility  to

all  Persons interested in the Participating Plans to remedy such

breach.

     6.7.   Definition   of   Knowledge.   The   parties   hereto

acknowledge  that while the Trustee will perform  certain  duties

(such   as   custodial,  reporting,  recording,   valuation   and

bookkeeping  functions)  with respect  to  Directed  Funds,  such

duties  will  not  involve  the  exercise  of  any  discretionary

authority  to manage or control the assets of the Directed  Funds

and will be the responsibility of officers or other employees  of

the  Trustee  who are unfamiliar with and have no  responsibility

for  investment management Therefore, in the event that knowledge

of the Trustee shall be a prerequisite to imposing a duty upon or

to  determining liability of the Trustee under this Agreement  or

any statute regulating the conduct of the Trustee with respect to

such  Directed Funds or relieving the Company of its undertakings

under  Section  16.2,  the Trustee will not  be  deemed  to  have

knowledge of, or to have participated in, any act or omission  of

an  Asset Manager involving the investment of assets allocated to

the  Directed Funds as a result of the receipt and processing  of

information in the course of performing such duties.

     6.8.  Duty to Enforce Claims The Trustee shall have no  duty

to  commence or maintain any action, suit or legal proceeding  on

behalf  of  the  Trust  on  account of  or  growing  out  of  any

investment made in or for a Directed Fund unless the Trustee  has

been  directed  to  do  so  by the Asset  Manager  or  the  Named

Fiduciary and unless the Trustee is either in possession of funds

sufficient  for  such  purpose or has  been  indemnified  to  its

satisfaction  for  counsel fees, costs  and  other  expenses  and

liabilities  to which it, in its sole judgment. may be  subjected

by   beginning  or  maintaining  such  action,  suit   or   legal

proceeding.

     6.9.  Restrictions  on  Transfer. Nothing  herein  shall  be

deemed  to  empower any Asset Manager to direct  the  Trustee  to

transfer  any  asset  of a Directed Fund  to  itself  except  for

purposes enumerated in paragraph (j), (l) or (m) of Section 7.1.



                         ARTICLE VII

                     Powers of Asset Managers

     7.1.  General Powers. Without in any way limiting the powers

and  discretions conferred upon any Asset Manager  by  the  other

provisions of this Agreement or by law, each Asset Manager  shall

be  vested with the following powers and discretions with respect

to the assets of the Trust subject to its management and control,

and,  upon the directions of to Asset Manager of a Directed Fund,

the  Trustee shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and

all  documents of transfer and conveyance and any and  all  other

instruments  that may be necessary or appropriate to enable  such

Asset Manager to carry out such powers and discretions:

         (a)  to  sell,  exchange, convey, transfer or  otherwise

dispose of any property by private contract or at public auction,

and  no  person dealing with the Asset Manager shall be bound  to

see  to the application of the purchase money or to inquire  into

the  validity, expediency or propriety of any such sale or  other

disposition;

         (b)  to  enter  into  contracts or to  make  commitments

either  alone  or  in  company with others  to  sell  or  acquire

property;

         (c) to purchase or sell, write or issue, puts, calls  or

other  options,  covered or uncovered. to  enter  into  financial

futures   contracts,  forward  placement  contracts  and  standby

contracts.  and  in  connection therewith, to deposit,  hold  (or

direct  Bankers,  as  Trustee or in its individual  capacity,  to

deposit or hold) or pledge assets of the Master Fund;

         (d)  to purchase part interests in real property  or  in

mortgages  on real property, wherever such real property  may  be

situated;

         (e)  to  lease to others for any term without regard  to

the  duration of the Trust any real property or part interest  in

real property;

         (f)  to  delegate to a manager or the holder or  holders

of  a  majority interest in any real property or mortgage on real

property or in any oil, mineral or gas properties, the management

and operation of any part interest in such property or properties

(including the authority to sell such part interests or otherwise

carry  out the decisions of such manager or the holder or holders

of such majority interest);

         (g)  to  vote upon any stocks, bonds or other securities

(but  subject to the suspension of any voting rights as a  result

of  any broker loan or similar agreement and subject further with

respect to the voting of Company Stock, to the provisions of  any

Participating Plan); to give general or special proxies or powers

of  attorney  with or without power of substitution; to  exercise

any  conversion privileges, subscription rights or other  options

and  to  make any payments incidental thereto; to consent  to  or

otherwise  participate  in  corporate  reorganizations  or  other

changes   affecting   corporate  securities   and   to   delegate

discretionary  powers and to pay any assessments  or  charges  in

connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers

of  an  owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities or  other

property;

         (h)  to  organize  corporations under the  laws  of  any

state  for the purpose of acquiring or holding title to  property

(or,  in  the case of a Directed Fund, to direct the  Trustee  to

organize  such  corporations or to appoint an  ancillary  trustee

acceptable to the Trustee for such purpose),

         (i)  to  invest  in  a  fund consisting  of  securities.

issued  by corporations and selected and retained solely  because

of  their  inclusion  in, and in accordance  with,  one  or  more

commonly  used indices of such securities, with the objective  of

providing  investment results for the fund which approximate  the

overall performance of such designated index;



         (j)  to  enter  into any partnership, as  a  general  or

limited partner, or joint venture;

         (k)  to  purchase  units or certificates  issued  by  an

investment company or pooled trust or comparable entity;

         (l)to transfer money or other property to an insurance

company issuing an Insurance Contract;

         (m)  to  transfer assets of a Discretionary or  Directed

Fund to a common, collective or commingled trust fund exempt from

tax under the Code maintained by an Asset Manager or an affiliate

of  an  Asset Manager or by another trustee who is designated  by

the  Named Fiduciary, to be hold and invested subject to  all  of

the  terms and conditions thereof, and such trust shall be deemed

adopted as part of the Trust and the Participating Plans  to  the

extent  that assets of the Trust are invested therein;  provided,

however,  that any transfer from a Directed Fund to  the  General

Trust may be made only with the prior approval of the Trustee and

shall be invested only in one or more short term investment funds

or  other  special purpose funds established from  time  to  time

thereunder; and

         (n)  to  be  reimbursed  for the  expenses  incurred  in

exercising  any of the foregoing powers or to pay the  reasonable

expenses  incurred  by  any agent, manager or  trustee  appointed

pursuant hereto.

     7.2.  Additional Powers of Trustee. In addition, the Trustee

is hereby authorized:

         (a)  to register any securities held in the Master  Fund

in  its  own  name or in the name of a nominee and  to  hold  any

securities   in   bearer   form,  and  to  combine   certificates

representing such securities with certificates of the same  issue

held   by  the  Trustee  in  other  fiduciary  or  representative

capacities or as agent for customers, or to deposit or to arrange

for  the  deposit  of  such securities in any  qualified  central

depository even though, when so deposited, such securities may be

merged  and  held  in  bulk in the name of the  nominee  of  such

depository  with  other  securities deposited  therein  by  other

depositors,  or  to  deposit or arrange for the  deposit  of  any

securities issued by the United States Government, or any  agency

or  instrumentality thereof, with a Federal Reserve Bank, but the

books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all

such investments are part of the Master Fund;

         (b)   to   employ  suitable  agents,  depositories   and

counsel,  domestic  or  foreign, and to charge  their  reasonable

expenses and compensation against the Master Fund, and to  confer

upon any such depository the powers conferred upon the Trustee by

paragraph (a) of this Section 7.2 as well as the power to appoint

subagents and depositories, wherever situated, in connection with

the retention of securities or other property;

         (c)  to borrow money from any source as may be necessary

or  advisable  to effectuate the purposes of the  Trust  on  such

terms  and conditions as the Trustee, in its absolute discretion,

may deem advisable;

         (d)  to  deposit any funds of the Trust in  accounts  or

savings  certificates, which bear a reasonable rate of  interest,

issued  or  maintained by Bankers Trust Company, in its  separate

corporate  capacity, or in any other institution affiliated  with

Bankers Trust Company;

         (e)  to  compromise, compound, submit to arbitration  or

settle  any  debt  or obligation owing to or  from  or  otherwise

adjust  all  claims in favor of or against the Master Fund  other

than  claims solely affecting the right of any Person to benefits

under  a  Participating Plan; to reduce or increase the  rate  of

interest  or extend, or otherwise modify, foreclose upon default.

or enforce any such debt or obligation; to sue or defend suits or

legal  proceedings to protect any interest in the  Trust  and  to

represent  the  Trust in all suits or legal  proceedings  in  any

court  or  before  any  other  administrative  agency,  body   or

tribunal;

         (f)to make any distribution or transfer of assets as of

a Valuation Date authorized under Article X or X1 or to

effectuate participants' rights under a Participating Plan in

cash or in kind, or partly in cash or kind, and, in furtherance

thereof, to value such assets, which valuation shall be

conclusive and binding on all Persons;

         (g)  upon  the  direction  of the  Named  Fiduciary,  to

maintain  and  operate one or more market inventory  funds  as  a

vehicle  to exchange securities among Discretionary and  Directed

Funds without alienating the property from the Trust;

         (h)  with  the consent of the Named Fiduciary,  to  loan

securities held in the Master Fund to brokers or dealers or other

borrowers under such terms and conditions as the Trustee, in  its

absolute discretion, deems advisable, to secure the same  in  any

manner permitted by law and the provisions of this Agreement, and

during the term of any such loan, to permit the loaned securities

to  be transferred into the name of and voted by the borrowers or

others,  and,  in  connection with the  exercise  of  the  powers

hereinabove granted, to hold any property deposited as collateral

by  the  borrower pursuant to any master loan agreement in  bulk,

either  as  provided  in paragraph (a) of  this  Section  7.2  or

otherwise,  together  with  the unallocated  interests  of  other

lenders, and to retain any such property upon the default of  the

borrower,   whether  or  not  investment  in  such  property   is

authorized  under  this  Agreement, and to  receive  compensation

therefor out of any amounts paid by or charged to the account  of

the borrower;

         (i)  to  enroll the Master Fund in a program  maintained

by  Bankers  to  permit  customer's accounts  to  participate  in

dividend reinvestment plans offered by issuers of securities held

in  accounts,  such as the Master Fund, in order to realize  upon

the  discount  from  market  value offered  shareholders  without

impact  on the managed assets in the Master Fund. and to  receive

compensation therefor (including reimbursement for certain of its

out-of-pocket  costs  associated therewith)  out  of  the  income

received by the Master Fund from participation in such program;

         (j)  to  hold  uninvested cash awaiting  investment  and

such  additional  cash balances as it shall  deem  reasonable  or

necessary,  without incurring any liability for  the  payment  of

interest thereon; and

         (k)  generally, consistent with the provisions  of  this

Agreement   to  perform  all  acts  (whether  or  not   expressly

authorized  herein) which it may deem necessary and  prudent  for

the protection of the assets of the Trust.

     7.3.  Limitation of Powers. The foregoing provisions of this

Article  V11  shall  not  be  deemed to  expand  the  permissible

investments for any Investment Fund under Section 5.1 or to limit

the  Named  Fiduciary's power to restrict the  exercise  of  such

powers  by  an  Asset  Manager as provided  in  Section  4.3.  In

addition, any powers conferred on the Trustee or any other  Asset

Manager thereunder may be suspended or revoked at any time by the

Named  Fiduciary upon notice to the Asset Manager or the Trustee,

as  the  case may be. Any oral notice hereunder shall be promptly

confirmed  in  writing to the Trustee and the Asset Manager,  but

the  Trustee  shall have no responsibility hereunder  unless  and

until it has received notice in accordance with Section 15.6.



                         ARTICLE VIII

                   Records and Accounts of Trustee

     8.1.  Records  The Trustee shall keep accurate and  detailed

accounts  of all investments, receipts, disbursements  and  other

transactions  in  the  Master Fund and all  accounts,  books  and

records relating thereto shall be open to inspection and audit at

all  reasonable times during normal business hours by any  Person

designated by the Named Fiduciary.

     8.2. Annual. Within ninety (90) days following the close  of

each  Accounting Period, the Trustee shall file with the  Account

Party, in accordance with Section 15.6, a written account setting

forth  the receipts and disbursements of the Master Fund and  the

investments  and other transactions effected by it upon  its  own

authority  or pursuant to the directions of any Person as  herein

provided during the Accounting Period.

     8.3.  Periodic Account. If so required by the terms  of  any

Participating  Plan and agreed to by the Trustee,  within  thirty

(30)  days  following the close of each calendar month,  calendar

quarter  or  other  time  period (but not  more  frequently  than

monthly)  the  Trustee shall provide the Account Party  with,  in

accordance  with  Section 15.6, a written account  for  any  such

Participating  Plan, setting forth the receipts and disbursements

of  the  Master  Fund and the investments and other  transactions

effected  by  it  upon  its  own authority  or  pursuant  to  the

directions  of any Person as herein provided during such  period;

provided, however, that such written account shall be limited  to

an  accounting of investments and transactions in the Master Fund

and shall not affect the responsibilities of the parties, if any,

under Section 2.5 herein.

     8.4.  Account  Stated. Upon the expiration  of  ninety  (90)

days  from the date of filing its annual account with the Account

Party, the Trustee shall be forever released and discharged  from

all  liability  and further accountability to  the  Company,  the

Account Party or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of

such accounting and the propriety of all acts and failures to act

of  the Trustee reflected in such account, except with respect to

any  such  acts  or  transactions as to which the  Account  Party

shall,  within such 90-day period, file with the Trustee specific

written objections.

     8.5.  Judicial Accountings Nothing herein shall in  any  way

limit the Trustee's right to bring any action or proceeding in  a

court of competent jurisdiction to settle its account or for such

other relief as it may deem appropriate.

     8.6.  Necessary Parties Except to the extent  that  Sections

502  and  5D4 of ERISA may provide otherwise, in order to protect

the  Master Fund from the expense of litigation, no Person  other

than  the  Company shall be a necessary party in  any  proceeding

under  Section 8.5 or may require the Trustee to account  or  may

institute  any other action or proceeding against the Trustee  or

the Trust.



                          ARTICLE IX

                  Compensation. Taxes and Expenses

     9.1.  Compensation  and Expenses. Any expenses  incurred  by

the  Trustee in connection with its administration of the  Master

Trust  including,  but not limited to, fees  for  legal  services

rendered  to  the Trustee (whether or not rendered in  connection

with  a judicial or administrative proceeding), such compensation

to  the Trustee as shall be agreed upon from time to time between

the  Trustee and an officer of the Company, and all other  proper

charges and disbursements of the Trustee, shall be paid from  the

Master  Fund,  unless  paid  by  the  Company.  Anything  in  the

preceding  sentence to the contrary notwithstanding, the  Company

shall reimburse the Trustee for any such fees and expenses if for

any reason such expenses are not paid out of the Master Fund. The

Trustee's  entitlement to reimbursement hereunder  shall  not  be

affected by the resignation or removal of the Trustee or  by  the

termination  of  the Trust. The Named Fiduciary  may  direct  the

Trustee  to  pay  from  the Master Fund any other  administration

expenses  of  a Participating Plan Each direction to the  Trustee

under   this   Section  and  Section  9.3  shall   constitute   a

certification  by the Named Fiduciary that such direction  is  in

accordance  with  applicable  law,  the  terms  of  any  relevant

Participating  Plan  and  the terms of this  Agreement,  and  the

Trustee  shall  have no duty to make any independent  inquiry  or

investigation as to any of the foregoing before acting upon  such

direction, or to see to the application of any moneys paid over.

     9.2.  Taxes. All taxes of any and all kinds whatsoever  that

may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws, domestic

or  foreign, upon the Master Fund or the income thereof shall  be

paid from the Master Fund.

     The  Trustee shall notify the Named Fiduciary of  any  taxes

that may be assessed. In the event that the Named Fiduciary shall

determine that the taxes are not lawfully assessed, it may  elect

to direct the Trustee at the expense of the Trust, or may itself,

contest such assessment.

     9.3.  Allocation. Any tax or expense paid  from  the  Master

Fund  hereunder which is determined by the Named Fiduciary to  be

specifically  allocable  to  one  or  more  Investment  Funds  or

Participating Plans, as the case may be, shall be charged against

such Investment Funds or the Share of such Participating Plan  or

Plans,  in  such proportions as the Named Fiduciary shall  direct

the  Trustee.  Any  expense which is  allocable  to  all  of  the

Investment  Funds  or  all of the Participating  Plans  shall  be

charged against the Master Fund as a whole.



                          ARTICLE X

                  Resignation or Removal of Trustee

     10.1. Resignation or Removal. The Trustee may be removed  by

the  Company at any time upon ninety (90) days' notice in writing

to  the  Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time upon  ninety

(90) days' notice in writing to the Company.

     10.2.  Designation  of  a Successor.  Upon  the  removal  or

resignation  of the Trustee, the Company shall either  appoint  a

successor  trustee who shall have the same powers and  duties  as

those  conferred upon the Trustee hereunder, and upon  acceptance

of  such appointment by the successor trustee, the Trustee  shall

assign,  transfer and pay over the Master Fund to such  successor

trustee,  or  the  Company shall direct the  Trustee  to  assign.

transfer  and  payover the Master Fund to one or  more  insurance

companies   pursuant  to  insurance  contracts  issued   to   the

Participating  Plans. If, for any reason, the Company  cannot  or

does not act promptly to appoint a successor trustee or designate

an  insurance company in the event of the resignation or  removal

of  the  Trustee, the Trustee may apply to a court  of  competent

jurisdiction  for  the  appointment of a successor  trustee.  Any

expenses  incurred by the Trustee in connection therewith  -shall

be  charged  to  and paid from the Master Fund as an  expense  of

administration.

     10.3  Reserve  for  Expenses. The Trustee is  authorized  to

reserve  such amount as to it may doom advisable for payments  of

its  fees and expenses in connection with the settlement  of  its

account  or otherwise, and any balance of such reserve  remaining

after the payment of such fees and expenses shall be paid over in

accordance  with  the directions of the Company under  10.2.  The

Trustee  is  authorized to invest such reserves in any investment

authorized under the terms of this Agreement appropriate for  the

temporary investment of cash reserves of trusts.



                          ARTICLE X1

                   Withdrawal of Participating Plans

     11.1.  Event of Withdrawal. Upon receipt of notice from  the

Company  of  the termination (including any partial  termination)

and  distribution of the assets of a Participating Plan or of the

withdrawal of any Participating Plan, or part thereof,  from  the

Trust, the Trustee shall segregate the share of the assets of the

Master  Fund  allocable  to  such  Participating  Plan,  or  part

thereof, and shall dispose of such assets in accordance with  the

directions of the Company.

     11.2.  Disqualification. The Company shall  promptly  notify

the Trustee if any Participating Plan has been or is likely to be

disqualified  under Section 401 of the Code. In that  event,  the

Share  of  such  Participating Plan shall be treated  as  a  Plan

withdrawn pursuant to Section 11 1

     11.3. Approval of Appropriate Agencies. The Trustee may,  in

its   absolute  discretion,  condition  delivery,   transfer   or

distribution of any assets withdrawn from the Master  Fund  under

this   Article   XI  upon  the  Trustee's  receiving   assurances

satisfactory  to it that any notice which may be required  to  be

given  under  ERISA or the Code to any Person, the Department  of

Labor or the Internal Revenue Service has been given, or that any

filing  which  is  required  to  be  made  to  determine  that  a

termination has not affected the qualification of a Participating

Plan has been made, and that any plan to which such assets are to

be  transferred is a qualified plan under Section 401 (a) of  the

Code.   The   Trustee   shall  not  be  responsible   under   any

Participating  Plan  to give any such notice  or  make  any  such

filings or maintain any records required under ERISA or the Code,

all  of  which,  for  purposes of this Agreement,  shall  be  the

responsibility of the Company.



                          ARTICLE XII

                     Amendment or Termination

     12.  1.  Amendment.  Subject to  Section  1.4,  the  Company

reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, in

whole  or in part, any or all of the provisions of this Agreement

by  notice thereof in writing delivered to the Trustee; provided,

however,  no  amendment  which  affects  the  rights,  duties  or

responsibilities  of the Trustee may be made  without  its  prior

written consent.

     12.2.  Termination  Subject  to  Section  1.4,  the  Company

reserves  the  right  to terminate this Agreement  by  notice  in

writing  thereof  delivered  to the  Trustee.  In  the  event  of

termination, the Trustee shall dispose of the Master Fund,  after

the  payment  of  or  other provision for  all  of  its  expenses

(including  any  compensation  to  which  the  Trustee   may   be

entitled). all in accordance with the written directions  of  the

Company.  In the event that termination results from the  removal

of  the  Trustee  or  the withdrawal of all of the  Participating

Plans.  then such disposition shall be implemented in  accordance

with  the  provisions of Article X or Article XI as the case  may

be.

     12.3. Trustee's Authority to Survive Termination. Until  the

final distribution of the Master Fund, the Trustee shall continue

to  have  and  may  exercise all of the  powers  and  discretions

conferred upon it by this Agreement.





                         ARTICLE XIII

                         Tender Offers

     13.1.  In General. In the event that any person (other  than

the  Company or any affiliate thereof) shall make a public  offer

for  Company  Stock  held in the Common Stock Fund,  the  Company

undertakes to provide promptly a copy of the offer, and any other

material information concerning such offer, to each Participating

Plan  participant (including, for the purposes  of  this  Article

XIII,  any  beneficiary  of a deceased participant)  who  has  an

interest  in the Common Stock Fund with a form for furnishing  to

the  Trustee timely instructions as to whether the Company  Stock

allocated to participants' accounts for purposes of this  Article

XIII should be tendered. Each participant may elect that all, but

not  less than all, of the Company Stock allocated to his account

be  tendered by the Trustee on his behalf. Upon timely receipt of

instructions  from a participant to so tender, the Trustee  shall

tender  all  such  Company Stock allocated to such  participant's

account.  Any Company Stock held by the Trustee as  to  which  it

receives either no instruction or incomplete instructions from  a

participant to whose account such stock is allocated shall not be

tendered.  In  the  event that participants' instructions  cannot

otherwise  be  returned to the Trustee in a timely  fashion,  the

Company  agrees  to collect and tabulate such instructions  in  a

manner  that  will assure a confidential and accurate  tabulation

and  timely  tender  by  the Trustee.  Any  securities  or  other

property  received by the Trustee as a result of having  tendered

Company  Stock, as hereinabove provided, shall be held,  and  any

cash  so  received  shall be invested in short term  investments,

pending  any further action which the Trustee may be required  or

directed  to take pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding  anything

in  this  Agreement  to the contrary, during the  period  of  any

public  offer  for Company Stock, the Trustee shall refrain  from

making  purchases  of  Company Stock  under  this  Agreement.  In

addition  to any compensation or expenses provided under  Section

9.1, the Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation and

reimbursement  for its out-of-pocket expenses  for  any  services

attributable to the duties and responsibilities described in this

Section 13. 1.

     13.2.  Trustee's Indemnification. In addition to  any  other

claims  the Trustee may have under this Agreement or by law,  the

Company  hereby  agrees  to  hold the  Trustee  harmless  and  to

indemnify  the  Trustee  from and against  any  and  all  losses,

claims,  damages, liabilities or expenses whatsoever  (including,

but  not limited to, any and all expenses reasonably incurred  in

investigating, preparing or defending against any  litigation  or

proceeding,  commenced or threatened, or any  claim  whatsoever),

(a)  arising out of, relating to or in connection with any public

offer  of the kind referred to above, whether in respect  of  the

solicitation  of directions from Participating Plan participants,

or  tabulating,  reporting  or acting  upon  such  directions  or

otherwise,  or  (b)  arising out of  or  based  upon  any  untrue

statement   or   alleged  untrue  statement  contained   in   any

instrument,  document or other material furnished by  or  through

the Company to Participating Plan participants, or otherwise used

by  the  Company or authorized by it for use in respect  of,  any

such public offer or arising out of or based upon an omission  or

alleged  omission to state a material fact required to be  stated

or  necessary to make other statements made in any such  material

not  misleading,  except, solely in the case  of  indemnification

pursuant  to clause (a), for a loss, claim, damage, liability  or

expense  primarily  attributable  to  the  bad  faith  or   gross

negligence of the Trustee.



                           ARTICLE XIV

                           Authorities

     14.  1.  Company. Whenever the provisions of this  Agreement

specifically  require or permit any action to be  taken  by  "the

Company",  such  action  must  be  authorized  by  the  Board  of

Directors.  Any resolution adopted by the Board of  Directors  or

other  evidence of such authorization shall be certified  to  the

Trustee by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company

under  corporate  seal,  and  the  Trustee  may  rely  upon   any

authorization so certified until revoked or modified by a further

action  of  the  Board of Directors similarly  certified  to  the

Trustee.

     14.2.  Subsidiary  or  Affiliate.  Any  action  required  or

permitted  to  be taken under this Agreement by a  subsidiary  or

affiliate of the Company shall be given by the Board of Directors

thereof in the manner described in Section 14.1.

     14.3.  Named  Fiduciary  and Committee.  The  Company  shall

furnish  the Trustee from time to time with a list of  the  names

and signatures of all Persons (other than the Company) authorized

hereunder  (i) to receive accountings under Section 1.2(a);  (ii)

to   act  as  a  Named  Fiduciary-,  (iii)  as  members  of   the

Administrative  Committee; or (iv) in any  manner  authorized  to

issue  orders, notices, requests, instructions and objections  to

the  Trustee  pursuant to the provisions of this  Agreement.  Any

such list and the form of the instructions shall be certified  to

the  Trustee  by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary  of  the

Company  (or  by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary  of  any

subsidiary  or affiliate of the Company which, in the opinion  of

counsel to the Company, has not delegated that authority  to  the

Company) and may be relied upon for accuracy and completeness  by

the  Trustee Each such Person shall thereupon furnish the Trustee

with a list of the names and signatures of those individuals,  if

any,  who  are authorized, jointly or severally or otherwise,  to

act  for  such Person hereunder, and the Trustee shall  be  fully

protected in acting upon any notices or directions received  from

any of them.

     14.4.  Investment Manager . The Named Fiduciary shall  cause

each  Investment Manager to furnish the Trustee from time to time

with  the  names  and signatures of those persons  authorized  to

direct the Trustee on its behalf hereunder.

     14.5.    Form   of   Communications.   Any   agreement    or

understanding  between the Company and any Person  (including  an

Investment  Manager) or any other provision of this Agreement  to

the  contrary notwithstanding, all notices, directions and  other

communications  to  the Trustee shall be in writing  or  in  such

other  form,  including transmission by electronic means  through

the facilities of third parties or otherwise, specifically agreed

to  in  writing  by  the  Trustee. The  Trustee  shall  be  fully

protected  in  acting  in  accordance therewith,  but  shall  not

thereby assume responsibility for the failure or breakdown of any

such  means  of  communication not due to its own  negligence  or

willful misconduct.

     14.6. Continuation of Authority. The Trustee shall have  the

right  to  assume,  in  the  absence of  written  notice  to  the

contrary,  that no event constituting a change in the composition

or  authority  of  the  Named  Fiduciary  or  membership  of  the

Administrative  Committee or terminating  the  authority  of  any

Person, including any Investment Manager, has occurred

     14.7.  No  Obligation to Act on Unsatisfactory  Notice.  The

Trustee  shall  incur no liability under this Agreement  for  any

failure  to  act pursuant to any notice, direction or  any  other

communication  from  any Asset Manager, the  Company,  the  Named

Fiduciary, the Administrative Committee, or any other  Person  or

the  designee  of  any  of them unless and until  it  shall  have

received instructions in form specified in this Article XIV.



                          ARTICLE XV

                        General Provisions

     15.1 Governing Law.  To the extent that state law shall  not

have  been preempted by the provisions of ERISA or any other  law

of  the  United  States  heretofore or  hereafter  enacted,  this

Agreement shall be administered, construed and enforced according

to the laws of the State of New York.

     15.2.   Entire   Agreement.   The   Trustee's   duties   and

responsibilities  to  any  Participating  Plan  or   any   Person

interested  therein  shall be limited to those  specifically  set

forth  in this Agreement. No amendment to any Participating  Plan

or  agreement or instrument affecting any Participating  Plan  or

any   other  document  shall  affect  the  Trustee's  duties   or

responsibilities hereunder without its prior written consent.

     15.3.  Mistake.  No mistake made in good faith  and  in  the

exercise of due care in connection with the administration of the

Master  Fund  shall  be deemed to be a breach  of  the  Trustee's

duties  if, promptly after discovery of the mistake, the  Trustee

takes whatever action may be practicable in the circumstances  to

remedy the mistake.

     15.4.  Reliance  on Experts. The Trustee  may  consult  with

experts  (who  may be experts employed by the Company)  including

legal  counsel,  appraisers,  pricing  services,  accountants  or

actuaries,  selected  by it with due care  with  respect  to  the

meaning  and  construction  of this Agreement  or  any  provision

hereof, or concerning its powers and duties hereunder, and  shall

be  protected for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith

pursuant to or on the basis of the opinion of any such expert.

     15.5. Successor to the Trustee. Any successor, by merger  or

otherwise, to substantially all of the trust business of  Bankers

shall automatically and without further action become the Trustee

hereunder,  subject to all the terms and conditions and  entitled

to all the benefits and immunities hereof.

     15.6.  Notices.  All notices, reports. annual  accounts  and

other  communications from the Trustee to the Company. the  Named

Fiduciary, Administrative Committee, Investment Manager,  or  any

other  Person shall be deemed to have been duly given if  mailed,

postage  prepaid.  or delivered in hand to  such  Person  at  its

address  appearing on the records of the Trustee,  which  address

shall  be filed with the Trustee at the time of the establishment

of  the  Trust and shall be kept current thereafter by the  Named

Fiduciary.  All  directions, notices, statements, objections  and

other communications to the Trustee shall be deemed to have  been

given  when  received by the Trustee at its offices in  the  form

provided in Article XIV.

     15.7. Plan Documents. The Named Fiduciary shall provide  the

Trustee with complete, current copies of all Participating  Plans

and  the  most recent tax qualification letters relative thereto.

The  Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon the Named Fiduciary's

attention  to  this  obligation and shall be  under  no  duty  to

inquire  of  any Person as to the existence of any documents  not

provided hereunder.

     15.8.   No   Waiver  Reservation  of  Rights.  The   rights,

remedies,   privileges  and  immunities  expressed   herein   are

cumulative  and  are  not exclusive, and  the  Trustee  shall  be

entitled  to  claim  all other rights, remedies,  privileges  and

immunities to which it may be entitled under applicable law.

     15.9  Descriptive Headings. The captions in  this  Agreement

are  solely for convenience of reference and shall not define  or

limit the provisions hereof.

     15.10  Spendthrift Provision. Except as may be  required  by

law,  no  interest  or  claim of interest  of  any  kind  of  any

participant  in  any Participating Plan under the  provisions  of

this  Trust is assignable, nor may any such interest or claim  be

subject  to  garnishment, attachment, execution or  levy  of  any

kind,  and  no  attempt to transfer, assign, pledge or  otherwise

encumber  or  dispose  of such interest  by  act  of  the  Person

involved or by operation of law will be recognized.



                         ARTICLE XVI

                      Undertaking by Company

     16.1.  Undertaking In consideration of Bankers' agreeing  to

enter  into  this Agreement, the Company hereby  agrees  to  hold

harmless  Bankers,  individually and  as  Trustee,  and  Bankers'

directors, officers, and employees, from and against all amounts,

including   without   limitation   taxes,   expenses   (including

reasonable counsel fees), liabilities, Claims, damages,  actions,

suits  or other charges, incurred by or assessed against Bankers,

individually  or  as  Trustee,  or  its  directors,  officers  or

employees  (i)  as  a direct or indirect result  of  any  act  or

omission of any predecessor trustee or fiduciary appointed  under

any  Participating Plan; (ii) as a direct or indirect  result  of

anything done in good faith, or alleged to have been done, by  or

on  behalf  of  Bankers in reliance upon the  directions  of  any

Investment Manager, the Administrative Committee, the Company, or

the  Named  Fiduciary, or anything omitted to  be  done  in  good

faith,  or alleged to have been omitted, in the absence  of  such

directions;  or  (iii)  as a direct or  indirect  result  of  the

failure  of  the  Company, the Administrative Committee,  or  the

Named Fiduciary, directly or indirectly, to adequately, carefully

and  diligently  discharge  its fiduciary  responsibilities  with

respect to the Participating Plans.

     16.2.  Limitation  on Undertaking. Anything  hereinabove  to

the   contrary  notwithstanding,  the  Company  shall   have   no

responsibility  to Bankers under Section 16.1  (ii)  or  (iv)  if

Bankers knowingly participated in or knowingly concealed any  act

or omission of any Person described therein knowing that such act

or  omission  constituted  a breach of  such  Person's  fiduciary

responsibilities,  or  if Bankers fails to  perform  any  of  the

duties specifically undertaken by it under the provisions of this

Agreement in the manner herein provided, or if Bankers  fails  to

act  in  conformity  with  duly given and  authorized  directions

hereunder

     16.3.  Waiver  of Defense The Company expressly  waives  and

shall  be  forever estopped from asserting as a  defense  against

Bankers, or any of its directors, officers or employees,  in  any

action to enforce this undertaking that any one of them failed to

discharge  any obligation he, she or it may have or to be  deemed

to   have  had  under  any  statute  governing  the  conduct   of

fiduciaries in following the directions of the Company, the Named

Fiduciary or Administrative Committee, the Investment Manager  or

any  Person duly authorized to act for any of them under  Article

XIV.

     16.4.  Survival of Undertakings. The Company further  agrees

that  the undertakings made in this Article XVI shall be  binding

on  its  successors  or  assigns and shall  survive  termination,

amendment or restatement of this Agreement, or the resignation or

removal  of the Trustee, and that this Article shall be construed

as  a  contract between the Company and the Trustee according  to

the laws of the State of New York in effect from time to time.



     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto  have  caused  this

Agreement  to be executed by their respective officers  thereunto

duly  authorized and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed

and attested to as of the day and year first above written.



                             AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY



                             By_________________________________

                                            (Title)



                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY



                             By_________________________________

                                            (Title)







STATE OF NEW YORK ,

                    )SS.

COUNTY OF NEW YORK)



On the _____ day of _________, in the year two thousand, before

me personally came ________________________ to me known , who

being by me duly sworn, did depose and say:that he/she resides

in__________ that he/she is the ____________ of BANKERS

TRUST  COMPANY,  the corporation described in and which  executed

the  above  instrument;  that  he/she  knows  the  seal  of  said

corporation;  that  the seal affixed to said instrument  is  such

corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the  Board  of

Directors  of  said corporation, and that he/she  signed  his/her

name thereto by like order.



Notary Public



                          APPENDIX A .



Participating Plans in the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company

Master Trust:

1. Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Hourly 401 (k) Savings Plan

2. Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k) Savings Plan



                          APPENDIX B



Investment funds the Master Fund is held and invested in:

1. Bankers Trust Company's Money Market Fund

2. Bankers Trust Company's Balanced Fund

3. Bankers Trust Companys Equity Index Fund

4. A fund consisting of the Common Stock of Amoco
   Corporation purchased by the Trustee or distributed by
   the Company to the extent permitted by the Participating
   Plans.


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                Exhibit 23.1




               Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the
Registration Statement (Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 Form
S-8 No. 333-9798) of BP Amoco p.l.c. of our report dated 15
February 2000 with respect to the consolidated financial
statements and schedule of BP Amoco p.l.c. included in its
Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended 31 December
1999, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.




                              /s/ Ernst & Young
                              Ernst & Young


London, England
6 April 2000



<PAGE>
                                                Exhibit 23.2


               Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the
Registration Statement (Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 Form
S-8 No. 333-9798) pertaining to the  BP Amoco Employee
Savings Plan (formerly Amoco Employee Savings Plan), the
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k) Savings
Plan, and the Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Hourly 401(k)
Savings Plan (collectively , the "Plans") of our reports
dated July 15, 1999, with respect to the financial
statements of the Plans included in the Annual Reports (Form
11-K) for the year ended December 31, 1998, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.





                                   /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
                                   Ernst & Young LLP


Chicago, Illinois
April 6, 2000




<PAGE>
                                                Exhibit 23.3






                       BP Amoco p.l.c.

             CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this
Registration Statement on Form S-8 of our reports dated June
15, 1998, appearing on page 4 of the Annual Report of the
Amoco Employee Savings Plan on Form 11-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998, on page 4 of the Annual Report of the
Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company Salaried 401(k) Savings
Plan on Form 11-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, and
on page 4 of the Annual Report of the Amoco Fabrics and
Fibers Company Hourly 401(k) Savings Plan on Form 11-K for
the year ended December 31, 1998 and of our report dated
February 24, 1998 relating to the financial statements of
Amoco Corporation appearing in the December 31, 1999 Annual
Report on Form 20-F of BP Amoco p.l.c.





/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, IL
April 7, 2000




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission